COAST RESORTS INC
S-4/A, 1996-06-19
HOTELS & MOTELS
Previous: RCM EQUITY FUNDS INC, 497, 1996-06-19
Next: ADVANCED LIGHTING TECHNOLOGIES INC, S-1/A, 1996-06-19


<PAGE>
 
     
  AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 19, 1996     
                                                    
                                                 REGISTRATION NO. 333-4356     
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                                ---------------
                               
                            AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO     
 
                                   FORM S-4
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
                                ---------------
 
                        COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.
                             AND OTHER REGISTRANTS
                    (See Table of Other Registrants Below)
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

     NEVADA                        7011                          88-03457
(STATE OR OTHER        (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL          (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
JURISDICTION OF        CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)        IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
INCORPORATION OR
ORGANIZATION)
            
                                                        
                                                     
 
                            4000 WEST FLAMINGO ROAD
                            LAS VEGAS, NEVADA 89103
                                (702) 367-7111
  (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
                   REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                                ---------------
 
                              MICHAEL J. GAUGHAN
                     CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                        COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.
                            4000 WEST FLAMINGO ROAD
                            LAS VEGAS, NEVADA 89103
                                (702) 367-7111
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                                ---------------
 
                                  COPIES TO:
                            KAREN E. BERTERO, ESQ.
                            GIBSON, DUNN & CRUTCHER
                            333 SOUTH GRAND AVENUE
                         LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90071
                                (213) 229-7000
 
                                ---------------
 
  APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective and all other
conditions to the exchange offer (the "Exchange Offer") pursuant to the
registration rights agreement (the "Registration Rights Agreement") described
in the enclosed Prospectus have been satisfied or waived.
  If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance
with General Instruction G, check the following box. [_]

  THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION,
ACTING PURSUANT TO SUCH SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                           TABLE OF OTHER REGISTRANTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           STATE OR OTHER
     EXACT NAME OF        JURISDICTION OF      PRIMARY STANDARD      I.R.S. EMPLOYER
     REGISTRANT AS        INCORPORATION OR INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION IDENTIFICATION
SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER    ORGANIZATION          CODE NUMBER            NUMBER
- ------------------------  ---------------- ------------------------- ---------------
<S>                       <C>              <C>                       <C>
Coast Resorts, Inc. ....       Nevada                6719              88-0345704
Coast West, Inc. .......       Nevada                7011              88-0345708
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                         COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.
 
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
 
                   PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K
 
                       SHOWING LOCATION IN THE PROSPECTUS
                  OF INFORMATION REQUIRED BY ITEMS IN FORM S-4
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
           ITEM IN FORM S-4                      CAPTION IN PROSPECTUS
           ----------------                      ---------------------
 <C>   <S>                             <C>
  1.   Forepart of Registration
        Statement and Outside Front    
        Cover Page of Prospectus....   Facing Page; Cross-Reference Sheet;    
                                        Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus  
  2.   Inside Front and Outside Back    
        Cover Pages of Prospectus...   Available Information; Table of
                                        Contents; Inside Front and Outside Back
  3.   Risk Factors, Ratio of
        Earnings to Fixed Charges      
        and Other Information.......   Summary; Risk Factors; The Exchange     
                                        Offer; Selected Financial and Operating
                                        Data; Certain Federal Income Tax       
                                        Consequences                            
  4.   Terms of the Transaction.....   Summary; The Exchange Offer; Description
                                        of New Notes; Certain Federal Income
                                        Tax Consequences
  5.   Pro Forma Financial             
        Information.................   Summary; Selected Financial and
                                        Operating Data                 
  6.   Material Contacts with the
        Company Being Acquired......   Not Applicable
  7.   Additional Information
        Required for Reoffering by     
        Persons and Parties Deemed
        to be Underwriters..........   Not Applicable 
  8.   Interests of Named Experts      
        and Counsel.................   Not Applicable 
  9.   Disclosure of Commission
        Position on Indemnification    
        for Securities Act
        Liabilities.................   Not Applicable 
 10.   Information with Respect to     
        S-3 Registrants.............   Not Applicable  
 11.   Incorporation of Certain        
        Information by Reference....   Not Applicable 
 12.   Information with Respect to     
        S-2 or S-3 Registrants......   Not Applicable 
 13.   Incorporation of Certain        
        Information by Reference....   Not Applicable 
 14.   Information with Respect to
        Registrants Other than S-3     
        or S-2 Registrants..........   Prospectus Cover Page; Available        
                                        Information; Summary; Selected         
                                        Financial and Operating Data;          
                                        Management's Discussion And Analysis Of
                                        Financial Condition And Results Of     
                                        Operations; Business; Change in        
                                        Accountants; Index to Financial        
 15.   Information with Respect to      Statements   
        S-3 Companies...............   Not Applicable 
 16.   Information with Respect to     
        S-2 or S-3 Companies........   Not Applicable 
 17.   Information with Respect to
        Companies other than           
        S-3 or S-2 Companies........   Not Applicable 
 18.   Information if Proxies,
        Consents or Authorizations
        are to be Solicited.........   Not Applicable
 19.   Information if Proxies,
        Consents or Authorizations     
        are Not to be Solicited or     
        in an Exchange Offer........   Management; Certain Transactions;
</TABLE>                                Principal Stockholders          
<PAGE>
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A         +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE   +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY  +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT        +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR   +
+THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE      +
+SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE    +
+UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF  +
+ANY SUCH STATE.                                                               +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
                   
                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 19, 1996     
 
                   [LOGO OF COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.]
 
                               OFFER TO EXCHANGE
                                ALL OUTSTANDING
                   SERIES A 13% FIRST MORTGAGE NOTES DUE 2002
                  ($175,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OUTSTANDING)
                 FOR SERIES B 13% FIRST MORTGAGE NOTES DUE 2002
 
             GUARANTEED BY COAST RESORTS, INC. AND COAST WEST, INC.
 
  The Exchange Offer and withdrawal rights will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on                  , 1996 (as such date may be extended, the
"Expiration Date").
 
  Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc. (the "Company") hereby offers (the "Exchange
Offer"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
Prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal (the "Letter of
Transmittal"), to exchange $1,000 in principal amount of its Series B 13% First
Mortgage Notes due 2002 (the "New Notes") for each $1,000 in principal amount
of its outstanding Series A 13% First Mortgage Notes due 2002 (the "Old Notes")
(the Old Notes and the New Notes are collectively referred to herein as the
"Notes") held by Eligible Holders. An aggregate of $175.0 million principal
amount of Old Notes is outstanding. See "The Exchange Offer." For purposes of
the Exchange Offer, "Eligible Holder" shall mean the registered owner of any
Old Notes that remain Transfer Restricted Securities as reflected on the
records of American Bank National Association, as registrar for the Old Notes
(in such capacity, the "Registrar"), or any person whose Old Notes, which
remain Transfer Restricted Securities, are held of record by the depository of
the Old Notes. For purposes of the Exchange Offer, "Transfer Restricted
Securities" means each of the Notes until the earliest to occur of (i) the date
on which such Note is exchanged for a New Note in the Exchange Offer and is
entitled to be resold to the public by the holder thereof without complying
with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"), (ii) following the exchange by a broker-dealer
in the Exchange Offer of an Old Note for a New Note, the date on which such New
Note is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to
the date of such sale a copy of this Prospectus, (iii) the date on which such
Note has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of
in accordance with a shelf registration statement, (iv) the date on which such
Note is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act
(or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) or (v) the date on
which such Note ceases to be outstanding.
                                                       (continued on next page)
 
                                  -----------
 
   SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 19 HEREIN FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN
     RISKS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY ELIGIBLE HOLDERS IN EVALUATING THE
                                EXCHANGE OFFER.
 
                                  -----------
 
THE SECURITIES  HAVE NOT  BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED  BY THE  SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS  THE SECURITIES
 AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
 ACCURACY OR  ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION  TO THE CONTRARY
  IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                                  -----------
 
 NEITHER THE  NEVADA GAMING  COMMISSION  NOR THE  NEVADA STATE  GAMING CONTROL
  BOARD HAS  PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY  OR ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS OR THE
   INVESTMENT  MERITS OF THE  SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY. ANY  REPRESENTATION
     TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.
 
                                  -----------
 
               The date of this Prospectus is              , 1996
 
<PAGE>
 
  The Company will accept for exchange any and all Old Notes that are validly
tendered prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on the Expiration Date. The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon
any minimum principal amount of the Old Notes being tendered for exchange.
However, the Exchange Offer is subject to certain customary conditions, which
may be waived by the Company, and to the terms and provisions of the
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of January 30, 1996 (the "Registration
Rights Agreement"), among the Company, Coast Resorts, Inc. ("Coast Resorts"),
Coast West, Inc. ("Coast West") and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and BA
Securities, Inc. (collectively, the "Initial Purchasers"). Coast Resorts and
Coast West (collectively, the "Guarantors") have guaranteed the Old Notes and
have agreed to guarantee the New Notes. The Old Notes may be tendered only in
multiples of $1,000. See "The Exchange Offer."
 
  The Old Notes were issued in a transaction (the "Offering") pursuant to
which the Company issued an aggregate of $175.0 million principal amount of
the Old Notes to the Initial Purchasers on January 30, 1996 (the "Closing
Date"), pursuant to a Purchase Agreement dated January 23, 1996 (the "Purchase
Agreement") among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers. The
Initial Purchasers subsequently resold the Old Notes in reliance on Rule 144A
and certain other exemptions under the Securities Act. The Company and the
Initial Purchasers also entered into the Registration Rights Agreement
pursuant to which the Company granted certain registration rights for the
benefit of the holders of the Old Notes. The Exchange Offer is intended to
satisfy certain of the Company's obligations under the Registration Rights
Agreement with respect to the Old Notes. See "The Exchange Offer--Purpose and
Effect."
   
  The Old Notes were, and the New Notes will be, issued under the Indenture,
dated as of January 30, 1996 (the "Indenture"), among the Company, the
Guarantors and American Bank National Association, as trustee (in such
capacity, the "Trustee"). The form and terms of the New Notes will be
identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the Old Notes,
except that (i) the New Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and,
therefore, will not bear legends restricting the transfer thereof and (ii)
holders of New Notes will not be, and, upon the consummation of the Exchange
Offer, Eligible Holders of Old Notes will no longer be, entitled to certain
rights under the Registration Rights Agreement intended for the holders of
unregistered securities. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed consummated upon
the occurrence of the delivery by the Company to the Registrar of New Notes in
the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Old
Notes that are validly tendered by holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange
Offer. See "The Exchange Offer--Termination of Certain Rights" and "--
Procedures for Tendering Old Notes" and "Description of New Notes."     
 
  The New Notes will bear interest at a rate equal to 13% per annum from and
including their date of issuance. Interest on the New Notes is payable semi-
annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year (each, an "Interest Payment
Date"). Eligible Holders whose Old Notes are accepted for exchange will have
the right to receive interest accrued thereon from the date of their original
issuance or the last Interest Payment Date, as applicable, to, but not
including, the date of issuance of the New Notes, such interest to be payable
with the first interest payment on the New Notes. Interest on the Old Notes
accepted for exchange will cease to accrue on the day prior to the issuance of
the New Notes. The Notes will mature on December 15, 2002. See "Description of
New Notes."
 
  The Company will not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking
fund payments with respect to the Notes prior to maturity. The Notes are not
redeemable, in whole or in part, prior to December 15, 2000. Thereafter, the
Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at the
redemption prices set forth herein plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Liquidated Damages (as defined herein), if any, to the date of redemption. In
addition, the Company has the option to redeem the Notes at any time to
prevent the loss or material impairment of a gaming license or an application
for a gaming license. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time on or before
December 15, 1998, the Company may redeem up to $57.75 million of the original
aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price equal to 110% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of a public
offering of Coast Resorts Common Stock (as defined herein), provided that at
least
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
$117.25 million in aggregate principal amount of Notes remains outstanding
thereafter. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined herein),
the Company is required to offer to repurchase all of the then outstanding
Notes at 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of repurchase. See
"Description of New Notes--Repurchase at the Option of Holders."
 
  The Notes are senior secured obligations of the Company and rank pari passu
in right of payment with any existing and future senior Indebtedness (as
defined herein) of the Company, including approximately $30.0 million in
equipment financing anticipated to be incurred by the Company. The Notes rank
senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated
Indebtedness of the Company. The Notes are secured by, among other things, a
first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of the
Company, including substantially all of the assets comprising the Gold Coast
Hotel and Casino (the "Gold Coast"), the Barbary Coast Hotel and Casino (the
"Barbary Coast") and The Orleans Hotel and Casino ("The Orleans"), a pledge of
funds deposited and held as collateral in the Construction Disbursement
Account (as defined herein) and a pledge of the Pledged Securities (as defined
herein). The Guarantee by Coast Resorts is secured by a pledge of all of the
capital stock of the Company and Coast West, and the Guarantee by Coast West
is secured by substantially all of its existing and future assets. Under
certain circumstances, the Guarantee by Coast West and related security, as
well as the pledge of capital stock of Coast West by Coast Resorts, may be
released.
   
  Based on an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") set forth in no-action letters issued to third
parties, the Company believes that New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange
Offer to an Eligible Holder in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for
resale, resold and otherwise transferred by such Eligible Holder (other than
(i) a broker-dealer who purchased Old Notes directly from the Company for
resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available
exemption under the Securities Act or (ii) a person that is an affiliate of
the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act, provided that the Eligible Holder is acquiring the New Notes
in the ordinary course of business and is not participating, and has no
arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in a distribution
of the New Notes. Eligible Holders wishing to accept the Exchange Offer must
represent to the Company, as required by the Registration Rights Agreement,
that such conditions have been met. Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes
for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. See
"The Exchange Offer--Resales of the New Notes." This Prospectus, as it may be
amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in
connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where
such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-
making or other trading activities.     
 
  As of April 30, 1996, Cede & Co. ("Cede"), as nominee for The Depository
Trust Company, New York, New York ("DTC"), was the sole registered holder of
the Old Notes and held the Old Notes for      of its participants. The Company
believes that no such participant is an affiliate (as such term is defined in
Rule 405 of the Securities Act) of the Company. There has previously been only
a limited secondary market, and no public market, for the Old Notes. The Old
Notes will continue to be eligible for trading in the Private Offering,
Resales and Trading through Automatic Linkages ("PORTAL") market. In addition,
the Initial Purchasers have advised the Company that they intend to make a
market in the New Notes; however, the Initial Purchasers are not obligated to
do so and any market making activities may be discontinued by any of the
Initial Purchasers at any time without notice. Therefore, there can be no
assurance that an active market for the New Notes will develop. If such a
trading market develops for the New Notes, future trading prices will depend
on many factors, including, among other things, prevailing interest rates, the
Company's results of operations and the market for similar securities.
Depending on such factors, the New Notes may trade at a discount from their
face value. See "Risk Factors--Absence of Public Market."
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
  The Company will not receive any proceeds from this Exchange Offer. Pursuant
to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will bear certain
registration expenses.
 
  THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS NOT BEING MADE TO, NOR WILL THE COMPANY ACCEPT
SURRENDERS FOR EXCHANGE FROM, HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES IN ANY JURISDICTION IN
WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER OR THE ACCEPTANCE THEREOF WOULD NOT BE IN COMPLIANCE
WITH THE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS OF SUCH JURISDICTION.
 
  The Old Notes were issued originally in global form (the "Global Old
Notes"). The Global Old Notes were deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC, as
the initial depository with respect to the Old Notes (in such capacity, the
"Depository"). The Global Old Notes are registered in the name of Cede, as
nominee of DTC, and beneficial interests in the Global Old Notes are shown on,
and transfers thereof are effected only through, records maintained by the
Depository and its participants. The use of the Global Old Notes to represent
certain of the Old Notes permits the Depository's participants, and any person
holding a beneficial interest in an Old Note registered in the name of such a
participant, to transfer interests in the Old Notes electronically in
accordance with the Depository's established procedures without the need to
transfer a physical certificate. Except as provided below, the New Notes will
also be issued initially as notes in global form (the "Global New Notes," and
together with the Global Old Notes, the "Global Notes") and deposited with, or
on behalf of, the Depository. Notwithstanding the foregoing, holders of Old
Notes that are held, at any time, by a person that is not a qualified
institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a "Qualified Institutional Buyer"), and
any Eligible Holder that is not a Qualified Institutional Buyer that exchanges
Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, will receive the New Notes in certificated
form and is not, and will not be, able to trade such securities through the
Depository unless the New Notes are resold to a Qualified Institutional Buyer.
After the initial issuance of the Global New Notes, New Notes in certificated
form will be issued in exchange for a holder's proportionate interest in the
Global New Notes only as set forth in the Indenture.
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Available Information.....................................................    5
Summary...................................................................    6
Risk Factors..............................................................   19
The Reorganization........................................................   28
The Exchange Offer........................................................   29
Capitalization............................................................   37
Selected Financial and Operating Data.....................................   39
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations...............................................................   41
Business..................................................................   48
</TABLE>    
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Nevada Regulation and Licensing............................................  58
Management.................................................................  62
Certain Transactions.......................................................  65
Principal Shareholders.....................................................  68
Description of New Notes...................................................  69
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences.................................... 108
Plan of Distribution....................................................... 112
Legal Matters.............................................................. 112
Experts.................................................................... 112
Change in Accountants...................................................... 113
Index to Financial Statements.............................................. F-1
</TABLE>    
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
  The Company has filed a registration statement on Form S-4 (together with
any amendments thereto, the "Registration Statement") with the Commission
under the Securities Act with respect to the New Notes. This Prospectus, which
constitutes a part of the Registration Statement, omits certain information
contained in the Registration Statement and reference is made to the
Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto for further
information with respect to the Company and the New Notes offered hereby. This
Prospectus contains summaries of the material terms and provisions of certain
documents and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such document
filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. Each such summary is
qualified in its entirety by such reference.
 
  The Company is not currently subject to the reporting requirements of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). The Company
and Coast Resorts have agreed that, so long as any Notes are outstanding (i)
Coast Resorts will furnish to Holders (as defined in the Indenture) of Notes
all annual and quarterly reports and the information, documents, and other
reports required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Exchange Act ("SEC Reports") if Coast Resorts were required to
file SEC Reports and, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of
the Commission, Coast Resorts will file a copy of all such information and
reports with the Commission for public availability (unless the Commission
will not accept such a filing), and (ii) (a) prior to the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus constitutes a part, the
Company will furnish to Holders of Notes all quarterly and annual financial
information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the
Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such
forms, including a "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" of the Company and its subsidiaries and,
with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company's
certified independent accountants and make such information available to
prospective investors upon request, and (b) after the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus constitutes a part, the
Company will furnish to Holders of Notes all SEC Reports that would be
required to be filed with the Commission if the Company were required to file
SEC Reports and, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the
Commission, the Company will file a copy of all such information and reports
with the Commission for public availability (unless the Commission will not
accept such a filing). The Company and Coast Resorts have also agreed that,
for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, they will furnish to Holders of
Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant
to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. In addition, upon registration of
the guarantees of the New Notes in connection with the Exchange Offer, each
Guarantor will also become subject to the reporting requirements of the
Exchange Act, subject to obtaining exemptive relief from the Commission or no-
action advice from the Commission staff.
 
  ALL DOCUMENTS FILED BY THE COMPANY AND THE GUARANTORS PURSUANT TO SECTION
13(a), 13(c), 14 OR 15(d) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF THIS
PROSPECTUS AND PRIOR TO THE TERMINATION OF THE TRANSACTIONS TO WHICH THIS
PROSPECTUS RELATES SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE HEREIN AND
TO BE A PART HEREOF FROM THE DATE OF THE FILING OF SUCH REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS.
THE COMPANY WILL PROVIDE A COPY OF ANY AND ALL OF SUCH DOCUMENTS (EXCLUSIVE OF
EXHIBITS UNLESS SUCH EXHIBITS ARE SPECIFICALLY INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
THEREIN) WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM A COPY OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS
DELIVERED, UPON WRITTEN OR ORAL REQUEST TO GAGE PARRISH, VICE PRESIDENT AND
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER, COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC., 4000 WEST FLAMINGO
ROAD, LAS VEGAS, NEVADA 89103, TELEPHONE NUMBER (702) 367-7111.
 
  The Registration Statement (including the exhibits and schedules thereto)
and the periodic reports and other information filed by the Company with the
Commission may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20549 and at the regional offices of the Commission located at 7 World
Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048, and Suite 1400, Citicorp
Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511.
Copies of such materials may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of
the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and its
public reference facilities in New York, New York and Chicago, Illinois, at
prescribed rates.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
 
                                    SUMMARY
 
  The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and the financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere
in this Prospectus. Reference is hereby made to "Risk Factors" which contains
material information that investors should consider prior to the purchase of
the Notes.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
  Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc. (the "Company") owns and operates two
established Las Vegas hotel-casinos, the Gold Coast Hotel and Casino (the "Gold
Coast") and the Barbary Coast Hotel and Casino (the "Barbary Coast"), and is
currently developing and constructing a third hotel-casino in Las Vegas, The
Orleans Hotel and Casino ("The Orleans"). The Company's objective is to utilize
its development and operating experience to develop, own and operate hotel-
casinos in strategic locations with strong surrounding demographics with a
principal focus on Las Vegas. Management's strategy is to attract gaming
customers to its hotel-casinos by offering a consistently high quality gaming,
dining and entertainment experience at affordable prices, with a particular
emphasis on attracting and retaining repeat customers, both local residents and
visitors.
 
  The Gold Coast, which opened in 1986, is an established hotel-casino in Las
Vegas that primarily targets local Las Vegas residents as well as repeat
visitors to Las Vegas. The Gold Coast is located on West Flamingo Road
approximately one mile west of the Las Vegas Strip (the "Strip") in close
proximity to a major exit from Interstate 15, the major highway linking Las
Vegas with Southern California. The Gold Coast's location offers easy
automotive access from all four directions in the Las Vegas valley and,
according to the Nevada Department of Transportation, an average of
approximately 64,000 vehicles travel by the Gold Coast daily. The Gold Coast
provides its customers with a value-oriented experience by offering quality
food at competitive prices, clean, comfortable and inexpensive hotel rooms and
a wide array of entertainment alternatives. Management believes this approach,
combined with the Gold Coast's easily accessible location, has resulted in the
Gold Coast consistently attracting among the highest overall number of casino
customers of locals-oriented casinos in Las Vegas.
   
  The Barbary Coast, which opened in 1979, is strategically located at the
intersection of Flamingo Road and the Strip (the "Flamingo Four Corners"),
adjacent to the Flamingo Hotel and Casino. The Barbary Coast, together with
Caesars Palace, Bally's Grand and the Bellagio hotel-casino currently under
construction, anchors the Flamingo Four Corners. The Barbary Coast primarily
derives its customer base from the large volume of pedestrian traffic on the
Strip, as well as from overnight visitors to Las Vegas who desire a more
personal and intimate gaming environment than that offered by larger Strip
hotel-casinos.     
 
  The Orleans is designed as an upscale hotel-casino targeted to the middle to
upper-middle income segment of the Las Vegas visitor and local resident
markets. The Orleans will offer its customers a complete gaming, dining and
entertainment experience in a unique New Orleans French Quarter-themed
atmosphere. Management believes The Orleans will successfully cater to the
demands of those visitors and local residents who desire an exciting full-
service hotel-casino without the crowds and congestion on the Strip. The
Orleans site is located on Tropicana Avenue, approximately one and one-half
miles west of the Strip and, according to the Nevada Department of
Transportation, an average of approximately 54,000 vehicles travel by The
Orleans site daily. The Orleans will feature multiple access points on the
streets surrounding the property to permit convenient access, including three
separate entrances on Tropicana Avenue. Construction commenced in July 1995 and
The Orleans is expected to open by December 1996.
 
  The Gold Coast and The Orleans are designed to capitalize on the large and
rapidly expanding Las Vegas local resident market. The Las Vegas area has
benefited from a favorable climate and tax structure in Nevada, a growing
supply of jobs and a well-developed infrastructure. According to the U.S.
Census Bureau, the Las Vegas valley is the fastest growing metropolitan area in
the United States. Clark County, in which Las Vegas is located, has a
population of approximately 1.0 million which grew by a compound annual growth
rate of 5.8% from 1984 through 1994 compared to a 1.0% annual growth rate
during the same period for the United States population as a whole. The
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
southwest section of Las Vegas, where the Gold Coast and The Orleans site are
located, is a growing and affluent residential area. The 1994 median household
income in southwest Las Vegas was $41,107, compared to $35,552 in the Las Vegas
valley and $32,264 in the United States as a whole. According to the Las Vegas
Convention and Visitors Authority, two-thirds of Clark County residents wager
at least occasionally, and one-half of those who wager do so at least once a
week. In addition, approximately 58% of wagering Las Vegas residents prefer
locations that are away from both the Strip and downtown Las Vegas. Management
believes The Orleans and the Gold Coast are well-positioned to benefit from the
strong Las Vegas local resident market as a result of their convenient
locations on Tropicana Avenue and Flamingo Road.
   
  In addition to the growing local resident market, Las Vegas is a fast growing
vacation destination. The number of visitors traveling to Las Vegas has
increased at a steady and significant rate, from 15.2 million in 1986 to 29.0
million in 1995, representing a compound annual growth rate of 6.7%. Aggregate
expenditures by Las Vegas visitors increased at an estimated compound annual
growth rate of 10.7% from $7.5 billion in 1986 to an estimated $20.7 billion in
1995. The number of hotel and motel rooms in Las Vegas increased by
approximately 46.7% from 61,394 in 1988 to 90,046 in 1995. Despite this
significant increase in the number of hotel and motel rooms, the Las Vegas
hotel occupancy rate exceeded 85.0% in each year from 1988 to 1995 and averaged
89.9% during that period. Management believes the strategic locations of each
of its properties will enable the Company to benefit from the growing visitor
market.     
 
  Michael J. Gaughan, the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of
the Company, has over35 years of experience in the gaming industry with
particular expertise in the Las Vegas gaming market.Mr. Gaughan founded the
Predecessor Partnerships and has managed the Gold Coast and the Barbary Coast
since their respective openings. In addition, Mr. Gaughan was instrumental in
the development and operation of the East St. Louis Casino Queen, a successful
riverboat casino located in Illinois that opened in June 1993. Harlan D.
Braaten, the President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company, has
approximately 18 years of experience in the Nevada gaming market. Prior to
joining the Company, Mr. Braaten was the General Manager and, most recently,
Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of Rio Hotel &
Casino, Inc.
 
Gold Coast
 
  The Gold Coast features 712 hotel rooms, an approximately 70,000 square foot
casino, three full-service restaurants, a buffet, a 72-lane bowling center, two
movie theaters, banquet and meeting facilities, four bars, two entertainment
lounges and a country and western dance hall. Additionally, the Gold Coast
includes a child care facility, an American Express office, a Western Union
office, a barber shop, a beauty salon and over 3,000 parking spaces. The casino
offers approximately 2,010 slot machines, 48 table games, a keno lounge, a
bingo parlor, a poker room and race and sports books.
 
  The Gold Coast primarily targets middle-market gaming customers, catering to
local residents as well as repeat visitors to Las Vegas who desire an
alternative to the hotel-casino properties located on the Strip. Management's
operating strategy is to maximize customer visitation and thereby increase
casino revenues at the Gold Coast by offering value-conscious customers a
combination of friendly service, generous portions of quality food at
competitive prices and clean, comfortable and inexpensive hotel rooms.
Management believes this value-oriented approach has generated a high level of
customer satisfaction, fostering customer loyalty and repeat business.
   
  The Company has developed a number of innovative marketing programs designed
to complement the non-gaming amenities at the Gold Coast and increase the level
of gaming activity. Historically, the Gold Coast has in particular targeted
local resident slot players through its slot club. As a result, slot win has
generally accounted for approximately two-thirds of the Gold Coast's casino
revenues. The Gold Coast's slot club has approximately 165,000 active members
and, since 1991, has been voted the "Best of Las Vegas" slot club by readers in
an annual survey published by Nevada's largest daily newspaper. Other Gold
Coast marketing programs include the original "Pick the Pros" football contest
which attracts approximately 15,000 entries each year, a $250,000 paycheck
cashing contest, country music concerts in the dance hall, Superbowl parties
and the annual "Gold     
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
Coast Open," a 10-day poker tournament. In addition, the Company is a sponsor
of the annual National Finals Rodeo, which attracts thousands of visitors to
Las Vegas each December. The awards ceremonies for the Rodeo are held nightly
at the Gold Coast during the 10-day event. Management believes that the success
of the Gold Coast's value-oriented approach and innovative marketing programs,
combined with its strategic location, is evidenced by the fact that the Gold
Coast has consistently attracted among the highest overall number of casino
customers of locals-oriented casinos in Las Vegas.
 
Barbary Coast
 
  The Barbary Coast features 197 hotel rooms and an approximately 30,000 square
foot casino, including approximately 532 slot machines, 45 table games, race
and sports books and other amenities. The Barbary Coast is furnished and
decorated in an elegant turn-of-the-century Victorian theme and includes three
bars and three restaurants, including Michael's gourmet restaurant and the
Victorian Room. For the past three years, Michael's, which caters primarily to
preferred casino customers, has received a distinguished dining award from the
Distinguished Restaurants of North America.
 
  The Barbary Coast is designed to provide a more personal and intimate casino
environment than the larger casinos that surround it on the Strip. Management
believes the Barbary Coast's strategic location, adjacent to the Flamingo Hotel
and Casino and across from Caesars Palace and Bally's Grand, has historically
resulted in a large volume of pedestrian traffic from the Strip, which has
provided a significant part of the Barbary Coast's gaming revenues.
Furthermore, management expects that pedestrian traffic at the Flamingo Four
Corners and the Barbary Coast will increase as a result of the expected
openings by early 1998 of two recently announced mega-resorts, Bellagio, to be
located at the site of the former Dunes Hotel and Casino, and Paris, to be
located adjacent to Bally's Grand. Caesars Palace, Bally's Grand and the
Flamingo Hotel and Casino currently have an aggregate of 8,400 hotel rooms, and
Bellagio and Paris are expected to add 3,000 and 2,500 hotel rooms,
respectively. Including the planned hotel rooms of the two announced mega-
resorts, the Flamingo Four Corners will feature an aggregate of approximately
14,100 hotel rooms.
 
The Orleans
   
  The Company is developing The Orleans to expand its presence in the growing
Las Vegas market and to capitalize on management's belief in the demand for an
upscale, off-Strip hotel-casino alternative for both visitors to Las Vegas and
local residents. The Orleans is designed with a distinctive theme reflecting
the architectural heritage of the New Orleans French Quarter. The Orleans is
expected to feature an approximately 100,000 square foot casino, 840 hotel
rooms, a 70-lane bowling center, approximately 40,000 square feet of banquet
and meeting facilities, including an approximately 17,000 square foot grand
ballroom, a wedding chapel, five restaurants, specialty themed bars, a child
care facility, a barber shop, a beauty salon and approximately 3,750 parking
spaces. The casino is expected to include approximately 2,150 slot machines, 62
table games, a keno lounge, a poker parlor and race and sports books. The hotel
rooms are designed to be approximately 450 square feet in size, which is
significantly larger than the average Las Vegas casino hotel room. Plans for
The Orleans also include an 800-seat live entertainment theater patterned after
those in Branson, Missouri that is expected to feature headline performers,
musical shows and other special events.     
 
  Management believes that The Orleans will differentiate itself in the Las
Vegas market by combining an upscale, off-Strip experience in an exciting New
Orleans French Quarter-themed environment with a wide variety of non-gaming
amenities. The Orleans will primarily target middle to upper-middle income
gaming customers, both visitors to Las Vegas and local residents. Management
believes The Orleans will be an attractive alternative for Las Vegas visitors
and local residents by offering a full-service hotel-casino and entertainment
experience complemented with a value-oriented pricing strategy. The Orleans has
been designed as an upscale hotel-casino that will provide quality food and
spacious, well-appointed hotel rooms that management believes will be larger
and priced lower than the Strip average. In addition, The Orleans will employ
marketing programs similar to those which make the Gold Coast a success,
including a slot club and football contests, and will tailor its marketing
programs to promote The Orleans as a multi-faceted entertainment complex.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
   
  The Orleans has a construction and development budget of approximately $158.1
million (including contingencies but excluding pre-opening expenditures,
opening bankroll and capitalized interest costs). The Company has entered into
an Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, dated as of January 24, 1996 (the
"Construction Contract"), with J.A. Tiberti Construction Company, Inc.
("Tiberti Construction"), the general contractor for the construction of The
Orleans, for the construction of buildings and site improvements for a
guaranteed maximum price not to exceed $100.0 million. The construction and
development budget also includes approximately $53.2 million for furniture,
fixtures, equipment, signs and certain interior and other improvements that
will be completed pursuant to separate contracts to be entered into between the
Company and various contractors and suppliers. Additionally, the construction
and development budget includes approximately $4.9 million of architectural and
design fees. As of May 31, 1996, the Company had paid approximately
$45.5 million of construction and development costs, including approximately
$39.4 million for work that is subject to the Construction Contract,
approximately $4.4 million of architectural and design fees and approximately
$1.7 million of other construction and development costs. The Company has
assembled a construction team with substantial experience in the development
and construction of hotel-casinos in Las Vegas, including Tiberti Construction,
Leo A. Daly, an international architectural and engineering firm, and Yates-
Silverman, Inc., a leading interior and exterior design firm. J. Tito Tiberti,
a director and shareholder of Coast Resorts and a director of the Company, is
the president, a director and shareholder of, and together with his immediate
family controls, Tiberti Construction, and Charles Silverman, a director of the
Company and Coast Resorts, is the President and the sole stockholder of Yates-
Silverman, Inc. See "Business--The Orleans" and "Certain Transactions."     
 
Future Developments
 
  In addition to The Orleans development, Coast Resorts has identified what
management believes is another attractive future development opportunity, the
Sundance Hotel and Casino (the "Sundance"). The site, which is currently leased
by Coast Resorts through its wholly owned subsidiary, Coast West, is located at
the corner of Rampart Boulevard and Alta Drive in Peccole Ranch, a master
planned community in northwest Las Vegas, one of the fastest growing
residential areas in the Las Vegas valley. Currently, there are a number of
master planned communities in northwest Las Vegas in addition to Peccole Ranch,
including the Summerlin development ("Summerlin") which is located in close
proximity to the Sundance site. Summerlin is the largest master planned
development in Las Vegas with 4,000 units already completed and an estimated
56,000 additional units expected to be developed. The 1994 median household
income in northwest Las Vegas was $45,462 compared to $35,552 in the Las Vegas
valley and $32,264 in the United States as a whole.
   
  The Sundance is currently expected to include, in addition to casino space
and hotel rooms, movie theaters, banquet and meeting facilities and possibly a
bowling center. Management does not expect to begin construction of the
Sundance until after The Orleans has commenced gaming operations. Development
of the Sundance is subject to financing and there can be no assurance that the
Sundance will be developed or, if developed, will be successful. The Sundance
may be developed by the Company under certain circumstances permitted under the
Indenture or, alternatively, separately by Coast Resorts through Coast West. If
the Sundance is developed separately through Coast West, the Guarantee by Coast
West and related security, as well as the pledge of capital stock of Coast West
by Coast Resorts, will be released. See "Description of New Notes--Guarantees"
and "--Security."     
   
  The Company and Coast West, Inc., a Nevada corporation, are direct wholly
owned subsidiaries of Coast Resorts, Inc., a Nevada corporation. The Company's
principal executive office is located at 4000 West Flamingo Road, Las Vegas,
Nevada 89103, and its telephone number is (702) 367-7111.     
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
 
                           ISSUANCE OF THE OLD NOTES
 
  The outstanding $175.0 million principal amount of Series A 13% First
Mortgage Notes due 2002 (the "Old Notes") were sold by the Company to Bear,
Stearns & Co. Inc. and BA Securities, Inc. (the "Initial Purchasers") on
January 30, 1996 (the "Closing Date"), pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated
January 23, 1996 (the "Purchase Agreement"), among the Company, Coast Resorts
and Coast West (collectively, the "Guarantors"), and the Initial Purchasers.
The Initial Purchasers subsequently resold the Old Notes in reliance on Rule
144A under the Securities Act and other available exemptions under the
Securities Act (the "Offering"). The Company and the Initial Purchasers also
entered into the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 30, 1996
(the "Registration Rights Agreement"), among the Company, the Guarantors and
the Initial Purchasers, pursuant to which the Company granted certain
registration rights for the benefit of the holders of the Old Notes. The
Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy certain of the Company's obligations
under the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Old Notes. See "--
The Exchange Offer" and "The Exchange Offer--Purpose and Effect."
 
  The net proceeds received by the Company in the Offering, after deducting
discounts and commissions, were approximately $164.1 million. Of that amount,
(i) approximately $114.8 million was deposited in the Construction Disbursement
Account (as defined herein) for use by the Company to finance in part the cost
of developing, constructing, equipping and opening The Orleans, (ii)
approximately $19.3 million was used by the Company to purchase the Pledged
Securities which were deposited into an interest escrow account (the "Interest
Escrow Account") to fund interest payable on the Old Notes through December 15,
1996 and (iii) approximately $29.2 million was used by the Company to repay all
outstanding indebtedness under the Company's revolving credit facility, which
was terminated upon repayment. The balance of approximately $800,000 was used
by the Company to pay, in part, estimated offering expenses of approximately
$2.4 million.
 
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
The Exchange Offer..........  The Company is offering, upon the terms and
                              subject to the conditions set forth herein and in
                              the accompanying letter of transmittal (the
                              "Letter of Transmittal"), to exchange $1,000 in
                              principal amount of its Series B 13% First
                              Mortgage Notes due 2002 (the "New Notes," with
                              the Old Notes and the New Notes collectively
                              referred to herein as the "Notes") for each
                              $1,000 in principal amount of the outstanding Old
                              Notes (the "Exchange Offer"). As of the date of
                              this Prospectus, $175.0 million in aggregate
                              principal amount of the Old Notes is outstanding,
                              the maximum amount authorized by the Indenture
                              for all Notes. As of April 30, 1996, there was
                              one registered holder of the Old Notes, Cede &
                              Co. ("Cede"), which held the Old Notes for     of
                              its participants. See "The Exchange Offer--Terms
                              of the Exchange Offer."
 
Expiration Date.............  5:00 p.m., New York City time, on       , 1996,
                              as the same may be extended. See "The Exchange
                              Offer--Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments."
 
Conditions of the Exchange    The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any
Offer.......................  minimum principal amount of Old Notes being
                              tendered for exchange. However, the Exchange
                              Offer is subject to certain customary conditions,
                              including (i) no legal or governmental action has
                              been threatened or instituted or is pending with
                              respect to the Exchange Offer which, in the
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
                              judgment of the Company, would make it
                              inadvisable to proceed with the Exchange Offer,
                              (ii) no statute, rule, regulation, order or
                              injunction with respect to the Exchange Offer has
                              been sought, proposed or enacted which, in the
                              judgment of the Company, would make it
                              inadvisable to proceed with the Exchange Offer,
                              (iii) no banking moratorium or similar event has
                              been declared and no international calamity
                              involving the United States has occurred, and
                              (iv) all governmental approvals deemed necessary
                              by the Company to the Exchange Offer have been
                              obtained. The Company expects that the foregoing
                              conditions will be satisfied. All such conditions
                              may be waived by the Company. See "The Exchange
                              Offer--Conditions of the Exchange Offer."
 
Termination of Certain        Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and
Rights......................  the Old Notes, Holders of Notes are entitled to
                              (i) receive Liquidated Damages (as defined below)
                              under certain circumstances and (ii) certain
                              other rights intended for Holders of Transfer
                              Restricted Securities. "Liquidated Damages"
                              means, with respect to the first 90-day period
                              immediately following the occurrence of a
                              Registration Default (as defined herein), damages
                              in an amount equal to $0.05 per week per $1,000
                              principal amount of Notes for each week or
                              portion thereof that the Registration Default
                              continues. The amount of damages shall increase
                              by an additional $0.05 per week per $1,000
                              principal amount of Notes with respect to each
                              subsequent 90-day period until all Registration
                              Defaults have been cured (up to a maximum amount
                              of $0.25 per week per $1,000 principal amount of
                              Notes). Following the cure of all Registration
                              Defaults, the accrual of Liquidated Damages will
                              cease. Holders of New Notes will not be and, upon
                              consummation of the Exchange Offer, Eligible
                              Holders of Old Notes will no longer be, entitled
                              to certain rights under the Registration Rights
                              Agreement intended for Holders of Transfer
                              Restricted Securities, except in limited
                              circumstances. See "The Exchange Offer--
                              Termination of Certain Rights" and "--Procedures
                              for Tendering Old Notes."
 
Accrued Interest on the Old   The New Notes will bear interest at a rate equal
Notes.......................  to 13% per annum from and including their date of
                              issuance. Eligible Holders whose Old Notes are
                              accepted for exchange will have the right to
                              receive interest accrued thereon from the date of
                              original issuance of the Old Notes or the last
                              Interest Payment Date, as applicable, to, but not
                              including, the date of issuance of the New Notes,
                              such interest to be payable with the first
                              interest payment on the New Notes. Interest on
                              the Old Notes accepted for exchange, which
                              accrues at the rate of 13% per annum, will cease
                              to accrue on the day prior to the issuance of the
                              New Notes.
 
Procedures for Tendering      Unless a tender of Old Notes is effected pursuant
Old Notes...................  to the procedures for book-entry transfer as
                              provided herein, each Eligible Holder who wishes
                              to tender Old Notes for exchange pursuant to the
                              Exchange Offer must transmit the Old Notes,
                              together with a properly
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
 
                              completed and duly executed the Letter of
                              Transmittal, including all other documents
                              required by such Letter of Transmittal, to the
                              Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York time,
                              on the Expiration Date. Each signature on the
                              Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed unless
                              the Old Notes surrendered for exchange are
                              tendered by (i) a registered holder of the Old
                              Notes who has not completed the box entitled
                              "Special Exchange Instructions" or the box
                              entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" or (ii)
                              an Eligible Institution (as defined herein). Any
                              Beneficial Owner (as defined herein) of the Old
                              Notes whose Old Notes are registered in the name
                              of a nominee, such as a broker, dealer,
                              commercial bank or trust company and who wishes
                              to tender Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, should
                              instruct such entity or person to promptly tender
                              on such Beneficial Owner's behalf. See "The
                              Exchange Offer--Procedures for Tendering Old
                              Notes."
 
Guaranteed Delivery           Eligible Holders of Old Notes who wish to tender
Procedures..................  their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not
                              immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver
                              their Old Notes or any other documents required
                              by the Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange
                              Agent prior to the Expiration Date (or complete
                              the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely
                              basis), may tender their Old Notes according to
                              the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in
                              the Letter of Transmittal. See "The Exchange
                              Offer--Procedures for Tendering Old Notes--
                              Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."
 
Acceptance of Old Notes and
Delivery of New Notes.......
                              Upon satisfaction or waiver of all conditions of
                              the Exchange Offer, the Company will accept any
                              and all Old Notes that are properly tendered in
                              the Exchange Offer prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
                              City time, on the Expiration Date. The New Notes
                              issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be
                              delivered promptly after acceptance of the Old
                              Notes. See "The Exchange Offer--Acceptance of Old
                              Notes for Exchange; Delivery of New Notes."
 
Withdrawal Rights...........  Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time
                              prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
                              Expiration Date. See "The Exchange Offer--
                              Withdrawal Rights."
 
Exchange Agent..............  American Bank National Association will be the
                              exchange agent (in such capacity, the "Exchange
                              Agent") for the Exchange Offer. The address and
                              telephone number of the Exchange Agent are set
                              forth in "The Exchange Offer--The Exchange Agent;
                              Assistance."
 
Fees and Expenses...........  All expenses incident to the Company's
                              consummation of the Exchange Offer and compliance
                              with the Registration Rights Agreement will be
                              borne by the Company. The Company will also pay
                              certain transfer taxes applicable to the Exchange
                              Offer. See "The Exchange Offer--Fees and
                              Expenses."
 
Resales of the New Notes....  Based on an interpretation by the staff of the
                              Commission set forth in no-action letters issued
                              to third parties, the Company believes that New
                              Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer to an
                              Eligible
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
 
                                 
                              Holder in exchange for Old Notes may be offered
                              for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by
                              such Eligible Holder (other than (i) a broker-
                              dealer who purchased the Old Notes directly from
                              the Company for resale pursuant to Rule 144A
                              under the Securities Act or any other available
                              exemption under the Securities Act or (ii) a
                              person that is an affiliate of the Company within
                              the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act)
                              without compliance with the registration and
                              prospectus delivery requirements of the
                              Securities Act, provided that the Eligible Holder
                              is acquiring the New Notes in the ordinary course
                              of business and is not participating, and has no
                              arrangement or understanding with any person to
                              participate, in a distribution of the New Notes.
                              Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for
                              its own account in exchange for Old Notes, where
                              such Old Notes were acquired by such broker as a
                              result of market-making or other trading
                              activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver
                              a prospectus in connection with any resale of
                              such New Notes. See "The Exchange Offer--Resales
                              of New Notes" and "Plan of Distribution."     
 
                            DESCRIPTION OF NEW NOTES
 
  The form and terms of the New Notes will be identical in all material
respects to the form and terms of the Old Notes, except that (i) the New Notes
will have been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not
bear legends restricting the transfer thereof and (ii) Holders of New Notes
will not be and, upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, Eligible Holders of
Old Notes will no longer be, entitled to certain rights under the Registration
Rights Agreement intended for the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities,
except in limited circumstances. See "Exchange Offer--Termination of Certain
Rights." The Exchange Offer shall be deemed consummated upon the occurrence of
the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture of the New
Notes in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount
of Old Notes that are tendered by holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange
Offer. See "The Exchange Offer--Termination of Certain Rights" and "--
Procedures for Tendering Old Note;" and "Description of New Notes."
 
Securities Offered..........  Series B $175.0 million aggregate principal
                              amount of 13% First Mortgage Notes due 2002.
 
Maturity....................  December 15, 2002.
 
Interest....................  The New Notes will bear interest at the rate of
                              13% per annum, payable semi-annually on June 15
                              and December 15 of each year, commencing June 15,
                              1996.
 
Original Issue Discount.....     
                              The Old Notes were issued with original issue
                              discount ("OID"). The New Notes will inherit OID
                              from the Old Notes. See "Certain Federal Income
                              Tax Consequences."     
 
Guarantees..................  The Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on a
                              senior secured basis by Coast Resorts (the "Coast
                              Resorts Guarantee"), Coast West (the "Coast West
                              Guarantee") and certain future Subsidiaries (as
                              defined herein) of the Company. See "Description
                              of New Notes--Guarantees."
 
Security....................  The Notes are secured by, among other things, (i)
                              a first priority security interest in
                              substantially all of the assets of the Company,
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
 
                              including substantially all of the assets
                              comprising the Gold Coast, the Barbary Coast and
                              The Orleans, (ii) an assignment of the
                              construction contracts pursuant to which the
                              Orleans is being constructed, (iii) an assignment
                              of leases, (iv) a pledge of that portion of the
                              net proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes
                              deposited and held as collateral in the
                              Construction Disbursement Account (as defined
                              herein) until such time as such proceeds have
                              been disbursed pursuant to the Disbursement
                              Agreement (as defined herein) and (v) a pledge of
                              the Pledged Securities and any funds deposited
                              and held as collateral in the Interest Escrow
                              Account until such time as such proceeds have
                              been disbursed for the payment of interest on the
                              Notes. The Indenture provides that the Company
                              may incur certain additional Indebtedness that
                              may be secured by Pari Passu Liens (as defined
                              herein) on the Pari Passu Collateral (as defined
                              herein) or liens on certain other assets.
 
                              The Coast Resorts Guarantee is secured by a
                              pledge in favor of the Trustee (as defined
                              herein) for the benefit of the holders of the
                              Notes of all of the capital stock of the Company
                              and Coast West. The Coast West Guarantee is
                              secured by a first priority security interest in
                              substantially all of the existing and future
                              assets of Coast West subject to certain
                              exceptions set forth in the Indenture. Under
                              certain circumstances, the Coast West Guarantee
                              and related security, as well as the capital
                              stock of Coast West pledged by Coast Resorts, may
                              be released. See "Description of New Notes--
                              Guarantees" and "--Security."
 
Ranking.....................     
                              The Notes are senior secured obligations of the
                              Company and will rank pari passu in right of
                              payment with any existing and future senior
                              Indebtedness (as defined herein) of the Company
                              (none of which is currently outstanding),
                              including approximately $30.0 million in
                              equipment financing anticipated to be incurred by
                              the Company in connection with the equipping of
                              The Orleans (the "Orleans Equipment Financing").
                              The Notes rank senior in right of payment to all
                              existing and future subordinated Indebtedness of
                              the Company, including approximately $2.0 million
                              principal amount of subordinated notes payable
                              held by certain shareholders of Coast Resorts.
                                  
                              The Guarantees are senior secured obligations of
                              the Guarantors and will rank pari passu in right
                              of payment with any future senior Indebtedness of
                              the Guarantors and senior in right of payment to
                              any future subordinated Indebtedness of the
                              Guarantors.
 
Mandatory Redemption........  None.
 
Optional Redemption.........  The Notes are redeemable at the option of the
                              Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or
                              after December 15, 2000 at the redemption prices
                              set forth herein plus accrued and unpaid interest
                              and Liquidated Damages (as defined herein), if
                              any, to the redemption date. The Company has the
                              option to redeem the Notes at any time to prevent
                              the loss or material impairment of a gaming
                              license or an application for a gaming license.
                              See "Nevada Regulation and Licensing."
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
 
 
                              In addition, on or before December 15, 1998, the
                              Company may redeem up to $57.75 million in
                              aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a
                              redemption price equal to 110% of the principal
                              amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest
                              and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the redemption
                              date, with the net proceeds of a public offering
                              of Coast Resorts Common Stock, to the extent such
                              proceeds are contributed within 45 days after the
                              consummation of any such offering to the Company
                              as common equity, provided that at least $117.25
                              million in aggregate principal amount of the
                              Notes remains outstanding thereafter. See
                              "Description of New Notes--Optional Redemption."
 
Change of Control Offer.....  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as
                              defined herein), the Company will be required,
                              within 20 days following the date of the Change
                              of Control, to offer to repurchase all of the
                              then outstanding Notes at a price equal to 101%
                              of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus
                              accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
                              Damages, if any, to the date of repurchase. See
                              "Description of New Notes--Repurchase at the
                              Option of Holders."
 
Certain Covenants...........  The Indenture under which the New Notes will be
                              issued contains certain covenants that, among
                              other things, limit the ability of the Company
                              and its Subsidiaries (as defined herein) to incur
                              additional Indebtedness and issue preferred
                              stock, pay dividends, make investments or make
                              other restricted payments, incur liens, enter
                              into certain transactions with Affiliates (as
                              defined herein), enter into mergers or
                              consolidations or make sales of assets. In
                              addition, under certain circumstances, the
                              Company is required to offer to purchase the
                              Notes at prices ranging from 100% to 105% of the
                              principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
                              interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the
                              date of purchase, with the net proceeds of
                              certain Asset Sales (as defined herein),
                              including a mandatory sale of the Barbary Coast
                              if certain coverage ratios are not met. See
                              "Description of New Notes--Repurchase at the
                              Option of Holders" and "--Certain Covenants."
 
Exchange Offer;               Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, if
Registration Rights.........  any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities
                              notifies the Company that (A) it is prohibited by
                              law or Commission policy from participating in
                              the Exchange Offer, (B) it may not resell the New
                              Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the
                              public without delivering a prospectus and this
                              Prospectus is not appropriate or available for
                              such resales or (C) it is a broker-dealer and
                              holds Old Notes acquired directly from the
                              Company or an affiliate of the Company, the
                              Company will be required to provide a shelf
                              registration statement (the "Shelf Registration
                              Statement") to cover resales of the Old Notes by
                              such Holder. If the Company fails to satisfy such
                              registration obligations under the Registration
                              Rights Agreement, it may be required to pay
                              Liquidated Damages to the Holders of Notes under
                              certain circumstances. See "Description of New
                              Notes--Registration Rights; Liquidated Damages."
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
 
 
Transfer Requirementby
Gaming Authorities..........
                              Any beneficial owner of equity or debt securities
                              of a Corporate Licensee (as defined herein) or a
                              Registered Corporation (as defined herein) may be
                              required to be found suitable if the relevant
                              Nevada Gaming Authorities (as defined herein)
                              have reason to believe that such ownership would
                              be inconsistent with the declared policy of the
                              State of Nevada. See "Nevada Regulation and
                              Licensing" and "Description of New Notes--
                              Optional Redemption."
 
Construction Disbursement
Account; Disbursement
Agreement...................  Approximately $114.8 million of the net proceeds
                              from the Offering was deposited by the Company in
                              a segregated construction disbursement account
                              (the "Construction Disbursement Account") which
                              has been assigned to the Trustee for the benefit
                              of the holders of the Notes as collateral
                              security for the Notes. Funds are disbursed from
                              the Construction Disbursement Account for the
                              development, construction, equipping and opening
                              of The Orleans upon satisfaction of certain
                              conditions set forth in a Disbursement and Escrow
                              Agreement dated as of January 30, 1996 (the
                              "Disbursement Agreement") among the Company,
                              Nevada Title Company, the Trustee and Nevada
                              Construction Services, Inc., an affiliate of
                              Nevada Title Company (in such capacity, the
                              "Disbursement Agent"). Pending disbursement from
                              the Construction Disbursement Account, such
                              proceeds are invested in Cash Equivalents (as
                              defined herein).
 
                              Pursuant to the Disbursement Agreement, Coopers &
                              Lybrand L.L.P. will perform agreed-upon
                              procedures with respect to disbursement requests.
 
Absence of a Public Market
for the New Notes...........
                              The New Notes are a new issue of securities with
                              no established market. Accordingly, there can be
                              no assurance as to the development or liquidity
                              of any market for the New Notes. The Initial
                              Purchasers have advised the Company that they
                              intend to make a market in the New Notes;
                              however, the Initial Purchasers are not obligated
                              to do so, and any market making activities with
                              respect to the New Notes may be discontinued at
                              any time without notice. The Company does not
                              intend to apply for listing of the New Notes on a
                              securities exchange.
 
  FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION
WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES, SEE "RISK FACTORS."
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
 
                      SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
 
  The Summary Financial and Operating Data should be read in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and the financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere
in this Prospectus.
   
  The summary pro forma financial data set forth below is derived from the
financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus,
and reflects the pro forma impact of the transactions described in footnote 8
below. The pro forma balance sheet data assumes that such transactions occurred
on March 31, 1996, and the pro forma statements of income data assume that such
transactions occurred on January 1, 1995. See "Notes to Financial Statements--
Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.--Unaudited Pro Forma Data."     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                    HISTORICAL                                        PRO FORMA (8)
                          --------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------
                                                                              THREE MONTHS
                                                                                  ENDED             YEAR      THREE MONTHS
                                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                    MARCH 31,          ENDED         ENDED
                          ------------------------------------------------  ------------------  DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,
                            1991      1992      1993      1994      1995     1995      1996         1995          1996
                          --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -------  ---------  ------------  ------------
                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT OPERATING DATA)
<S>                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>           <C>
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 DATA:
Net revenues............  $163,142  $169,251  $169,573  $172,573  $174,756  $42,196  $  47,412    $174,756      $47,412
Departmental operating
 expenses (1)...........   100,745   105,037   108,662   115,028   114,253   28,807     27,894     114,253       27,894
General and
 administrative and
 development expenses...    29,243    30,290    32,402    32,940    34,686    8,271      9,279      35,336        9,279
Guaranteed payments to
 former
 partners (2)...........     2,501     2,762     2,485     2,672       858      --         --          --           --
Depreciation and
 amortization...........     8,658     8,492     7,822     6,766     7,280    1,738      1,760       7,280        1,760
Operating income........    21,995    22,670    18,202    15,167    17,679    3,380      8,479      17,887        8,479
Interest expense, net...    (3,664)   (1,852)     (837)     (227)   (3,545)    (309)    (2,642)    (28,767)      (5,309)
Other income (expense)..      (222)      128         3        23        92       57        --           92          --
                          --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -------  ---------    --------      -------
Net income..............  $ 18,109  $ 20,946  $ 17,368  $ 14,963  $ 14,226  $ 3,128  $   5,837    $(10,788)     $ 3,170
                          ========  ========  ========  ========  ========  =======  =========    ========      =======
PRO FORMA INFORMATION TO
 REFLECT CHANGE IN TAX
 STATUS (3):
Provision for income
 taxes..................     6,157     7,333     6,117     5,251     4,979    1,095      4,543         --         1,110
                          --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -------  ---------    --------      -------
Net income..............  $ 11,952  $ 13,613  $ 11,251  $  9,712  $  9,247  $ 2,033  $   1,294    $(10,788)     $ 2,060
                          ========  ========  ========  ========  ========  =======  =========    ========      =======
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA (4)..............  $ 30,653  $ 31,162  $ 26,024  $ 21,933  $ 24,959  $ 5,118  $  10,239    $ 25,167      $10,239
Capital expenditures....  $  2,328  $  2,104  $  2,736  $  5,514  $ 32,187  $ 9,339  $  13,682    $ 32,187      $13,682
Distributions to
 Partners (5)...........  $  9,000  $ 11,250  $ 11,500  $ 25,823  $ 58,660  $ 8,660        --     $ 58,660          --
Ratio of Earnings to
 Fixed Charges..........       5.3x     11.2x     17.9x     30.9x      4.4x     8.2x       2.2x        -- (6)       1.4x
CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Operating activities...    27,408    28,934    28,817    22,572    22,841  $ 1,206  $   6,553
 Investing activities...    (2,267)   (2,324)   (2,294)   (5,509)  (31,968) $(9,252) $(137,205)
 Financing activities...   (23,476)  (26,929)  (22,887)  (14,884)    6,699  $   111  $ 134,139
OPERATING DATA:
 GOLD COAST:
 Casino square footage..    70,000    70,000    70,000    70,000    70,000   70,000     70,000
 Number of slot machines
  (7)...................     2,051     2,106     2,106     2,107     2,010    2,107      2,007
 Number of table games
  (7)...................        48        48        48        48        48       48         48
 Hotel rooms (7)........       722       722       712       712       712      712        712
 Average daily room
  rate..................  $  35.74  $  35.30  $  35.67  $  36.72  $  40.73    40.80      40.99
 Average daily occupancy
  rate..................      78.1%     87.2%     92.9%     95.7%     93.7%    91.9%      94.8%
 BARBARY COAST:
 Casino square footage..    30,000    30,000    30,000    30,000    30,000   30,000     30,000
 Number of slot machines
  (7)...................       712       716       726       566       562      562        549
 Number of table games
  (7)...................        43        43        43        43        43       43         37
 Hotel rooms (7)........       197       197       197       197       197      197        197
 Average daily room
  rate..................  $  47.66  $  46.58  $  46.67  $  46.72  $  48.56    50.88      59.86
 Average daily occupancy
  rate..................      89.6%     92.6%     95.5%     95.4%     95.3%    95.7%      94.7%
</TABLE>    
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                             AS OF       AS OF MARCH 31, 1996
                                          DECEMBER 31, ------------------------
                                              1995     HISTORICAL PRO FORMA (8)
                                          ------------ ---------- -------------
                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                       <C>          <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents (including
 restricted cash of approximately $123.5
 million at March 31, 1996).............    $ 14,539    $141,549    $171,549(9)
Total assets............................     152,216     299,070     329,070
Total long-term debt (10)...............      83,357     171,816     201,816
Stockholder's equity....................      43,334      97,153      97,153
</TABLE>    
- -------
See Footnotes to Summary Financial and Operating Data.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
 
               FOOTNOTES TO SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
 
(1) Includes casino, food and beverage, hotel and other expenses.
(2) Prior to the Reorganization (as defined herein), the Predecessor
    Partnerships (as defined herein) made guaranteed payments to partners
    pursuant to the terms of their respective partnership agreements. In
    connection with the Reorganization, such guaranteed payments have been
    eliminated and replaced with annual compensation (reflected in general and
    administrative expenses) to Michael J. Gaughan and certain other former
    partners of the Predecessor Partnerships who are executive officers of the
    Company. See "The Reorganization," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
    Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Management--Executive
    Compensation."
(3) The Gold Coast Partnership and the Barbary Coast Partnership operated as
    partnerships and were not subject to federal income taxes. As a result of
    the Reorganization, the operations of the Gold Coast and the Barbary Coast
    are being conducted by the Company, which has been formed as a "C
    Corporation" and, therefore, is subject to federal income taxes. A pro
    forma provision for federal income taxes has been made, and pro forma net
    income has been calculated, for the historical financial statements for all
    periods presented as if the Gold Coast Partnership and the Barbary Coast
    Partnership had been treated as C corporations during those periods.
   
(4) EBITDA consists of operating income plus depreciation and amortization.
    EBITDA should not be construed as an alternative to operating income or net
    income (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
    principles) as an indicator of the Company's operating performance, or as
    an alternative to cash flows generated by operating, investing and
    financing activities (as determined in accordance with generally accepted
    accounting principles) as an indicator of cash flows or a measure of
    liquidity. EBITDA is presented solely as supplemental disclosure because
    management believes that it is a widely used measure of operating
    performance in the gaming industry.     
(5) Because the Gold Coast Partnership and the Barbary Coast Partnership were
    partnerships during these periods, a substantial portion of their net
    income was distributed to the partners. In 1994, the Barbary Coast
    Partnership distributed $11.0 million of partners' capital in the form of
    notes payable and, in 1995, the Gold Coast Partnership distributed $50.0
    million of partners' capital in the form of notes payable. Such
    distributions represented previously taxed but undistributed earnings of
    the Predecessor Partnerships. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
    Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
   
(6) The pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the year ended
    December 31, 1995 has not been computed since earnings were not sufficient
    to cover fixed charges. The coverage deficiency for such year was
    approximately $11.0 million.     
   
(7) At end of period.     
   
(8) The pro forma financial information gives effect to (i) the change in
    income tax status resulting from the Reorganization, (ii) the issuance of
    the First Mortgage Notes and subsequent Exchange Offer and (iii) the
    incurrence of the Orleans Equipment Financing. The pro forma balance sheet
    data assumes that such transactions occurred on March 31, 1996, and the pro
    forma statements of income data assumes that such transactions occurred on
    January 1, 1995. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
    Condition and Results of Operations" and "Notes to Financial Statements--
    Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.--Unaudited Pro Forma Data."     
   
(9) Pro forma cash and cash equivalents include (i) restricted cash of
    approximately $123.5 million and (ii) $30.0 million from the Orleans
    Equipment Financing which is expected to be incurred in the fourth quarter
    of 1996 to purchase equipment for The Orleans. See "Notes to Financial
    Statements--Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.--Unaudited Pro Forma Data."     
   
(10) Excludes current maturities.     
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
 
                                 RISK FACTORS
 
  In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus, holders
of Notes should consider carefully the following risk factors affecting the
business of the Company.
 
SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE AND ABILITY TO SERVICE DEBT
   
  The Company is highly leveraged and is dependent to a significant extent
upon the successful completion and operation of The Orleans for coverage of
its debt service. At March 31, 1996, the Company had stockholder's equity of
approximately $97.2  million and total long-term Indebtedness of approximately
$171.8 million, consisting primarily of the Notes and approximately $2.0
million aggregate principal amount of subordinated notes payable held by
certain shareholders of Coast Resorts. In addition, the Company expects to
incur the Orleans Equipment Financing in the fourth quarter of 1996.     
 
  The consequences of the Company's leverage include, but are not limited to,
the following: (i) a substantial portion of the Company's cash from operations
must be dedicated to the payment of interest on the Company's Indebtedness,
(ii) the Company's ability to obtain additional debt financing in the future
for working capital, capital expenditures, development financing or other
purposes may be limited and (iii) the Company is vulnerable, and may have
difficulty responding, to adverse changes in the economy, the Las Vegas gaming
market and the business of the Company's hotel-casinos. In addition, the
failure by the Company to comply with numerous restrictive covenants contained
in the Indenture may result in an Event of Default (as defined herein) which,
if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on the Company
and its operations. Any of the foregoing consequences could have a material
adverse effect on the ability of the Company to meet its interest obligations
on or repay the Notes.
 
  The Company's ability to meet its debt obligations is dependent on the
successful completion of The Orleans and the Company's future operating
performance, which is itself dependent on a number of factors, many of which
are outside of the Company's control, including prevailing economic conditions
and financial, business, regulatory and other factors affecting the Company's
operations and business. Any significant increases in the construction budget
or delays in completing the construction and opening of The Orleans would
adversely affect the operating results of the Company and could result in the
inability of the Company to make required payments of interest on the Notes.
Assuming timely completion and successful operation of The Orleans, management
believes that the Company will have sufficient capital to carry on its
business and will be able to pay its debts as they mature. However, there can
be no assurance that future cash flows of the Company will be sufficient to
meet all of the Company's obligations and commitments. If the Company were
unable to generate sufficient cash from its future operations to pay interest
on the Notes or to satisfy any other debt service requirements, or to pay its
debts as they mature, the Company would be required to explore alternatives,
such as seeking additional debt or equity financing, reducing or delaying
capital expenditures or selling material assets or operations. No assurance
can be given that the Company would be successful in implementing any of these
alternatives, if necessary.
 
RISKS OF NEW CONSTRUCTION AND OPENING
 
  A key element of the Company's business strategy is the development and
construction of a new hotel-casino, The Orleans. The Company commenced
construction of The Orleans in July 1995 and, based on current construction
schedules, expects to complete construction of and open The Orleans by
December 1996. However, any construction project entails significant
construction risks, including cost overruns, shortages of materials or skilled
labor, labor disputes, unforeseen environmental or engineering problems, work
stoppages, fire and other natural disasters, construction scheduling problems
and weather interferences, any of which, if they occurred, could delay
construction or result in a substantial increase in costs to the Company. Such
risks may be compounded by the Company's decision to construct The Orleans on
an accelerated schedule under which construction is in progress while final
plans are being completed. To the extent that the completion of The Orleans is
delayed, operational results of the Company will be adversely impacted. See
"Business--The Orleans."
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
  The opening of The Orleans will be contingent upon, among other things, the
Company's receipt of all required licenses, permits and authorizations. The
scope of the approvals required for a project of this nature is extensive,
including, without limitation, state and local land-use permits, building and
zoning permits, health and safety permits and gaming and liquor licenses. In
addition, unexpected changes or concessions required by local, regulatory and
state authorities could involve significant additional costs and could delay
or prevent the completion of construction or the opening of all or part of The
Orleans. There can be no assurance that the Company will receive the necessary
permits, licenses and approvals for the construction and operation of The
Orleans that it has not yet obtained, or that such permits, licenses and
approvals will be obtained within the anticipated time frame. Furthermore,
there can be no assurance that The Orleans will ever become operational or
become operational within the time frames and budgets currently contemplated.
   
  The Orleans has a construction and development budget of approximately
$158.1 million (including contingencies but excluding pre-opening
expenditures, opening bankroll and capitalized interest costs). The Company
has entered into the Construction Contract with Tiberti Construction for the
construction of buildings and site improvements for a guaranteed maximum price
not to exceed $100.0 million. The construction and development budget also
includes approximately $53.2 million for furniture, fixtures, equipment, signs
and certain interior and other improvements that will be completed pursuant to
separate contracts to be entered into between the Company and various
contractors and suppliers. Additionally, the construction and development
budget includes approximately $4.9 million of architectural and design fees.
As of May 31, 1996, the Company had paid approximately $45.5 million of
construction and development costs, including approximately $39.4 million for
work that is subject to the Construction Contract, approximately $4.4 million
of architectural and design fees and approximately $1.7 million of other
construction and development costs. The Construction Contract provides for the
construction of the portion of the project covered thereby consistent with the
description of The Orleans contained herein. Tiberti Construction may require
modifications to plans and specifications and, to the extent that they are
inconsistent with budgeted line items, proposed change orders by the Company,
provided that no such required modifications may be inconsistent with the
description of The Orleans contained herein. There can be no assurance that
Tiberti Construction would have the financial resources to fund any
significant cost overruns in excess of the $100.0 million guaranteed maximum
contract price. J. Tito Tiberti, a director and shareholder of Coast Resorts
and a director of the Company, is the president, a director and shareholder
of, and together with his immediate family controls, Tiberti Construction. See
"Certain Transactions."     
 
FUNDS FOR COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION
 
  The net proceeds received by the Company in the Offering, after deducting
discounts and commissions, were approximately $164.1 million. Of that amount,
(i) approximately $114.8 million was deposited in the Construction
Disbursement Account for use by the Company to finance in part the cost of
developing, constructing, equipping and opening The Orleans, (ii)
approximately $19.3 million was used by the Company to purchase the Pledged
Securities which were deposited into the Interest Escrow Account to fund
interest payable on the Notes through December 15, 1996 and (iii)
approximately $29.2 million was used by the Company to repay all outstanding
indebtedness under the Company's revolving credit facility, which was
terminated upon repayment. The balance of approximately $800,000 was used by
the Company to pay, in part, estimated offering expenses of approximately $2.4
million. The balance of funds necessary to complete, equip and open The
Orleans are expected to be obtained from The Orleans Equipment Financing in
the approximate amount of $30.0 million and internally generated cash from the
Company's operations of approximately $8.5 million during the construction
period. Final construction plans for The Orleans have not been completed. The
estimated cost of The Orleans therefore is based on preliminary plans prepared
by the Company and its contractors and architects, and assumes that
construction will take approximately 17 months to complete from July 1995.
Such cost estimate may change significantly as construction plans are
finalized and construction progresses or if construction takes longer than
expected to complete. Although the Company has entered into the Construction
Contract for the construction of building and site improvements for a
guaranteed maximum price not to exceed $100.0 million,
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
the balance of the construction budget is not subject to maximum price
contracts and additional funds will be required in the event that the
estimated construction costs increase significantly. Accordingly, the ability
of the Company to provide sufficient funds to complete, equip and open The
Orleans will depend upon the future operating results of the Gold Coast and
the Barbary Coast and upon the Company's ability to construct and open The
Orleans within the preliminary budget and in the anticipated time frame. If
the Company does not generate sufficient cash from operations to fund the
balance of the construction and opening costs, the Company would be required
to reduce the size and scope of The Orleans or obtain additional financing to
complete the project. To the extent that the Company were required to reduce
the size or scope of The Orleans, the future operating results for The Orleans
could be adversely affected. The Company has no arrangements for, and there is
no assurance that the Company would be successful in obtaining, any such
additional financing should it be necessary. In addition, there is no
assurance that if the Company could obtain such additional financing, it would
be on terms satisfactory to the Company or be permitted under the terms of the
Indenture governing the Notes or the Company's other debt instruments, if any.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations."
 
ABILITY TO REALIZE ON COLLATERAL
 
  The Notes are secured by (i) subject to certain exceptions, a first priority
security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Company, including
substantially all of the assets comprising the Gold Coast, the Barbary Coast
and The Orleans, (ii) an assignment of the construction contracts pursuant to
which the Orleans is being constructed, (iii) an assignment of leases, (iv) a
pledge of that portion of the net proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes
deposited and held as collateral in the Construction Disbursement Account
until such time as such proceeds have been disbursed pursuant to the
Disbursement Agreement and (v) a pledge of the Pledged Securities and any
funds deposited and held as collateral in the Interest Escrow Account until
such time as such proceeds have been disbursed for the payment of interest on
the Notes, in each case to the extent obtainable solely by granting and
filing, recording or delivery of possession of the collateral and subject to
certain permitted liens. In addition, the Notes are secured by a lien on cash,
deposit accounts and cash equivalents of the Company. However, at least under
current law, the enforcement of such lien may be limited in a bankruptcy
proceeding of the Company. In addition, the Indenture permits the Company and
its subsidiaries, subject to certain limitations, to grant pari passu liens on
the collateral securing the Notes to certain other creditors. If such pari
passu liens are granted, any proceeds or distributions from any of the shared
collateral would be divided among these other creditors and the holders of the
Notes on a pro rata basis. There can be no assurance that the fair market
value of the collateral exceeds the amount of Indebtedness evidenced by the
Notes or that, if an Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture) occurs
with respect to the Notes and the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is
accelerated and the Company fails to make the required payments, the
liquidation of the collateral will produce proceeds sufficient to pay the full
amount of principal of and accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages,
if any, on the Notes.
 
  In the event of a foreclosure of any of the Gold Coast, the Barbary Coast or
The Orleans, the purchaser or operator of the facility would be required to be
licensed to operate the facility under Nevada gaming laws and regulations
promulgated thereunder and, if the Trustee purchases any of the Company's
casinos at a foreclosure sale and thereafter is unable or chooses not to sell
the casino, the Trustee would be required to retain an entity licensed under
the Nevada gaming laws and regulations in order to conduct gaming operations
at the casinos and the holders of the Notes may be required to be investigated
and licensed or found suitable. Because potential bidders who wish to operate
the facility as a casino must satisfy such requirements, the number of
potential bidders in a foreclosure sale could be less than in foreclosures of
other types of facilities, and such requirements may delay the sale of, and
may adversely affect the sales price for, the casinos. The ability to take
possession and dispose of the collateral securing the Notes upon acceleration
is likely to be significantly impaired or delayed by applicable bankruptcy law
if a bankruptcy case were to be commenced by or against the Company prior to
the trustee's taking of possession or disposition of the collateral securing
the Notes. In addition, the disposition of collateral consisting of gaming
devices is subject to prior approval of the Nevada Gaming Authorities. See
"Description of New Notes--Security" and "--Remedies Upon Default on Notes"
for certain additional limitations on the exercise of remedies under the
Notes.
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
GUARANTEES
 
  The Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by Coast
Resorts and Coast West. Neither Coast Resorts nor Coast West has any income
from operations. Coast Resorts has no material assets other than its stock in
the Company and Coast West and Coast West has no material assets other than
the Coast West Lease. Neither Coast Resorts nor Coast West is expected to
generate income from operations or acquire additional assets in the near
future and no assurance can be given that they will ever do so. Accordingly,
there can be no assurance that the Guarantees will provide additional
assurance of payment to the holders of the Notes.
 
  Enforcement of the Guarantees against any existing or future Guarantors
would be subject to certain defenses available to guarantors generally, and
would also be subject to certain defenses available to the Company regarding
enforcement of the Notes, including, without limitation, the right to force
the Trustee to exercise its remedies under the Security Documents prior to
commencement of any action on the Guarantees. The Guarantors will waive, with
respect to the New Notes, all such defenses to the extent they may legally do
so.
 
  Subject to the terms of the Indenture, including the repayment of all
Indebtedness owed by Coast West to the Company, the Coast West Guarantee and
related security, as well as the pledge of capital stock of Coast West, may be
released. See "Description of New Notes--Guarantees" and "--Security."
 
LACK OF OPERATING HISTORY
 
  Upon commencement of operations, The Orleans will be a new hotel-casino that
has no operating history. Accordingly, the operations of The Orleans will be
subject to all of the risks inherent in the establishment of a new business
enterprise, including unanticipated construction, permitting or licensing
problems, delays in the opening of The Orleans and the availability of
adequately trained personnel. Although the Company's management is experienced
in hotel-casino management and operations, it has not had the responsibility
of overseeing the operations of three hotel-casinos simultaneously. See "--
Management of Growth." There can be no assurance that The Orleans will
generate revenues sufficient to enable it to be profitable or that it will be
completed in a timely manner or within budget.
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY MANAGEMENT
 
  The Company's future success will depend to a substantial extent upon the
efforts and experience of Michael J. Gaughan, the Company's Chairman of the
Board and Chief Executive Officer. The loss ofMr. Gaughan's services would
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business and results of
operations. The Company does not have an employment agreement with Mr. Gaughan
and does not currently maintain key man life insurance for Mr. Gaughan. See
"Management."
 
MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH
 
  The process of integrating the existing Gold Coast and Barbary Coast
operations into the Company, the current development and construction of The
Orleans, the development of additional future gaming properties and the future
growth of the Company may involve unforeseen difficulties and may require
disproportionate amounts of time and attention by the Company's management to
its various business activities as well as the unexpected allocation of
financial and other resources of the Company. Many management duties within
the Company are presently the responsibility of a relatively small number of
executives. To commence operations at The Orleans and to manage the Company's
future growth, the Company will be required, among other things, to hire and
train new personnel, continuously evaluate and change, if necessary, its
existing management structure and control its operating expenses. Competition
for new personnel in Las Vegas is intense and there can be no assurance that
in the future the Company will be able to attract and retain qualified
personnel.
 
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
COMPETITION
 
  Both the gaming and hotel industries are highly fragmented and characterized
by a high degree of competition among a large number of participants. Many of
the Company's competitors are much larger than the Company and have
substantially greater resources. The Company faces competition from all other
casinos and hotels in the Las Vegas area, including competitors that primarily
target local residents and casinos and hotels located on the Strip, on the
Boulder Highway and in downtown Las Vegas. The Company also faces competition
from non-hotel gaming facilities that also target local residents of Las
Vegas.
 
  Since 1994, a number of new gaming properties catering to local residents
have opened, while certain of the Company's existing competitors have recently
expanded their properties and have announced plans for additional expansions.
The Company's operating results have been adversely affected by these recent
openings and expansions. In addition, the development of at least four new
mega-resorts and other hotel-casino developments, including hotel-casinos
primarily targeted to local residents, recently were announced. These new
properties are expected to be completed within the next several years. The
construction of new properties and the major expansions or enhancements of
existing properties by competitors could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business and results of operations.
 
  The Company also competes for gaming customers to a lesser extent with
casinos located in the Laughlin and Reno-Lake Tahoe areas of Nevada, in
Atlantic City, New Jersey, and in other parts of the world, including gaming
on cruise ships and international gaming operations, as well as with state-
sponsored lotteries, on- and off-track wagering, card parlors, riverboat and
Native American gaming ventures and other forms of legalized gaming in the
United States. In addition, several states have recently legalized, and
several other states are currently considering legalizing, casino gaming in
specific geographical areas within those states. The Company believes that the
development of casino properties similar to those in Las Vegas in areas close
to Nevada, particularly California and Arizona, could have a material adverse
effect on its business and its results of operations. See "Business--
Competition."
 
  The Gold Coast primarily targets local residents as well as repeat visitors
to Las Vegas. While The Orleans is expected to target a higher income segment
of gaming customers, it will also focus its marketing efforts in part on the
same customer base as the Gold Coast. The Orleans will be located
approximately one mile south of the Gold Coast. Due to the close proximity and
overlapping target markets of the two properties, the opening of The Orleans
may negatively impact the operating results and financial performance of the
Gold Coast and the Company will be subject to greater risks, including risks
related to local competitive and economic conditions, than if these two gaming
properties were more geographically distant or had more diverse targeted
markets.
 
MECHANICS' LIENS
 
  Nevada law provides contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers with
a lien on the real property being improved by their services or supplies in
order to secure their right to be paid. Such parties may foreclose on their
liens if they are not paid in full. The priority of all mechanics' liens
arising out of a particular construction project and the foreclosure process
on those liens relates back to the date on which construction of the project
first commenced. Construction of The Orleans commenced in July 1995, well in
advance of the recordation of the leasehold deed of trust relating to The
Orleans which was executed for the benefit of holders of Notes as collateral
security for the Notes. Accordingly, all contractors, subcontractors and
material suppliers providing services and materials in connection with The
Orleans (including parties providing services or materials near the end of the
construction period) who otherwise comply with Nevada law requirements will
have a lien on the project that will be senior in priority to the lien of the
leasehold deed of trust.
 
  The priority of the leasehold deed of trust in favor of the Trustee will
only be impaired to the extent that contractors, subcontractors and material
providers are not paid in full. Pursuant to the Disbursement Agreement, the
Company will be subject to certain fund control procedures intended to assure
the proper payment of contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers. The
Company also will be required to obtain lien waivers from
 
                                      23
<PAGE>
 
such parties in connection with interim and final payments during the
construction period whereby such parties will release their lien claims to the
extent of such payments. In addition, as a condition to the consummation of
the Offering, the Company was required to obtain a policy of title insurance
for the benefit of the holders of the Notes insuring against any loss incurred
as a result of mechanics' liens, and the Company was required to indemnify the
title insurance company for any losses resulting from claims arising from
mechanics liens.
 
FRAUDULENT CONVEYANCES AND PREFERENTIAL TRANSFERS
 
  The ability of the holders of the Notes or the Trustee to enforce the
Guarantees or realize on the collateral may be limited by certain fraudulent
conveyance laws. Various fraudulent conveyance and revocatory laws have been
enacted for the protection of creditors and may be utilized by a court of
competent jurisdiction to avoid any security interest in the collateral
granted to the Trustee by the Company or any Guarantor (as defined herein), or
to subordinate the obligations of the Company under the Notes or the
Guarantees of any Guarantor. The requirements for establishing a fraudulent
conveyance or revocatory transfer vary depending on the law of the
jurisdiction which is being applied. Generally, if under federal and certain
state statutes in a bankruptcy, reorganization, rehabilitation or similar
proceeding in respect of the Company or a Guarantor, or in a lawsuit by or on
behalf of creditors against the Company or a Guarantor, a court were to find
that (i) the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be, incurred indebtedness
in connection with the Notes (including the Guarantees) or granted security
interests in the collateral with the intent of hindering, delaying or
defrauding current or future creditors of the Company or the Guarantor, as the
case may be, or (ii) the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be, received
less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for incurring the
indebtedness in connection with the Notes (including the Guarantees) or for
granting security interests in the collateral and the Company or such
Guarantor, as the case may be, (a) was insolvent at the time of the incurrence
of the indebtedness in connection with the Notes (including the Guarantees) or
the granting of security interests in the collateral, (b) was rendered
insolvent by reason of incurring the indebtedness in connection with the Notes
(including the Guarantees) or the granting of security interests in the
collateral, (c) was engaged or about to engage in a business or transaction
for which its assets constituted unreasonably small capital or (d) intended to
incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such
debts as they matured (as all of the foregoing terms are defined in or
interpreted under the applicable fraudulent conveyance or revocatory
statutes), such court could, subject to applicable statutes of limitation,
with respect to the Company, or the Guarantor, as the case may be, avoid in
whole or in part the obligations of the Company or such Guarantor in
connection with the Notes (including the Guarantees) or the security interests
granted in the collateral and/or subordinate claims with respect to the Notes
(including the Guarantees) to all other debts of the Company or the
Guarantors, as applicable. There can be no assurance that there would be
sufficient amounts to pay the Notes and the Guarantees together with all other
debts of the Company or such Guarantors, as applicable, if such security
interests in the collateral were avoided. Similarly, if the obligations of the
Company or the Guarantors or the security interests securing them were
subordinated, there can be no assurance that after payment of the other debts
of the Company or the Guarantors, there would be sufficient assets to pay such
subordinated claims with respect to the Notes and the Guarantees.
 
  The measures of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing will vary depending
upon the law of the jurisdiction which is being applied in any such
proceeding. Generally, however, an entity will be considered insolvent if the
sum of its respective debts was greater than the fair saleable value of all of
its property at a fair valuation or if the present fair saleable value of its
assets is less than the amount that will be required to pay its probable
liability on its existing debts, as they become absolute and matured.
 
  If certain bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings were initiated by or against
the Company or any Guarantor within 90 days (or, possibly, one year) after any
payment by the Company or such Guarantor with respect to the Notes or a
Guarantee, respectively, or if the Company or such Guarantor anticipated
becoming insolvent, all or a portion of such payment could be avoided as a
preferential transfer under federal bankruptcy or applicable state insolvency
law, and the recipient of such payment could be required to return such
payment. In addition, the
 
                                      24
<PAGE>
 
timing of any pledges of the capital stock of certain of the Company's future
subsidiaries may result in treatment of such pledges as preferential transfers
under applicable bankruptcy or state insolvency law and, if so treated, could
be set aside by a court.
 
RISK ASSOCIATED WITH LEASED PROPERTY
 
  The land underlying the Barbary Coast and the land on which The Orleans is
being developed and constructed are leased by the Company and the land on
which the Sundance may be developed in the future is leased by Coast West. The
leasehold interests relating to the Barbary Coast and The Orleans are subject
to a deed of trust securing the Notes, and the leasehold interest relating to
the potential Sundance site is subject to a deed of trust securing the Coast
West Guarantee. The leasehold deeds of trust are subject and subordinate to
the lessors' interests in the real estate subject to the leaseholds. If any
lease were to be terminated by the respective lessor as the result of a
default by the Company or Coast West, as the case may be, thereunder, the
Company or Coast West, as the case may be, would lose possession of the land
subject to the lease and any improvements thereon, thereby extinguishing the
leasehold deed of trust with respect to such lease as well as making it
impossible for the Company to operate the Barbary Coast or The Orleans, as the
case may be, or Coast West to develop and/or operate the Sundance, which would
in turn impair the value of the collateral securing the Notes or the Coast
West Guarantee, as applicable. In the event of a governmental condemnation or
taking of all or a portion of the real property at the Barbary Coast, The
Orleans or the proposed Sundance site, the applicable leasehold deed of trust
securing the Notes or the Coast West Guarantee, as applicable, also could be
extinguished. For a description of the leases, see "Business--Properties."
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
  The Company and the Guarantors are subject to a wide variety of federal,
state and local laws and regulations relating to the use, storage, discharge,
emission and disposal of hazardous materials. While management believes that
the Company and the Guarantors are presently in material compliance with all
environmental laws, failure to comply with such laws could result in the
imposition of severe penalties or restrictions on operations by government
agencies or courts that could adversely affect operations. The Company has
completed Phase I environmental assessments at the seven properties owned or
leased by it or Coast West. The reports included suggestions relative to
certain conditions and areas of potential environmental concerns. The reports
did not, however, identify any environmental conditions or non-compliance, the
remediation or correction of which management believes would have a material
adverse impact on the business or financial condition of the Company at any of
the sites.
 
  Under environmental laws and regulations, a beneficiary of a deed of trust
or mortgage on real property, such as the Trustee, may be held liable, under
certain circumstances, for the costs of remediating or preventing releases or
threatened releases of hazardous materials at a mortgaged property, and for
other rights and liabilities relating to hazardous materials, although such
liability rarely has been imposed. Under the Indenture and the security
documents, the Trustee is indemnified against its costs, expenses and
liabilities, including environmental cleanup costs and liabilities. This could
potentially reduce foreclosure proceeds to the holders of the Notes. In
addition, holders may act directly rather than through the Trustee, in
specified circumstances, in order to pursue a remedy under the Indenture. If
the holders exercise that right, they could be subject to the risks discussed
above.
 
DEPENDENCE ON CERTAIN MARKETS
 
  All of the Company's hotel-casinos are located in Las Vegas. The Company is
dependent upon and draws a majority of its customers from Nevada and from the
Southern California region. Any economic downturn in those areas could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business and results of operations.
In addition, a significant component of the Company's customers are Las Vegas
residents. Although management believes that the population and economic
strength of Las Vegas will continue to expand, there can be no assurance that
it will do so or that growth, if any, will be at the same rate experienced in
recent years or will result in increased financial performance for the
Company.
 
                                      25
<PAGE>
 
GAMING REGULATION
   
  The Company's gaming operations, and the ownership of securities in the
Company, are subject to extensive regulation by the Nevada Gaming Authorities.
The Nevada Gaming Authorities have broad authority with respect to licensing
and registration of entities and individuals involved in gaming operations,
including certain holders of Coast Resorts' outstanding voting securities. The
Nevada Gaming Authorities may, among other things, revoke the license of any
entity licensed as a gaming corporation or the registration of any entity
registered as a holding company of a gaming corporation, and they may also
revoke the license of any individual licensed as an officer, director, control
person or shareholder of a licensed or registered entity. If the gaming
licenses of the Company were revoked for any reason, the Nevada Gaming
Authorities could require the closing of the Barbary Coast and/or the Gold
Coast, as the case may be, which would result in a material adverse effect on
the business of the Company. The Company and certain of its officers,
directors and key employees have been licensed by the Nevada Gaming
Authorities.     
 
  The Company must apply for and obtain, prior to commencement of gaming
activities at The Orleans, gaming licenses from the Nevada Gaming Authorities,
in addition to approvals from other applicable governmental or administrative
state or local agencies involved in the regulation of gaming and gaming
activities in the State of Nevada through the establishment of standards for
construction, design, and operational features of the casinos. The Company
intends to apply for gaming licenses for The Orleans at the appropriate time
prior to the commencement of operations.
   
  In addition, while the Company has obtained all of the necessary orders and
approvals of the Nevada Commission to complete the Exchange Offer, any future
public offering of debt or equity securities by the Company, the proceeds of
which are intended to be used to pay for construction of, or to acquire an
interest in, any gaming facilities in Nevada, to finance the gaming operations
of an affiliated company or to retire or extend obligations incurred for any
such purposes, requires the prior approval of the Nevada Commission.     
 
  Each holder of the Notes shall be deemed to have agreed (to the extent
permitted by law) that if a relevant Gaming Authority determines that a holder
or beneficial owner of Notes must be found suitable under applicable law
(whether as a result of a foreclosure of the Company's casinos or for any
other reason), and if such holder or beneficial owner is not found suitable,
such holder shall, upon the request of the Company, dispose of such holder's
Notes within 30 days after receipt of such request or such earlier date as may
be ordered by the relevant Gaming Authority. The Company also will have the
right to call for the redemption of Notes held by any holder who is not found
suitable at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the
date of redemption or such earlier date as may be required by the relevant
Gaming Authority or applicable law.
 
  There is no established trading market for the Notes. Therefore, the price
at which a holder of Notes may be required to dispose of such holder's Notes
cannot be predicted. See "--Absence of Public Market," "Nevada Regulation and
Licensing" and "Description of New Notes--Optional Redemption."
 
CONTROL OF COAST RESORTS BY PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
   
  Coast Resorts is the sole shareholder of the Company. Michael J. Gaughan,
the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Coast Resorts and the
Company, is the beneficial owner of approximately 29.5% of the outstanding
shares of Coast Resorts Common Stock. Mr. Gaughan, together with Jerry Herbst,
J. Tito Tiberti and Franklin Toti, each of whom is a director and/or officer
of Coast Resorts, the Company and Coast West, own in the aggregate
approximately 59.5% of the outstanding shares of Coast Resorts Common Stock.
Such individuals, if acting together, would have the collective ability to
elect all of the directors of Coast Resorts and approve or disapprove any
other matter submitted to a vote of the shareholders of Coast Resorts. See
"Certain Transactions" and "Principal Shareholders."     
 
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
  Tiberti Construction is the general contractor for The Orleans. Mr. Tiberti
is a shareholder, a director and the president of, and together with his
immediate family members controls, Tiberti Construction. Potential conflicts
of interest between the Company and Tiberti Construction could arise as a
result of Tiberti Construction serving as the general contractor for the
construction of The Orleans pursuant to the guaranteed maximum price contract.
See "Business--The Orleans" and "Certain Transactions."
 
POSSIBLE LEGISLATION
   
  From time to time, certain legislators have proposed the imposition of a
federal tax on gross gaming revenues. In March 1996, tax legislation was
introduced in Congress which includes a proposal to impose a 15 percent
federal tax on taxable gaming services (defined as gross gaming receipts less
total gaming payoffs). The tax, if enacted, would be applicable to the
Company. Although no action has been taken on such legislation, no assurance
can be given that such tax or any similar tax will not be imposed in the
future. Any such tax or similar tax could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business or results of operations.     
   
  In May 1996, a U.S. Senate committee approved legislation that would
establish a new commission, known as the Gambling Impact Study Commission, to
conduct a comprehensive study of all matters relating to the impact of gaming
in the United States. The legislation further provides that, no later than 18
months after the enactment of such legislation, the commission would be
required to issue a report containing its findings and conclusions, together
with recommendations for legislation and administrative actions. Any such
recommendations, if enacted into law, could adversely impact the gaming
industry and have a material adverse effect on the Company's business or
results of operations.     
 
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET
 
  The New Notes will be a new issue of securities for which there is currently
no active trading market. If the New Notes are traded after their initial
issuance, they may trade at a discount from their initial offering price,
depending upon prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities
and other factors, including general economic conditions and the financial
condition of, performance of and prospects for the Company. The Initial
Purchasers have advised the Company that they currently intend to make a
market in the New Notes. However, they are not obligated to do so, and any
market making activity with respect to the New Notes may be discontinued at
any time without notice. Such market making activity will be subject to the
limitations imposed by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and may be
limited during the Exchange Offer and, if required, the pendency of any Shelf
Registration Statement.
 
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
   
  The Old Notes were issued with original issue discount, and each New Note
will inherit the OID characteristics of the corresponding Old Note exchanged
therefor. As a result, Holders of New Notes will be required to recognize such
discount as income as it accrues in advance of the receipt of any cash
payments attributable to such income. See "Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences."     
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
                              THE REORGANIZATION
 
  The Company, Coast Resorts and Coast West were formed in September 1995
under the laws of the State of Nevada to consolidate and reorganize two
affiliated partnerships, Gold Coast Hotel and Casino, a Nevada limited
partnership (the "Gold Coast Partnership"), and Barbary Coast Hotel and
Casino, a Nevada general partnership (the "Barbary Coast Partnership" and,
together with the Gold Coast Partnership, the "Predecessor Partnerships"), to
develop and construct The Orleans and to pursue the development of additional
gaming properties. Prior to the Reorganization, the Gold Coast Partnership and
the Barbary Coast Partnership owned and operated the Gold Coast and the
Barbary Coast, respectively, since their respective openings. The
consolidation and reorganization of the Predecessor Partnerships and the other
transactions described below are referred to herein as the "Reorganization."
 
  Effective January 1, 1996, the Predecessor Partnerships were consolidated
and reorganized pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, as
supplemented and amended, entered into among each of the Predecessor
Partnerships, Gaughan-Herbst, Inc., the sole general partner of the Gold Coast
Partnership, and Coast Resorts. As a result of the Reorganization, the Company
owns and operates the Gold Coast and the Barbary Coast and is continuing the
development and construction of The Orleans, and Coast West has become the
lessee under the Coast West Lease.
 
  In the Reorganization, (a) the partners of the Predecessor Partnerships each
transferred to Coast Resorts, by assignment or through the merger of Gaughan-
Herbst, Inc., their respective partnership interests in the Predecessor
Partnerships in exchange for an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of common stock,
par value $.01 per share, of Coast Resorts ("Coast Resorts Common Stock"), (b)
the Company assumed, jointly and severally with Coast Resorts, all of the
liabilities of the Predecessor Partnerships other than (i) the obligations
under approximately $52.5 million principal amount of notes payable held by
certain shareholders of Coast Resorts that were exchanged for an aggregate of
494,353 shares of Coast Resorts Common Stock, and (ii) those liabilities
incident to the Coast West Lease, and (c) Coast West assumed, jointly and
severally with Coast Resorts, all of the liabilities of the Predecessor
Partnerships incident to the Coast West Lease.
 
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
                              THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
PURPOSE AND EFFECT
 
  The Old Notes were sold by the Company to the Initial Purchasers on January
30, 1996, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Initial Purchasers
subsequently resold the Old Notes in reliance on Rule 144A under the
Securities Act and other available exemptions under the Securities Act. The
Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers also entered into the
Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which the Company and the
Guarantors agreed, with respect to the Old Notes and subject to the Company's
determination that the Exchange Offer is permitted under applicable law and
Commission policy, to (i) cause to be filed with the Commission, on or prior
to May 4, 1996, a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to
the New Notes and the Exchange Offer, (ii) use their best efforts (a) to cause
such registration statement to become effective by the Commission at the
earliest possible time, but in no event later than July 18, 1996, (b) upon the
effectiveness of such registration statement, to commence the Exchange Offer,
and (c) to cause the Exchange Offer to remain open for a period of not less
than 20 Business Days. This Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy the
Company's exchange offer obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.
 
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
  The Company hereby offers, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth herein and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, to exchange $1,000
in principal amount of the New Notes for each $1,000 in principal amount of
the outstanding Old Notes. The Company will accept for exchange any and all
Old Notes that are validly tendered on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the Expiration Date. Tenders of the Old Notes may be withdrawn at any
time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. The
Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of Old
Notes being tendered for exchange. However, the Exchange Offer is subject to
certain customary conditions, which may be waived by the Company, and to the
terms and provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement. See "--Conditions
of the Exchange Offer."
 
  The Old Notes may be tendered only in multiples of $1,000. Subject to the
foregoing, Eligible Holders may tender less than the aggregate principal
amount represented by the Old Notes held by them, provided that they
appropriately indicate this fact on the Letter of Transmittal accompanying the
tendered Old Notes (or so indicate pursuant to the procedures for book-entry
transfer.).
 
  As of the date of this Prospectus, $175.0 million in aggregate principal
amount of the Old Notes is outstanding, the maximum amount authorized by the
Indenture for all Notes. As of April 30, 1996, there was one registered holder
of the Old Notes, Cede, which held the Old Notes for     of its participants.
Solely for reasons of administration (and for no other purpose), the Company
has fixed the close of business on             , 1996, as the record date (the
"Record Date") for purposes of determining the persons to whom this Prospectus
and the Letter of Transmittal will be mailed initially. Only an Eligible
Holder of the Old Notes (or such Eligible Holder's legal representative or
attorney-in-fact) may participate in the Exchange Offer. There will be no
fixed record date for determining Eligible Holders of the Old Notes entitled
to participate in the Exchange Offer. The Company believes that, as of the
date of this Prospectus, no Eligible Holder is an affiliate (as defined in
Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company.
 
  The Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes
when, as and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the
Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the tendering
Eligible Holders of Old Notes and for the purposes of receiving the New Notes
from the Company.
 
  If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an
invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth herein or
otherwise, certificates for any such unaccepted Old Notes will be returned,
without expense, to the tendering Eligible Holder thereof as promptly as
practicable after the Expiration Date.
 
                                      29
<PAGE>
 
EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; AMENDMENTS
 
  The Expiration Date shall be              , 1996 at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, unless the Company, in its sole discretion, extends the Exchange Offer,
in which case the Expiration Date shall be the latest date and time to which
the Exchange Offer is extended.
 
  In order to extend the Exchange Offer, the Company will notify the Exchange
Agent of any extension by oral or written notice and will make a public
announcement thereof, each prior to 9:00 am., New York City time, on the next
business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date.
   
  The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, (i) to delay
accepting any Old Notes, (ii) to extend the Exchange Offer and (iii) if any of
the conditions set forth below under "Conditions of the Exchange Offer" shall
not have been satisfied, to terminate the Exchange Offer, by giving oral or
written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the Exchange Agent.
In addition, the Company may, in the exercise of its reasonable judgment,
amend the terms of the Exchange Offer in any manner. If the Exchange Offer is
amended in a manner determined by the Company to constitute a material change,
the Company will promptly disclose such amendments by means of a prospectus
supplement that will be distributed to the registered holders of the Old
Notes.     
 
CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
  The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of
the Old Notes being tendered for exchange. However, notwithstanding any other
provisions of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall not be required to accept
for exchange, or to issue the New Notes in exchange for, any Old Notes, if any
of the following events shall occur, which occurrence, in the sole judgment of
the Company and regardless of the circumstances (including any action by the
Company) giving rise to any such events, makes it inadvisable to proceed with
the Exchange Offer:
 
    (i) there shall be threatened, instituted or pending any action or
  proceeding before, or any injunction, order or decree shall have been
  issued by, any court or governmental agency or other governmental
  regulatory or administrative agency or commission (a) seeking to restrain
  or prohibit the making or consummation of the Exchange Offer or any other
  transaction contemplated by the Exchange Offer, or assessing or seeking any
  damages as a result thereof or (b) resulting in a material delay in the
  ability of the Company to accept for exchange or exchange some or all of
  the Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer or which, in the judgment of
  the Company, might result in the holders of the New Notes having
  obligations with respect to resales and transfers of New Notes that are
  greater than those described in "The Exchange Offer--Resales of the New
  Notes" or which would otherwise in the judgment of the Company make it
  inadvisable to proceed with the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that the
  Company will use reasonable efforts to modify or amend the Exchange Offer
  or to take such other reasonable steps in order to effectuate the Exchange
  Offer;
 
    (ii) any statute, rule, regulation, order or injunction shall be sought,
  proposed, introduced, enacted, promulgated or deemed applicable to the
  Exchange Offer or any of the transactions contemplated by the Exchange
  Offer by any domestic or foreign government or governmental authority, or
  any action shall have been taken, proposed or threatened by any domestic or
  foreign government or governmental authority that, in the judgment of the
  Company, might directly or indirectly result in any of the consequences
  referred to in clauses (i)(a) or (i)(b) above or which, in the judgment of
  the Company, might result in the holders of the New Notes having
  obligations with respect to resales and transfers of New Notes that are
  greater than those described in "Resales of the New Notes" or which would
  otherwise in the judgment of the Company make it inadvisable to proceed
  with the Exchange Offer, provided, however, that the Company will use
  reasonable efforts to modify or amend the Exchange Offer or to take such
  other reasonable steps in order to effectuate the Exchange Offer;
 
                                      30
<PAGE>
 
    (iii) there shall have occurred (a) a declaration of a banking moratorium
  or any suspension of payments in respect of banks in the United States or
  any limitation by any governmental agency or authority which adversely
  affects the extension of credit or (b) a commencement of wars, armed
  hostilities or other similar international calamity directly or indirectly
  involving the United States, or, in the event any of the foregoing exist at
  the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer, a material acceleration
  or worsening thereof; or
 
    (iv) any governmental approval has not been obtained, which approval the
  Company shall, in its sole discretion, deem necessary for the consummation
  of the Exchange Offer as contemplated hereby.
 
  If the Company determines in its sole discretion that any of the conditions
set forth above are not satisfied, the Company may (i) refuse to accept any
Old Notes and return all tendered Old Notes to the tendering holders,
(ii) extend the Exchange Offer and retain all Old Notes tendered prior to the
Expiration Date, subject however, to the rights of Eligible Holders to
withdraw such Old Notes as described in "--Withdrawal Rights," or (iii) waive
such unsatisfied conditions with respect to the Exchange Offer and accept all
validly tendered Old Notes which have not been withdrawn. If such waiver
constitutes a material change to the Exchange Offer, the Company will promptly
disclose such waiver by means of a public announcement and a prospectus
supplement that will be distributed to the registered holders.
 
  The Company expects that the foregoing conditions will be satisfied. The
foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of the Company and may be waived
by the Company in whole or in part at any time and from time to time in its
sole discretion. The failure by the Company at any time to exercise any of the
foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of such rights and each such
right shall be deemed an ongoing right which may be asserted at any time and
from time to time. Any determination by the Company concerning the events
described above will be final and binding upon all parties.
 
TERMINATION OF CERTAIN RIGHTS
 
  The Registration Rights Agreement provides that, subject to certain
exceptions, in the event of a Registration Default (as defined below) with
respect to the Exchange Offer, Holders of Notes are entitled to receive, with
respect to the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of a
Registration Default, Liquidated Damages of $0.05 per week per $1,000
principal amount of Notes held by such Holders for each week or a portion
thereof that the Registration Default continues. The amount of Liquidated
Damages shall increase by an additional $0.05 per week per $1,000 principal
amount of Notes with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all
Registration Defaults have been cured (up to a maximum of $0.25 per week per
$1,000 principal amount of Notes). A "Registration Default" with respect to
the Exchange Offer shall occur if: (i) the registration statement concerning
the exchange offer (the "Registration Statement") has not been filed with the
Commission on or prior to May 4, 1996; (ii) the Registration Statement is not
declared effective on or prior to July 18, 1996; or (iii) the Exchange Offer
is not consummated within 30 Business Days after effectiveness of the
Registration Statement. Holders of New Notes will not be and, upon
consummation of the Exchange Offer, Eligible Holders of Old Notes will no
longer be, entitled to certain rights under the Registration Rights Agreement
intended for Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities, except in limited
circumstances. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed consummated upon the
occurrence of the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture
of New Notes in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal
amount of Old Notes that are tendered by holders thereof pursuant to the
Exchange Offer.
 
ACCRUED INTEREST ON THE OLD NOTES
 
  The New Notes will bear interest at a rate equal to 13% per annum from and
including their date of issuance. Eligible Holders whose Old Notes are
accepted for exchange will have the right to receive interest accrued thereon
from the date of their original issuance or the last Interest Payment Date, as
applicable, to, but not including, the date of issuance of the New Notes, such
interest to be payable with the first interest payment on the New Notes.
Interest on the Old Notes accepted for exchange, which interest accrued at the
rate of 13% per annum, will cease to accrue on the day prior to the issuance
of the New Notes. See "Description of New Notes-- Maturity and Interest."
 
                                      31
<PAGE>
 
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING OLD NOTES
 
  The tender of an Eligible Holder's Old Notes as set forth below and the
acceptance thereof by the Company will constitute a binding agreement between
the tendering Eligible Holder and the Company upon the terms and subject to
the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and in the accompanying Letter of
Transmittal. Except as set forth below, an Eligible Holder who wishes to
tender Old Notes for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer must transmit
such Old Notes, together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
Transmittal, including all other documents required by such Letter of
Transmittal, to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the back cover
page of this Prospectus prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES, LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL
AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE ELIGIBLE
HOLDER. IF SUCH DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT REGISTERED MAIL,
PROPERLY INSURED, WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, BE USED. INSTEAD OF DELIVERY
BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE ELIGIBLE HOLDER USE AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND
DELIVERY SERVICE. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE
TIMELY DELIVERY.
 
  Each signature on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the
case may be, must be guaranteed unless the Old Notes surrendered for exchange
pursuant hereto are tendered (i) by a registered holder of the Old Notes who
has not completed either the box entitled "Special Exchange Instructions" or
the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" in the Letter of Transmittal,
or (ii) by an Eligible Institution (as defined). In the event that a signature
on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, is
required to be guaranteed, such guarantee must be by a firm which is a member
of a registered national securities exchange or the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office
or correspondent in the United States or otherwise be an "eligible guarantor
institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (an
"Eligible Institution"). If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person
other than the registered holder of the Old Notes, the Old Notes surrendered
for exchange must either (i) be endorsed by the registered holder, with the
signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible Institution, or (ii) be
accompanied by a bond power, in satisfactory form as determined by the Company
in its sole discretion, duly executed by the registered holder, with the
signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. The term "registered
holder" as used herein with respect to the Old Notes means any person in whose
name the Old Notes are registered on the books of the Registrar.
 
  All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of Old Notes tendered for exchange will be
determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination shall be
final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and
all Old Notes not properly tendered and to reject any Old Notes the Company's
acceptance of which might, in the judgment of the Company or its counsel, be
unlawful. The Company also reserves the absolute right to waive any defects or
irregularities or conditions of the Exchange Offer as to particular Old Notes
either before or after the Expiration Date (including the right to waive the
ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender Old Notes in the Exchange
Offer). The interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer
(including the Letter of Transmittal and the instructions thereto) by the
Company shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects
or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes for exchange must be
cured within such period of time as the Company shall determine. The Company
will use reasonable efforts to give notification of defects or irregularities
with respect to tenders of Old Notes for exchange but shall not incur any
liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of the Old Notes will
not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been cured or
waived.
 
  If any Letter of Transmittal, endorsement, bond power, power of attorney or
any other document required by the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a
trustee, executor, corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or
representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing, and,
unless waived by the Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the Company, in
its sole discretion, of such person's authority to so act must be submitted.
 
                                      32
<PAGE>
 
  Any beneficial owner of the Old Notes (a "Beneficial Owner") whose Old Notes
are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company
or other nominee and who wishes to tender Old Notes in the Exchange Offer
should contact such registered holder promptly and instruct such registered
holder to tender on such Beneficial Owner's behalf. If such Beneficial Owner
wishes to tender directly, such Beneficial Owner must, prior to completing and
executing the Letter of Transmittal and tendering Old Notes, make appropriate
arrangements to register ownership of the Old Notes in such Beneficial Owner's
name. Beneficial Owners should be aware that the transfer of registered
ownership may take considerable time.
 
  By tendering, each registered holder will represent to the Company that,
among other things (i) the New Notes to be acquired in connection with the
Exchange Offer by the Eligible Holder and each Beneficial Owner of the Old
Notes are being acquired by the Eligible Holder and each Beneficial Owner in
the ordinary course of business of the Eligible Holder and each Beneficial
Owner, (ii) the Eligible Holder and each Beneficial Owner are not
participating, do not intend to participate, and have no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the New
Notes, (iii) the Eligible Holder and each Beneficial Owner acknowledge and
agree that any person participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of
distributing the New Notes must comply with the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary
resale transaction of the New Notes acquired by such person and cannot rely on
the position of the staff of the Commission set forth in no-action letters
that are discussed herein under "Resales of New Notes," (iv) that if the
Eligible Holder is a broker-dealer that acquired Old Notes as a result of
market making or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of New Notes acquired in the Exchange Offer,
(v) the Eligible Holder and each Beneficial Owner understand that a secondary
resale transaction described in clause (iii) above should be covered by an
effective registration statement containing the selling security holder
information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K of the Commission, and (vi)
neither the Eligible Holder nor any Beneficial Owner is an "affiliate," as
defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company except as
otherwise disclosed to the Company in writing. In connection with a book-entry
transfer, each participant will confirm that it makes the representations and
warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal.
 
  Guaranteed Delivery Procedures. Eligible Holders who wish to tender their
Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not immediately available or (ii) who
cannot deliver their Old Notes or any other documents required by the Letter
of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date (or complete
the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis), may tender their Old
Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Letter
of Transmittal. Pursuant to such procedures: (i) such tender must be made by
or through an Eligible Institution and a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (as
defined in the Letter of Transmittal) must be signed by such Eligible Holder,
(ii) on or prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must have received
from the Eligible Holder and the Eligible Institution a properly completed and
duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail
or hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the Eligible Holder,
the certificate number or numbers of the tendered Old Notes, and the principal
amount of the tendered Old Notes, stating that the tender is being made
thereby and guaranteeing that, within three (3) business days after the date
of delivery of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the tendered Old Notes, a
duly executed Letter of Transmittal and any other required documents will be
deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent, and (iii) such
properly completed and executed documents required by the Letter of
Transmittal and the tendered Old Notes in proper form for transfer (or
confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange
Agent's account at DTC) must be received by the Exchange Agent within three
(3) business days after the Expiration Date. Any Eligible Holder who wishes to
tender Old Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described
above must ensure that the Exchange Agent receives the Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery and Letter of Transmittal relating to such Old Notes prior to 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
 
  Book-Entry Delivery. The Exchange Agent will establish an account with
respect to the Old Notes at The Depository Trust Company (the "Book-Entry
Transfer Facility") for purposes of the Exchange Offer within two business
days after the date of this Prospectus. Any financial institution that is a
participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's system may make book-entry
delivery of the Old Notes by causing such Facility to transfer
 
                                      33
<PAGE>
 
Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account in accordance with such Facility's
procedures for such transfer. Even though delivery of Old Notes may be
effected through book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
Transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile thereof), with any required
signature guarantees, or an Agent's Message (as defined below) in connection
with a book-entry transfer, and other documents required by the Letter of
Transmittal, must, in any case, be transmitted to and received by the Exchange
Agent at one of its addresses set forth on the back cover of this Prospectus
before the Expiration Date, or the guarantee delivery procedures set forth
above must be followed. Delivery of the Letter of Transmittal and any other
required documents to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility does not constitute
delivery to the Exchange Agent. The term "Agent's Message" means a message
transmitted by the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to, and received by, the
Exchange Agent, and forming a part of a book-entry confirmation, which states
that such Book-Entry Transfer Facility has received an express acknowledgment
from the participant in such Book-Entry Transfer Facility tendering the Old
Notes that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms
of the Letter of Transmittal and that the Company may enforce such agreement
against such participant.
 
ACCEPTANCE OF OLD NOTES FOR EXCHANGE; DELIVERY OF NEW NOTES
 
  Upon satisfaction or waiver of all the conditions to the Exchange Offer, the
Company will accept any and all Old Notes that are properly tendered in the
Exchange Offer prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
The New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be delivered promptly
after acceptance of the Old Notes. For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the
Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes, when, as,
and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange
Agent.
 
  In all cases, issuances of New Notes for Old Notes that are accepted for
exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be made only after timely receipt
by the Exchange Agent of such Old Notes, a properly completed and duly
executed Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents (or of
confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange
Agent's account at DTC); provided, however, that the Company reserves the
absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities in the tender or
conditions of the Exchange Offer. If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted
for any reason, such unaccepted Old Notes will be returned without expense to
the tendering Eligible Holder thereof as promptly as practicable after the
expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.
 
WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS
 
  Tenders of the Old Notes may be withdrawn by delivery of a written notice to
the Exchange Agent, at its address set forth on the back cover page of this
Prospectus, at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of
the person having deposited the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"),
(ii) identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number
or numbers and principal amount of such Old Notes, as applicable), (iii) be
signed by the Eligible Holder in the same manner as the original signature on
the Letter of Transmittal by which such Old Notes were tendered (including any
required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by a bond power in the name
of the person withdrawing the tender, in satisfactory form as determined by
the Company in its sole discretion, duly executed by the registered holder,
with the signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible Institution together with
the other documents required upon transfer by the Indenture, and (iv) specify
the name in which such Old Notes are to be re-registered, if different from
the Depositor, pursuant to such documents of transfer. An questions as to the
validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices
will be determined by the Company, in its sole discretion. The Old Notes so
withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for
purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any Old Notes which have been tendered for
exchange but which are withdrawn will be returned to the Eligible Holder
thereof without cost to such Eligible Holder as soon as practicable after
withdrawal. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by following one of
the procedures described under "The Exchange Offer--Procedures for Tendering
Old Notes" at any time on or prior to the Expiration Date.
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
 
THE EXCHANGE AGENT; ASSISTANCE
 
  American Bank National Association is the Exchange Agent. All tendered Old
Notes, executed Letters of Transmittal and other related documents should be
directed to the Exchange Agent. Questions and requests for assistance and
requests for additional copies of the Prospectus, the Letter of Transmittal
and other related documents should be addressed to the Exchange Agent as
follows:
 
          By Hand, Registered or Certified Mail or Overnight Courier:
 
                      American Bank National Association
                             101 East Fifth Street
                           St. Paul, Minnesota 55101
 
                                 By Facsimile:
                                (612) 229-6415
                     Attention: Corporate Trust Department
                      
                   Confirm by Telephone: (612) 229-2600     
 
FEES AND EXPENSES
 
  All expenses incident to the Company's and the Guarantors' performance of or
compliance with the Registration Rights Agreement will be borne by the
Company, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees
and expenses, (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities
and state securities or Blue Sky laws, (iii) all expenses of printing
(including printing certificates for the New Notes and printing of
Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone, (iv) fees and
disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors, (v) application
and filing fees in connection with listing of the Notes on a national
securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements
thereof; and (vi) fees and disbursements of independent certified public
accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (including the expenses of any
special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such
performance).
 
  The Company has not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the
Exchange Offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others
soliciting acceptance of the Exchange Offer. The Company, however, will pay
the Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will
reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection
therewith.
 
  The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange
of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, a transfer tax is
imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on
the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering
holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption is not
submitted with the Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes
will be billed directly to such tendering holder.
 
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
 
  The New Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the Old Notes,
as reflected in the Company's accounting records on the date of the exchange.
Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by the Company for accounting
purposes. The expenses of the Exchange Offer will be amortized over the term
of the New Notes.
 
RESALES OF THE NEW NOTES
 
  Based on an interpretation by the staff of the Commission set forth in no-
action letters issued to third parties, the Company believes that the New
Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer to an Eligible Holder in exchange
for Old Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by
such Eligible Holder (other than (i) a broker-dealer who purchased Old Notes
directly from the Company for resale pursuant to Rule 144A
 
                                      35
<PAGE>
 
   
under the Securities Act or any other available exemption under the Securities
Act or (ii) a person that is an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of
Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration
and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, provided that the
Eligible Holder is acquiring the New Notes in the ordinary course of business
and is not participating, and has no arrangement or understanding with any
person to participate, in a distribution of the New Notes. The Company has not
requested or obtained an interpretive letter from the Commission staff with
respect to this Exchange Offer, and the Company and the Eligible Holders are
not entitled to rely on interpretive advice provided by the staff to other
persons, which advice was based on the facts and conditions represented in
such letters. However, the Exchange Offer is being conducted in a manner
intended to be consistent with the facts and conditions represented in such
letters. If any Eligible Holder acquires New Notes in the Exchange Offer for
the purpose of distributing or participating in a distribution of the New
Notes, such Eligible Holder cannot rely on the position of the staff of the
Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5,
1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), or
interpreted in the Commission's letter to Shearman and Sterling (available
July 2, 1993), or similar no-action or interpretive letters and must comply
with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities
Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and such a secondary
resale transaction must be covered by an effective registration statement
containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or
508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K, unless an exemption from registration
is otherwise available. Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own
account in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market making or other trading activities, must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such New Notes. See "Plan of Distribution."     
 
                                      36
<PAGE>
 
                                CAPITALIZATION
   
  The following table sets forth the unaudited cash and cash equivalents,
short-term debt and capitalization of the Company at March 31, 1996, as
adjusted to give effect to (i) the Exchange Offer (assuming 100% acceptance)
and (ii) the incurrence of the Orleans Equipment Financing as though each had
occurred on March 31, 1996. This table should be read in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and the financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere
in this Prospectus.     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                         AS OF MARCH 31, 1996
                                                         --------------------
                                                          ACTUAL  AS ADJUSTED
                                                         -------- -----------
                                                             (UNAUDITED)
                                                             (DOLLARS IN
                                                              THOUSANDS,
                                                          EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                      <C>      <C>
Cash and cash equivalents (including restricted cash of
 approximately $123.5 million).......................... $141,549  $171,549 (1)
                                                         ========  ========
Short-term debt:
  Current maturities of long-term debt (2)..............      880       880
  Current portion of capital lease obligations..........      216       216
                                                         --------  --------
    Total short-term debt............................... $  1,096  $  1,096
                                                         ========  ========
Long-term debt:
  Series A First Mortgage Notes (net of original issue
   discount of $5,705)..................................  169,295       --
  Series B First Mortgage Notes (net of original issue
   discount of $5,705)..................................            169,295
  Orleans Equipment Financing...........................      --     30,000
  Other note payable, less current portion..............      255       255
  Obligations under capital leases, less current
   portion..............................................      291       291
  Subordinated notes (3)................................    1,975     1,975
                                                         --------  --------
    Total long-term debt ...............................  171,816   201,816
                                                         --------  --------
Stockholder's equity:
  Common Stock, $1.00 par value; 1,000 shares issued and
   outstanding..........................................        1         1
  Additional paid-in capital............................   93,358    93,358
  Retained earnings.....................................    3,794     3,794
                                                         --------  --------
    Total stockholder's equity..........................   97,153    97,153
                                                         --------  --------
Total capitalization.................................... $268,969  $298,969
                                                         ========  ========
</TABLE>    
- --------
          
(1) Such amount includes (i) restricted cash of approximately $123.5 million
    and (ii) $30.0 million from the Orleans Equipment Financing which is
    expected to be incurred in the fourth quarter of 1996 to purchase
    equipment for The Orleans.     
   
(2) Approximately $750,000 of current maturities is comprised of a note
    payable to Exber (as defined herein), a company owned by the father of
    Michael J. Gaughan. See "Certain Transactions."     
          
(3) The subordinated notes payable to certain shareholders of Coast Resorts
    bear interest at 7.5% per annum, are payable monthly, and have no
    amortization requirement prior to maturity, which is December 31, 2001.
        
       
                                      37
<PAGE>
 
                     SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
   
  The following Selected Financial and Operating Data should be read in
conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and the financial statements and notes thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The statements of income data for the
four years ended December 31, 1992, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the balance sheet
data as of December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 are derived from the financial
statements of the Company which have been audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
The statements of income data for the year ended December 31, 1991 and the
balance sheet data as of December 31, 1991 and 1992 have been derived from the
financial statements of the Gold Coast Partnership and the Barbary Coast
Partnership which were audited by other auditors, whose reports are not
presented in this Prospectus. The statements of income data for the three
months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 and the balance sheet data as of March
31, 1996 are derived from unaudited financial statements and notes thereto
which, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only
of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the information
set forth therein. The results for the three months ended March 31, 1996 are
not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any other interim
period or for the full year.     
   
  The selected pro forma financial data set forth below is derived from the
unaudited pro forma financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere
in this Prospectus, and reflects the pro forma impact of the Reorganization,
the Offering and other transactions described in footnote 8 hereafter. The pro
forma balance sheet data assumes that such transactions occurred on March 31,
1996, and the pro forma statements of income data assume that such
transactions occurred on January 1, 1995. The selected pro forma financial
data is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to
present the results that would have been achieved had the transactions assumed
therein occurred on the dates specified nor is it necessarily indicative of
the results of operations that may be achieved in the future. The selected pro
forma financial data is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in
conjunction with, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and the historical and pro forma financial
statements, together with the related notes thereto which include Unaudited
Pro Forma Data, included elsewhere in this Prospectus.     
 
                                      38
<PAGE>
 
                     SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    PRO FORMA (8)
                                                                                                ------------------------
                                                    HISTORICAL
                          --------------------------------------------------------------------                   THREE
                                                                              THREE MONTHS                      MONTHS
                                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 ENDED MARCH 31,     YEAR ENDED      ENDED
                          ------------------------------------------------  ------------------  DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,
                            1991      1992      1993      1994      1995     1995      1996         1995         1996
                          --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -------  ---------  ------------   ---------
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT OPERATING DATA)
<S>                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>            <C>
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 DATA:
Net revenues............  $163,142  $169,251  $169,573  $172,573  $174,756  $42,196  $  47,412   $ 174,756      $47,412
Departmental operating
 expenses (1)...........   100,745   105,037   108,662   115,028   114,253   28,807     27,894     114,253       27,894
General and
 administrative
 expenses...............    29,243    30,290    32,402    32,940    34,686    8,271      9,279      35,336        9,279
Guaranteed payments to
 former
 partners (2)...........     2,501     2,762     2,485     2,672       858      --         --          --           --
Depreciation and
 amortization...........     8,658     8,492     7,822     6,766     7,280    1,738      1,760       7,280        1,760
Operating income........    21,995    22,670    18,202    15,167    17,679    3,380      8,479      17,887        8,479
Interest expense, net...    (3,664)   (1,852)     (837)     (227)   (3,545)    (309)    (2,642)    (28,767)      (5,309)
Other income (expense)..      (222)      128         3        23        92       57        --           92          --
                          --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -------  ---------   ---------      -------
Net income..............  $ 18,109  $ 20,946  $ 17,368  $ 14,963  $ 14,226  $ 3,128  $   5,837   $(10,788)      $ 3,170
                          ========  ========  ========  ========  ========  =======  =========   =========      =======
PRO FORMA INFORMATION TO
 REFLECT CHANGE IN TAX
 STATUS (3):
Provision for income
 taxes..................     6,157     7,333     6,117     5,251     4,979    1,095      4,543         --         1,110
                          --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -------  ---------   ---------      -------
Net income..............  $ 11,952  $ 13,613  $ 11,251  $  9,712  $  9,247  $ 2,033  $   1,294   $ (10,788)     $ 2,060
                          ========  ========  ========  ========  ========  =======  =========   =========      =======
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA (4)..............  $ 30,653  $ 31,162  $ 26,024  $ 21,933  $ 24,959  $ 5,118  $  10,239   $  25,167      $10,239
Capital expenditures....  $  2,328  $  2,104  $  2,736  $  5,514  $ 32,187  $ 9,339  $  13,682   $  32,187      $13,682
Distributions to
 Partners (5)...........  $  9,000  $ 11,250  $ 11,500  $ 25,823  $ 58,660  $ 8,660  $     --    $  58,660      $   --
Ratio of earnings to
 fixed charges .........       5.3x     11.2x     17.9x     30.9x      4.4x     8.2x       2.2x        -- (6)       1.4x
CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Operating activities...  $ 27,408  $ 28,934  $ 28,817  $ 22,572  $ 22,841  $ 1,206  $   6,553
 Investing activities...    (2,267)   (2,324)   (2,294)   (5,509)  (31,968)  (9,252)  (137,205)
 Financing activities...   (23,476)  (26,929)  (22,887)  (14,884)    6,699      111    134,139
OPERATING DATA:
 GOLD COAST:
 Casino square footage..    70,000    70,000    70,000    70,000    70,000   70,000     70,000
 Number of slot machines
  (7)...................     2,051     2,106     2,106     2,107     2,010    2,107      2,007
 Number of table games
  (7)...................        48        48        48        48        48       48         48
 Hotel rooms (7)........       722       722       712       712       712      712        712
 Average daily room
  rate..................  $  35.74  $  35.30  $  35.67  $  36.72  $  40.73  $ 40.80  $   40.99
 Average daily occupancy
  rate..................      78.1%     87.2%     92.9%     95.7%     93.7%    91.9%      94.8%
 BARBARY COAST:
 Casino square footage..    30,000    30,000    30,000    30,000    30,000   30,000     30,000
 Number of slot machines
  (7)...................       712       716       726       566       562      562        549
 Number of table games
  (7)...................        43        43        43        43        43       43         37
 Hotel rooms (7)........       197       197       197       197       197      197        197
 Average daily room
  rate..................  $  47.66  $  46.58  $  46.67  $  46.72  $  48.56  $ 50.88  $   59.86
 Average daily occupancy
  rate..................      89.6%     92.6%     95.5%     95.4%     95.3%    95.7%      94.7%
</TABLE>    
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                      AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                         --------------------------------------------
                                          HISTORICAL                  AS OF MARCH 31, 1996
                         -------------------------------------------- --------------------
                                                                                    PRO
                           1991     1992     1993     1994     1995   HISTORICAL FORMA (8)
                         -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- ---------
                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash
 equivalents (including
 restricted cash of
 approximately $123.5
 million at March 31,
 1996).................. $ 11,471 $ 11,152 $ 14,788 $ 16,967 $ 14,539  $141,549  $171,549(9)
Total assets............  130,914  125,029  123,570  134,295  152,216   299,070   329,070
Total long-term debt
 (10)...................   27,739   11,783    1,464   11,776   83,357   171,816   201,816
Stockholder's equity....   83,064   92,760   98,628   87,781   42,334    97,153    97,153
</TABLE>    
- -------
See Footnotes to Selected Financial and Operating Data.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
 
              FOOTNOTES TO SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
   
(1) Includes casino, food and beverage, hotel and other expenses.     
   
(2) Prior to the Reorganization, the Predecessor Partnerships made guaranteed
    payments to partners pursuant to the terms of their respective partnership
    agreements. In connection with the Reorganization, such guaranteed
    payments have been eliminated and replaced with annual compensation
    (reflected in general and administrative expenses) to Michael J. Gaughan
    and certain other former partners of the Predecessor Partnerships who are
    executive officers of the Company. See "Management's Discussion and
    Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Management--
    Executive Compensation" and""Notes to Financial Statements--Coast Hotels
    and Casinos, Inc.--Unaudited Pro Forma Data."     
   
(3) The Gold Coast Partnership and the Barbary Coast Partnership operated as
    partnerships and were not subject to federal income taxes. As a result of
    the Reorganization, the operations of the Gold Coast and the Barbary Coast
    are being conducted by the Company, which has been formed as a "C
    Corporation" and, therefore, will be subject to federal income taxes. A
    pro forma provision for federal income taxes has been made, and pro forma
    net income has been calculated, for the historical financial statements
    for all periods presented as if the Gold Coast Partnership and the Barbary
    Coast Partnership had been treated as a C corporation during those
    periods.     
   
(4) EBITDA consists of operating income plus depreciation and amortization.
    EBITDA should not be construed as an alternative to operating income or
    net income (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
    principles) as an indicator of the Company's operating performance, or as
    an alternative to cash flows generated by operating, investing and
    financing activities (as determined in accordance with generally accepted
    accounting principles) as an indicator of cash flows or a measure of
    liquidity. EBITDA is presented solely as supplemental disclosure because
    management believes that it is a widely used measure of operating
    performance in the gaming industry.     
   
(5) Because the Gold Coast Partnership and the Barbary Coast Partnership were
    partnerships during these periods, a substantial portion of their net
    income was distributed to the partners. In 1994, the Barbary Coast
    Partnership distributed $11.0 million of partners' capital in the form of
    notes payable and, in 1995, the Gold Coast Partnership distributed $50.0
    million of partners' capital in the form of notes payable. Such
    distributions represented previously taxed but undistributed earnings of
    the Predecessor Partnerships. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
    Financial Condition and Results of Operations."     
   
(6) The pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the year ended
    December 31, 1995 has not been computed since earnings were not sufficient
    to cover fixed charges. The coverage deficiency for such year was
    approximately $11.0 million.     
   
(7) At end of period.     
   
(8) The pro forma financial columns give effect to (i) the change in income
    tax status from resulting the Reorganization, (ii) the issuance of the
    First Mortgage Notes and Subsequent Exchange Offer and (iii) the Orleans
    Equipment Financing. The pro forma balance sheet data assumes that such
    transactions occurred on March 31, 1996, and the pro forma statements of
    income data assumes that such transactions occurred on January 1, 1995.
    See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
    Results of Operations" and "Notes to Financial Statements--Coast Hotels
    and Casinos, Inc.--Unaudited Pro Forma Data."     
   
(9) Pro forma cash and cash equivalents include (i) restricted cash of
    approximately $123.5 million and (ii) $30.0 million from the Orleans
    Equipment Financing which is expected to be incurred in the fourth quarter
    of 1996 to purchase equipment for The Orleans. See "Notes to Financial
    Statements--Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.--Unaudited Pro Forma Data."
           
(10) Excludes current maturities.     
 
                                      40
<PAGE>
 
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  The following discussion should be read in conjunction with, and is
qualified in its entirety by, the Company's financial statements, including
the notes thereto, and the other financial information appearing elsewhere in
this Prospectus, as well as the discussion under "Risk Factors." The
discussion herein reflects the historical operations of the Gold Coast and the
Barbary Coast which, prior to the consummation of the Reorganization on
January 1, 1996, had been operated separately by the Predecessor Partnerships.
See "The Reorganization."
 
OVERVIEW
   
  The Company was recently formed as a wholly owned subsidiary of Coast
Resorts to own and operate the Gold Coast and the Barbary Coast and to develop
and construct The Orleans, a new gaming property to be located in Las Vegas.
The Company's net revenues and net income are derived primarily from gaming
activities at the Gold Coast and the Barbary Coast. The Company utilizes food
and beverage, hotel operations and various entertainment amenities to maximize
customer visitation to its casinos, thereby enhancing casino revenues. The
Company expects to maintain a pricing structure for non-gaming amenities at
the Gold Coast and the Barbary Coast that is competitive with comparable
casinos in their respective markets. For the three months ended March 31,
1996, casino revenues for the Gold Coast and the Barbary Coast accounted for
approximately 74.6% and 79.2%, respectively, of total net revenues.     
   
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS     
          
  The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain financial
information regarding the historical results of operations of the Company.
    
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,          THREE MONTHS ENDED
                          ----------------------------  -----------------------------
                            1993      1994      1995    MARCH 31, 1995 MARCH 31, 1996
                          --------  --------  --------  -------------- --------------
                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>            <C>
NET REVENUES:
  Gold Coast............  $124,273  $128,494  $130,695     $31,900        $35,714
  Barbary Coast.........    45,300    44,079    44,061      10,296         11,698
                          --------  --------  --------     -------        -------
                          $169,573  $172,573  $174,756     $42,196        $47,412
                          ========  ========  ========     =======        =======
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS):
  Gold Coast............  $ 18,331  $ 16,412  $ 17,933     $ 3,661        $ 8,594
  Barbary Coast.........      (129)   (1,245)      246        (281)           962
  Corporate Expenses
   (1)..................       --        --       (500)        --          (1,077)
                          --------  --------  --------     -------        -------
                          $ 18,202  $ 15,167  $ 17,679     $ 3,380        $ 8,479
                          ========  ========  ========     =======        =======
</TABLE>    
- --------
   
  (1) Corporate expenses for the year ended December 31, 1995 includes an
allowance for doubtful accounts on advances to Coast West of $500,000.
Corporate expenses for the three months ended March 31, 1996 includes an
allowance for doubtful accounts on advances to Coast West of $515,000 and
other expenses of $562,000 relating primarily to executive salaries and costs
related to the maintenance and operation of the Company's airplanes.     
   
 Three Months Ended March 31, 1996 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31,
1995     
   
  Net revenues for the Company were $47.4 million in the quarter ended March
31, 1996 compared to $42.2 million in the first quarter of 1995, an increase
of $5.2 million (12.4%). (Percentages are actual and are not adjusted for
rounding.) The increased revenues were primarily due to stronger gaming
revenues at the Gold Coast and the Barbary Coast, as well as to increased
hotel revenues. Operating income was $8.5 million for the quarter ended March
31, 1996, compared to $3.4 million in 1995, an increase of 150.1% due to the
increased revenues discussed above, partially offset by a 1.4% increase in
operating expenses to $38.9 million for the first quarter of 1996. Food and
beverage expenses decreased by $1.1 million (13.1%) primarily due to a
decrease in cost of sales in the restaurants as a result of lower wholesale
food prices and fewer meals served. General and     
 
                                      41
<PAGE>
 
   
administrative expenses increased $1.0 million (12.2%) primarily due to an
increase in corporate expenses, the addition of an incentive bonus program and
an allowance for doubtful accounts on advances to Coast West.     
   
  Net income for the Company was $1.3 million for the three months ended March
31, 1996, compared to $3.1 million for the same period in 1995. The decrease
was primarily due to the provision for income tax, including the $2.5 million
one-time charge for temporary differences as a result of a change in tax
status from partnerships to a corporation on January 1, 1996, and $2.6 million
in net interest attributable to the First Mortgage Notes.     
   
 Gold Coast     
   
  Net Revenues. Net revenues were $35.7 million for the first quarter of 1996,
an increase of $3.8 million (12.0%) over 1995 first quarter net revenues of
$31.9 million. Casino revenues were $26.7 million for the 1996 first quarter,
an increase of $4.0 million (17.6%) compared to $22.7 million in the same
period in 1995. The increase was primarily due to the positive effects of an
upgrade of slot equipment completed in December 1995. Hotel revenues were $2.5
million, an increase of 5.9% over 1995 hotel revenues of $2.4 million due to
higher occupancy rates.     
   
  Operating Income. Operating income was $8.6 million for the first quarter of
1996 compared to $3.7 million in 1995, an increase of $4.9 million (134.7%).
In addition to the increased net revenues discussed above, total operating
expenses decreased $1.1 million (4.0%) to $27.1 million in the first quarter
of 1996, compared to $28.2 million for the same period in 1995. Food and
beverage expenses accounted for most of the reduction, decreasing $1.1 million
(15.2%) to $6.0 million due to lower cost of sales in the restaurants as a
result of lower wholesale food prices and fewer meals served.     
   
  Net Income. Net income (before corporate expenses) for the first quarter of
1996 was $4.3 million, an increase of $555,000 (114.9%) over 1995 first
quarter net income of $3.7 million. The increase in operating income discussed
above was partially offset by a provision for income tax of $4.2 million in
1996, including a one-time charge of $1.2 million for temporary differences as
a result of a change in tax status on January 1, 1996 from a partnership to a
corporation. Due to the partnership status of the Gold Coast in 1995, no
income tax is reflected in net income for that period.     
          
 Barbary Coast     
   
  Net Revenues. Net revenues were $11.7 million for the first quarter of 1996,
an increase of $1.4 million (13.6%) over 1995 first quarter net revenues of
$10.3 million. Casino revenues increased 12.1% to $9.3 million in the first
quarter of 1996, compared to $8.3 million in the same period in 1995,
primarily due to increases in the sports book, as a result of a higher win
percentage, and in the race book, as a result of higher wagering volume.
Additionally, food and beverage revenues increased 9.0% to $2.6 million in the
first quarter of 1996 compared to $2.4 million in 1995 as a result of higher
menu prices. Hotel revenues increased to $1.0 million in 1996 compared to
$855,000 in the first quarter of 1995, a 17.8% increase due to higher room
rates.     
   
  Operating Income. Operating income was $962,000 for the first quarter of
1996, compared to a loss of $281,000 for the same period in 1995, primarily
due to the increased net revenues discussed above. Operating expenses remained
essentially unchanged in the first quarter of 1996 compared to the same period
in 1995. Decreases in other expenses and depreciation and amortization
expenses were offset by an increase of 4.5% in casino expenses from $5.6
million in the first quarter of 1995 to $5.9 million for the same period in
1996.     
   
  Net Loss. Net loss (before corporate expenses) increased $99,000 (16.5%) to
$701,000 for the first quarter of 1996 compared to a net loss of $602,000 in
1995. The increase in operating income discussed above was offset by a
provision for income tax of $1.6 million in 1996, including a one-time charge
of $1.3 million for temporary differences as a result of a change in tax
status on January 1, 1996 from a partnership to a corporation. Due to the
partnership status of the Barbary Coast in 1995, no income tax is reflected in
net income for that period.     
       
                                      42
<PAGE>
 
   
 Fiscal 1995 Compared to 1994     
   
  Net revenues for the Company were $174.8 million in 1995 compared to $172.6
million in 1994, an increase of $2.2 million (1.3%). Food and beverage
revenues at the Gold Coast accounted for most of the increase, while casino,
hotel and other revenues at the Gold Coast also increased. Barbary Coast net
revenues were relatively unchanged. Operating income for the Company was $17.7
million in 1995 compared to $15.2 million in 1994, an increase of $2.5 million
(16.6%) primarily due to the increased net revenues.     
   
  Net income was $14.2 million in 1995 compared to $15.0 million in 1994, a
decrease of $737,000 (4.9%). The increased revenues discussed above were
offset by interest expense of $3.5 million in 1995 compared to $227,000 in
1994 primarily due to the issuance of $50.0 million principal amount of
subordinated notes to the former partners of the Gold Coast in June 1995 and
$11.0 million principal amount of subordinated notes to the former partners of
the Barbary Coast in December 1994.     
          
 Gold Coast     
   
  Net Revenues. Net revenues for 1995 were $130.7 million compared to $128.5
million in 1994, an increase of $2.2 million (1.7%). Food and beverage
revenues accounted for most of the increase, while casino, hotel and other
revenues also increased.     
   
  Casino revenues were $94.4 million in 1995 compared to $93.5 million in
1994, an increase of 0.9%. Table games revenues increased $1.1 million (6.3%)
in 1995 to $19.4 million compared to $18.3 million in 1994. Table games drop
increased only slightly (1.5%), but a higher table hold percentage accounted
for the increased revenues. Slot revenues were $64.4 million in 1995 compared
to $63.3 million in 1994, an increase of $1.1 million (1.8%) as the Gold Coast
began to realize the effect of upgrading most of its slot machines during the
year. Sports book wagering volume increased $4.6 million (13.9%) in 1995, but
a lower win percentage resulted in a 24.5% decrease in revenues to $2.5
million compared to $3.3 million in 1994. The race book, poker room and keno
lounge all experienced lower wagering volume, resulting in lower revenues in
those departments. Race book revenues declined $320,000 (9.6%) from $3.3
million in 1994 to $3.0 million in 1995, poker room revenues declined $312,000
(12.5%) from $2.5 million in 1994 to $2.2 million in 1995 and keno revenues
declined $190,000 (8.1%) from $2.4 million in 1994 to $2.2 million in 1995.
Bingo drop increased 12.8% and bingo revenue increased by $183,000 (37.9%) as
a result of modifications to the bingo games offered.     
 
  Higher food and beverage prices and hotel room rates resulted in increased
revenues in those areas. Food and beverage revenues were $28.8 million in 1995
compared to $27.4 million in 1994, an increase of $1.4 million (4.9%). Hotel
revenues increased $648,000 (7.2%) to $9.7 million in 1995 compared to $9.1
million in 1994. Increased sales in the liquor store and bowling pro shop
contributed to a 5.8% increase in other revenues, which were $8.4 million in
1995 compared to $7.9 million in 1994.
   
  In determining net revenues, the retail value of hotel accommodations and
food and beverage items provided to customers without charge is included in
gross income and then deducted as a promotional allowance. Promotional
allowances as a percent of casino revenue increased to 11.2% in 1995 compared
to 10.1% in 1994, primarily due to increased food and beverage prices and
hotel room rates.     
   
  Operating Income. Operating income for 1995 was $17.9 million compared to
$16.4 million in 1994, an increase of 9.3%, primarily due to the 1.7% increase
in net revenues described above and an increase in operating expenses of only
0.6%.     
 
  Casino operating expenses were $44.0 million in 1995 compared to $43.2
million in 1994, an increase of approximately $800,000 (1.9%) due primarily to
increased payroll costs as a result of annual employee raises. Total casino
wages and benefits were $19.8 million in 1995 compared to $19.3 million in
1994, an increase of $469,000 (2.4%). In addition, casino bad debt expense
increased by $226,000 in 1995.
 
  Food and beverage expenses were $25.6 million in 1995, a decrease of $2.6
million (9.2%) compared to 1994 food and beverage expenses of $28.2 million.
The decrease was largely attributable to an increased focus on purchasing
efficiencies.
 
  Hotel expenses declined $111,000 (2.0%) in 1995 due to a major linen
purchase that was charged to expense in 1994.
 
                                      43
<PAGE>
 
  Other expenses were $6.9 million in 1995 compared to $6.5 million in 1994.
The 7.2% increase was largely attributable to higher cost of sales as a result
of increased sales in the liquor store and bowling pro shop.
 
  General and administrative expenses were $25.4 million in 1995 compared to
$24.1 million in 1994, an increase of $1.3 million (5.6%). The increase is
primarily attributable to higher payroll costs of $13.3 million in 1995
compared to $12.5 million in 1994, an increase of approximately $850,000
(6.8%) due to additional staffing in the general and administrative
departments.
 
  Depreciation expense increased $754,000 (16.1%) to $5.4 million in 1995
compared to $4.7 million in 1994. The increase was primarily due to the
replacement of most of the Gold Coast slot machines during the year.
   
  Net Income. Net income was $15.9 million in 1995 compared to $16.5 million
in 1994. The decrease of $656,000 (4.0%) was primarily due to increased
interest expense as a result of the issuance of $50.0 million principal amount
of subordinated notes to the former partners of the Gold Coast in June 1995.
In December 1995 $8.0 million principal amount was paid down on the notes and
in January 1996 $40.7 million principal amount was exchanged by the
noteholders for common stock of Coast Resorts.     
   
 Barbary Coast     
   
  Net Revenues. Net revenues for 1995 were unchanged from 1994 revenues of
$44.1 million. Casino revenues decreased slightly while food and beverage,
hotel and other operating revenues increased.     
   
  Casino revenues were $35.3 million in 1995 compared to $35.6 million in
1994. Race book wagering increased 57.3% in 1995 resulting in revenues of $5.4
million compared to $3.2 million in 1994, an increase of $2.2 million (69.6%).
Despite the favorable results in the race book, decreases in table games,
slot, sports book and keno revenues resulted in the decrease in gaming
revenues. Table games revenues were $16.7 million in 1995 compared to $17.5
million in 1994. The decrease of $766,000 is attributable to a 2.8% decrease
in table games drop and a slight lower win percentage. A lower slot machine
hold percentage caused slot revenues to decline $319,000 (2.65%) to $11.7
million in 1995 compared to $12.0 million in 1994. Sports book revenues were
$1.3 million in 1995 compared to $2.3 million in 1994, a decrease of $1.0
million (45.7%) attributable to a 23.1% decrease in sports book wagering and a
lower win percentage.     
   
  Food and beverage revenues increased 3.1% to $9.7 million in 1995 compared
to $9.4 million in 1994 due to higher food and beverage prices. Higher hotel
room rates contributed to hotel revenues of $3.5 million in 1995, an 11.1%
increase over 1994 revenues of $3.2 million. Other revenues were $1.6 million
in 1995, increasing 8.5% over 1994 revenues of $1.5 million.     
   
  Promotional allowances as a percentage of casino revenues were 17.1% in 1995
compared to 15.5% in 1994. The increase was primarily due to increases in food
and beverage prices and hotel room rates during the period.     
   
  Operating Income. Operating income for 1995 was $246,000 compared to a loss
of $1.2 million in 1994. An increase in casino expenses was offset by
decreases in food and beverage expenses and general and administrative
expenses.     
   
  Casino expenses were $23.8 million in 1995 compared to $22.2 million in
1994, an increase of approximately $1.6 million (7.4%). Race book promotions
expense and parimutuel track fees increased by a combined $1.3 million
(147.7%) compared to 1994 as a result of the increase in parimutuel revenues.
An additional $361,000 was charged to casino expenses in the third quarter of
1995 for a special table games promotion.     
   
  Food and beverage expenses were $5.7 million in 1995 compared to $6.3
million in 1994, a 10% decrease attributable to lower wholesale food costs as
a result of increased efficiencies in purchasing. Hotel expenses were down
9.1% and other expenses decreased 10.2% as a result of management's focus on
staffing and other expense reductions in the operating departments.     
   
  General and administrative expenses were $9.6 million in 1995 compared to
$11.5 million in 1994, a decrease of $1.9 million (16.7%). The decrease is due
primarily to a reduction of the guaranteed payments to former Barbary Coast
partners. Those payments were $398,000 in 1995 compared to $2.2 million in
1994.     
 
                                      44
<PAGE>
 
   
  Depreciation and amortization expense decreased 11.6% to $1.8 million in
1995 compared to $2.1 million in 1994 as a result of certain assets becoming
fully depreciated.     
   
  Net Loss. Net loss was $1.1 million in 1995 compared to a net loss of $1.6
million in 1994. The increase in operating income was partially offset by
increased interest expense of $1.4 million in 1995 compared to $319,000 in
1994, due primarily to $11 million in subordinated notes issued to the former
partners of the Barbary Coast in December 1994. As of January 16, 1996, all
but $715,000 of outstanding principal amount of the subordinated notes was
exchanged for common stock of Coast Resorts.     
 
 Fiscal 1994 Compared to Fiscal 1993
   
  Net revenues for the Company were $172.6 million in 1994 compared to $169.6
million in 1993, an increase of $3.0 million (1.8%). The increase was
primarily due to higher Gold Coast revenues, which increased by $4.2 million
(see Gold Coast below), as Barbary Coast revenues decreased by $1.2 million
for the period (see Barbary Coast below). Operating income was $15.2 million
in 1994 compared to $18.2 million in 1993, a decrease of $3.0 million (16.7%).
The higher net revenues discussed above were offset by an increase in
departmental operating expenses, primarily at the Gold Coast (see Gold Coast--
Operating Income below). Net income was $15.0 million in 1994 compared to
$17.4 million in 1993, a decrease of $2.4 million (13.9%).     
          
 Gold Coast     
 
  Net Revenues. Net revenues for 1994 were $128.5 million compared to $124.3
million in 1993, an increase of $4.2 million (3.4%). The increase was largely
due to a 2.8% increase in casino revenues to $93.5 million in 1994 from $90.9
million in 1993. The Gold Coast continued to experience higher levels of table
games drop, which increased approximately 4.5% in 1994 compared to 1993. This
increase in table games drop coupled with a slight decrease in table hold
percentage resulted in a modest increase in table games revenues in 1994 of
$233,000, to $18.3 million compared to $18.0 million in 1993. Slot revenues
improved slightly to $63.3 million in 1994 compared to $62.8 million in 1993
(an increase of $493,000, or 0.8%), despite a 5.4% increase in slot gross
wagering due to a lower overall slot win percentage in 1994.
   
  Sports book wagering volume in 1994 was relatively unchanged from 1993.
However, the win percentage in 1994 was higher, resulting in an $845,000
(34.4%) increase in revenues, to $3.3 million from $2.5 million in 1993.
Sports book win percentage can fluctuate significantly between periods based
on the outcome of certain sporting events.     
 
  Other casino revenues increased approximately $1.0 million (12.8%), to $8.6
million in 1994 compared to $7.6 million in 1993, resulting principally from a
$437,000 increase in poker revenues and a $279,000 increase in race book
revenues. Management believes that the increase in poker revenues (21.2%, to
$2.5 million in 1994) was due to the addition of a second major poker
tournament in October 1994 and to some relatively high progressive jackpots
which increased the amount of play. Higher race book revenues were the result
of continued growth in race book gross wagering.
 
  Food and beverage revenues increased 4.6% in 1994 to $27.4 million compared
to $26.2 million in 1993. An increase of approximately 95,000 customers served
in the Monterey Room restaurant, made possible by a 100-seat expansion of that
restaurant in August 1994, was the primary reason for the higher revenues.
 
  Hotel revenues were $9.1 million in 1994, reflecting an increase of 5.0%
over the previous year's revenue of $8.6 million. The increase was generated
by a small increase in room rates, which increased the average daily rate to
$36.72 from $35.67, and by an increased occupancy rate to 95.7% in 1994 versus
92.9% in 1993. The increased occupancy rate resulted from more aggressive
marketing, including an increased presence at travel shows and industry trade
shows.
 
  Other revenues increased approximately $576,000 in 1994 primarily due to
higher volume at the bowling center. Promotional allowances as a percentage of
casino revenues remained substantially unchanged at 10.1% in 1994 compared to
9.8% in 1993, primarily due to constant food and beverage retail prices.
 
                                      45
<PAGE>
 
  Operating Income. Operating income for 1994 was $16.4 million compared to
$18.3 million in 1993. The decrease was due primarily to increased
departmental operating expenses. Casino expenses increased $2.2 million (5.4%)
to $43.2 million in 1994 compared to $41.0 million in 1993, primarily as a
result of annual employee raises and increased complimentary expenses.
 
  Food and beverage expenses were $28.2 million in 1994 compared to $25.6
million in 1993, an increase of $2.5 million (9.9%), principally due to higher
wholesale food prices. Hotel expenses increased $617,000 (12.7%) to $5.5
million in 1994 from $4.9 million in 1993 due primarily to an increase in
payroll of $254,000 resulting from annual wage increases. Linen expenses
increased $304,000 as a result of a major purchase in 1994. Other operating
expenses increased $320,000 (5.2%) due to an increase in liquor store
wholesale costs and the opening of the retail pro shop in the bowling center
during 1994.
 
  General and administrative expenses were $23.6 million in 1994, an increase
of $1.4 million (6.2%) over 1993 expenses of $22.2 million. The increase was
due to increased payroll costs attributable to annual wage increases.
Additionally, advertising expenses were higher as a result of increased use of
billboards and television and increased participation in trade shows.
Utilities expense increased $191,000 (7.3%) to $2.8 million from $2.6 million
due to higher power costs.
 
  Net Income. Net income was $16.5 million in 1994 compared to $17.9 million
in 1993. The decrease of $1.4 million (7.5%) was due primarily to the increase
in the operating expenses discussed above and a $493,000 decrease in interest
expense due to the repayment of debt in 1993.
   
 Barbary Coast     
   
  Net Revenues. Net revenues for 1994 were $44.1 million compared to $45.3
million in 1993, a decrease of $1.2 million (2.7%). This decrease is primarily
the result of decreased casino revenues caused by increased competition
principally at the south end of the Strip and a decline in walk-in traffic in
the casino. During the period, casino revenues decreased 2.5%, declining to
$35.6 million in 1994 from $36.5 million in 1993. Table game revenues were
$17.5 million in 1994 compared to $18.4 million in 1993, a decrease of 5.3%
due to a 9.6% decrease in table games drop. Slot gross wagering was down 7.6%,
resulting in a decrease in slot revenues of $1.0 million (7.7%) to $12.0
million in 1994 compared to $13.0 million in 1993. Sports book revenues were
$2.3 million in 1994 compared to $1.6 million in 1993, an increase of $704,000
(43.2%), which was due primarily to an increase in win percentage. Race book
revenues were $3.2 million in 1994, up $386,000 (13.9%) from 1993 revenues of
$2.8 million. Promotional allowances as a percentage of casino revenues were
15.5% in 1994 compared to 14.7% in 1993, an increase of 5.4% primarily due to
increases in food prices.     
   
  Operating Loss and Net Loss. Operating loss was $1.2 million in 1994
compared to a loss of $129,000 in 1993. The increased loss primarily was due
to the lower casino revenues discussed above. Total operating expenses were
relatively unchanged as an increase in casino expenses was offset by a
decrease in general and administrative expenses.     
   
  Casino expenses increased $866,000 (4.1%) primarily due to an increase in
marketing expense of $269,000 related to the race book and to higher
complimentary expenses. Complimentary expense increased $377,000 due to higher
complimentary volume and increased costs of food and beverage. Bad debt
expense increased $210,000 due to the write-off related to a single casino
customer.     
   
  Food and beverage, hotel and other expenses were relatively unchanged during
1994. General and administrative expenses decreased $840,000 (8.3%) in 1994
due to higher 1993 expenses relating to certain unusual nonrecurring expenses,
including a $650,000 payment in connection with the Barbary Coast's settlement
with a union and a write-off of $309,000 for expenses incurred in an abandoned
pursuit of a riverboat development in Louisiana.     
   
  Net loss for 1994 was $1.6 million compared to a loss of $487,000 in 1993.
The loss increased $1.1 million primarily due to the decrease in net revenues
discussed above.     
 
                                      46
<PAGE>
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
   
  The Company's principal sources of liquidity have consisted of cash provided
by operating activities and, until termination of a bank credit facility in
January 1996, bank financing. On January 30, 1996, the Company issued $175.0
million principal amount of Old Notes. The net proceeds from the issuance,
after deducting discounts and commissions, were approximately $164.1 million.
Of that amount, (i) approximately $114.8 million was deposited in a
construction disbursement account for use by the Company to finance in part
the cost of developing, constructing, equipping and opening The Orleans, (ii)
approximately $19.3 million was used by the Company to purchase the Pledged
Securities which were deposited into the Interest Escrow Account to fund the
interest payable on the Notes through December 15, 1996 and (iii)
approximately $29.2 million was used by the Company to repay all outstanding
indebtedness under the Company's revolving credit facility, which was
terminated upon repayment. The balance of approximately $800,000 was used to
pay, in part, the estimated offering expenses of $2.4 million. At March 31,
1996, the Company had approximately $18.0 million in cash and cash
equivalents, approximately $19.3 million in cash equivalents restricted for
interest payments on the Old and New Notes, and approximately $104.2 million
in cash equivalents restricted for use in connection with The Orleans project.
       
  The Company's consolidated cash requirements include principally the costs
related to the development, construction, equipping and opening of The
Orleans, debt service on the Notes subsequent to December 15, 1996 of
approximately $22.8 million annually, ongoing capital expenditures at the Gold
Coast and the Barbary Coast estimated to be approximately $4.0 million in the
aggregate in 1996, advances to Coast West estimated to be at least
approximately $2.1 million annually (up to a maximum of $8.0 million in the
aggregate), and debt service unrelated to the Notes estimated to be
approximately $500,000 in 1996. Prior to the Reorganization, a primary use of
cash also included distributions to the partners of the Gold Coast Partnership
and the Barbary Coast Partnership, which were separate partnerships that did
not pay income taxes. The Company does not expect to make regular cash
dividends to its shareholders in the future, and instead intends to retain
future earnings for reinvestment in the Company's business.     
 
  The Company expects to satisfy The Orleans development and construction
costs with the funds deposited in the Construction Disbursement Account,
approximately $30.0 million of anticipated equipment financing and an
anticipated $8.5 million of internally generated cash from operations at the
Gold Coast and the Barbary Coast. Taking into account the anticipated use of
cash from operations for the construction of The Orleans, the Company expects
that the remaining cash generated from operations at the Gold Coast and the
Barbary Coast will be sufficient to satisfy the Company's consolidated cash
requirements other than costs related to the development, construction,
equipping and opening of The Orleans. Subsequent to the commencement of
operations of The Orleans, the Company expects that cash generated from
operations will be sufficient to satisfy the Company's consolidated cash
requirements, including debt service on the Notes subsequent to December 15,
1996, although no assurance can be given to that effect.
   
  Net cash provided by operating activities at the Gold Coast and the Barbary
Coast was approximately $22.5 million for 1995, compared to approximately
$22.6 million for 1994. Capital expenditures for 1995 (exclusive of those
associated with the development and construction of The Orleans) were
approximately $16.8 million, of which approximately $2.7 million related to
normal maintenance capital expenditures, approximately $7.7 million related to
the purchase of gaming equipment and approximately $6.4 million related to the
purchase of real property for future development. Management anticipates that
capital expenditures in 1996 (exclusive of those associated with the
development and construction of The Orleans) will be approximately $4.0
million. In March 1995 the Company made a cash distribution in the aggregate
amount of $8.7 million to the former partners of Gold Coast Partnership. As
stated above, the Company does not expect to make regular cash dividends in
the future, and the Indenture restricts the ability of the Company to pay
dividends or make distributions to the Coast Resorts.     
 
IMPACT OF INFLATION
 
  Absent changes in competitive and economic conditions or in specific prices
affecting the industry, the Company does not expect that inflation will have a
significant impact on the Company's operations. Change in specific prices,
such as fuel and transportation prices, relative to the general rate of
inflation may have a material adverse effect on the hotel and casino industry.
 
                                      47
<PAGE>
 
                                   BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
   
  The Company owns and operates two established Las Vegas hotel-casinos, the
Gold Coast and the Barbary Coast, and is currently developing and constructing
a third hotel-casino in Las Vegas, The Orleans. See "The Reorganization." The
Company's objective is to utilize its development and operating experience to
develop, own and operate hotel-casinos in strategic locations with strong
surrounding demographics with a principal focus in Las Vegas. Management's
strategy is to attract gaming customers to its hotel-casinos by offering a
consistently high quality gaming, dining and entertainment experience at
affordable prices, with a particular emphasis on attracting and retaining
repeat customers, both local residents and visitors.     
 
  The Gold Coast is an established hotel-casino in Las Vegas that primarily
targets local Las Vegas residents as well as repeat visitors to Las Vegas. The
Gold Coast is located on West Flamingo Road approximately one mile west of the
Strip in close proximity to a major exit from Interstate 15, the major highway
linking Las Vegas with Southern California. The Gold Coast's location offers
easy automotive access from all four directions in the Las Vegas valley and,
according to the Nevada Department of Transportation, an average of
approximately 64,000 vehicles travel by the Gold Coast daily. The Gold Coast
provides its customers with a value-oriented experience by offering quality
food at competitive prices, clean, comfortable and inexpensive hotel rooms and
a wide array of entertainment alternatives. Management believes this approach,
combined with the Gold Coast's easily accessible location, has resulted in the
Gold Coast consistently attracting among the highest overall number of casino
customers of locals-oriented casinos in Las Vegas.
   
  The Barbary Coast is strategically located at the Flamingo Four Corners,
adjacent to the Flamingo Hotel and Casino. The Barbary Coast, together with
Caesars Palace, Bally's Grand and the Bellagio hotel-casino currently under
construction, anchors the Flamingo Four Corners. The Barbary Coast primarily
derives its customer base from the large volume of pedestrian traffic on the
Strip, as well as from overnight visitors to Las Vegas who desire a more
personal and intimate gaming environment than that offered by larger Strip
hotel-casinos.     
 
  The Orleans is designed as an upscale hotel-casino targeted to the middle to
upper-middle income segment of the Las Vegas visitor and local resident
markets. The Orleans will offer its customers a complete gaming, dining and
entertainment experience in a unique New Orleans French Quarter-themed
atmosphere. Management believes The Orleans will successfully cater to the
demands of those visitors and local residents who desire an exciting full-
service hotel-casino without the crowds and congestion on the Strip. The
Orleans site is located on Tropicana Avenue, approximately one and one-half
miles west of the Strip, and according to the Nevada Department of
Transportation, an average of approximately 54,000 vehicles travel by The
Orleans site daily. The Orleans will feature multiple access points on the
streets surrounding the property to permit convenient access, including three
separate entrances on Tropicana Avenue. Construction commenced in July 1995
and The Orleans is expected to open by December 1996.
 
  Michael J. Gaughan, the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of
the Company, has over 35 years of experience in the gaming industry with
particular expertise in the Las Vegas gaming market. Mr. Gaughan founded the
Predecessor Partnerships and has managed the Gold Coast and the Barbary Coast
since their respective openings. In addition, Mr. Gaughan was instrumental in
the development and operation of the East St. Louis Casino Queen, a successful
riverboat casino located in Illinois that opened in June 1993. Harlan D.
Braaten, the President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company, has
approximately 18 years of experience in the Nevada gaming market. Prior to
joining the Company, Mr. Braaten was the General Manager and, most recently,
Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of Rio Hotel &
Casino, Inc.
 
BUSINESS AND MARKETING STRATEGY
 
  The Gold Coast primarily targets middle-market gaming customers, catering to
local residents as well as repeat visitors to Las Vegas who desire an
alternative to the hotel-casino properties located on the Strip.
 
                                      48
<PAGE>
 
Management's operating strategy is to maximize customer visitation and thereby
increase casino revenues at the Gold Coast by offering value-conscious
customers a combination of friendly service, generous portions of quality food
at competitive prices and clean, comfortable and inexpensive hotel rooms.
Management believes this value-oriented approach has generated a high level of
customer satisfaction, fostering customer loyalty and repeat business.
   
  The Company has developed a number of innovative marketing programs designed
to complement the non-gaming amenities at the Gold Coast and increase the
level of gaming activity. Historically, the Gold Coast has in particular
targeted local resident slot players through its slot club. As a result, slot
win has generally accounted for approximately two-thirds of the Gold Coast's
casino revenues. The Gold Coast's slot club (the "Club") has approximately
165,000 active members and, since 1991, has been voted the "Best of Las Vegas"
slot club by readers in an annual survey published by Nevada's largest daily
newspaper. The Club was established in 1987 to encourage repeat business from
slot machine players at the Gold Coast. Each time members win at a Gold Coast
slot machine, points are awarded to their accounts. Upon accumulating
sufficient points, members can redeem the points for awards, including
appliances, vacations and other items. Other Gold Coast marketing programs
include the original "Pick the Pros" football contest which attracts
approximately 15,000 entries each year, a $250,000 paycheck cashing contest,
country music concerts in the dance hall, Superbowl parties and the annual
"Gold Coast Open," a 10-day poker tournament. In addition, the Company is a
sponsor of the annual National Finals Rodeo, which attracts thousands of
visitors to Las Vegas each December. The awards ceremonies for the Rodeo are
held nightly at the Gold Coast during the 10-day event. Management believes
that the success of the Gold Coast's value-oriented approach and innovative
marketing programs, combined with its strategic location, is evidenced by the
fact that the Gold Coast has consistently attracted among the highest overall
number of casino customers of locals-oriented casinos in Las Vegas.     
 
  The Barbary Coast is designed to provide a more personal and intimate casino
environment than the larger casinos that surround it on the Strip. Management
believes the Barbary Coast's strategic location, adjacent to the Flamingo
Hotel and Casino and across from Caesars Palace and Bally's Grand, has
historically resulted in a large volume of pedestrian traffic from the Strip,
which has provided a significant part of the Barbary Coast's gaming revenues.
This important walk-in traffic has fluctuated since the opening of the Mirage
mega-resort in 1989 altered foot traffic patterns on the Strip. Since then,
other factors such as the closing of the former Dunes Hotel and Casino in
January 1993, the addition of new casinos at the south end of the Strip,
including the Excalibur in June 1990 and the Luxor and MGM Grand in 1993, and
sidewalk and road construction around the Barbary Coast during the first six
months of 1995, have all contributed to a substantial decrease in walk-in
traffic at the Barbary Coast. Management expects that pedestrian traffic at
the Flamingo Four Corners and the Barbary Coast will increase as a result of
the expected openings by early 1998 of two recently announced mega-resorts,
Bellagio, to be located at the site of the former Dunes Hotel and Casino, and
Paris, to be located adjacent to Bally's Grand. Caesars Palace, Bally's Grand
and the Flamingo Hotel and Casino currently have an aggregate of 8,400 hotel
rooms, and Bellagio and Paris are expected to add 3,000 and 2,500 hotel rooms,
respectively. Including the planned hotel rooms of the two announced mega-
resorts, the Flamingo Four Corners will feature an aggregate of approximately
14,100 hotel rooms. No assurance can be given, however, that either of these
new gaming properties will open or, if opened, will increase the volume of
walk-in customers to the Barbary Coast.
 
  Management believes that The Orleans will differentiate itself in the Las
Vegas market by combining an upscale, off-Strip experience in an exciting New
Orleans French Quarter-themed environment with a wide variety of non-gaming
amenities. The Orleans will primarily target middle to upper-middle income
gaming customers, both visitors to Las Vegas and local residents. Management
believes The Orleans will be an attractive alternative for Las Vegas visitors
and local residents by offering a full-service hotel-casino and entertainment
experience complemented with a value-oriented pricing strategy. The Orleans
has been designed as an upscale hotel-casino that will provide quality food
and spacious, well-appointed hotel rooms that management believes will be
larger and priced lower than the Strip average. In addition, The Orleans will
employ marketing programs similar to those which make the Gold Coast a
success, including a slot club and football contests, and will tailor its
marketing programs to promote The Orleans as a multi-faceted entertainment
complex.
 
                                      49
<PAGE>
 
THE GOLD COAST
 
  The Gold Coast, which opened in 1986, is located on West Flamingo Road
approximately one mile west of the Strip and offers easy automotive access
from all four directions in the Las Vegas valley. In addition, the Gold Coast
is located in close proximity to a major exit from Interstate 15, the major
highway linking Las Vegas with Southern California.
   
  The Gold Coast features an approximately 70,000 square foot casino,
including approximately 2,010 slot machines, 48 table games, a keno lounge, a
700-seat bingo parlor, an 11-table poker room and a 160-seat race and sports
book. The Gold Coast offers its customers a wide variety of slot and video
poker machines. Beginning in 1995, management began upgrading its slot
equipment, purchasing new video-poker machines that are popular with local
residents and machines with bill acceptors. Revenues from slot and video poker
machines, which represent a growing percentage of casino revenues throughout
the industry, account for approximately two-thirds of the Gold Coast's gaming
revenues.     
 
  The Gold Coast features an 11-story tower with 712 hotel rooms and a
swimming pool with a covered bar and Jacuzzi. The Gold Coast offers clean,
quality hotel rooms at rates which, management believes, appeal to the value-
conscious traveler. From January 1, 1993 through December 31, 1995, the Gold
Coast's average occupancy rate was 93.7% and the average daily room rate was
$37.72.
 
  Management believes that the Gold Coast restaurants, combined with its
diverse, non-gaming amenities, play an important part in attracting customers.
The Gold Coast offers its customers high value by providing quality food that
is competitively priced. The Gold Coast features three full-service
restaurants, including the Mediterranean Room, which serves seafood and
Italian specialties, the Cortez Room, which features steak and prime rib, and
the Monterey Room, a 24-hour cafe. In addition, the Gold Coast features a 380-
seat all-you-can eat buffet that offers daily specials in addition to its
regular menu. The Gold Coast also offers a fast-food restaurant, a snack bar
and an ice cream parlor.
 
  The Gold Coast's entertainment amenities include a 72-lane bowling center,
two movie theaters, approximately 100,000 square feet of banquet and meeting
facilities, four bars, two entertainment lounges and a country and western
dance hall. Other features include a gift ship, a liquor store, a travel
agency, an American Express office, a Western Union office, a beauty salon, a
barber shop, a child care facility and over 3,000 parking spaces.
 
THE BARBARY COAST
 
  The Barbary Coast, which opened in 1979, is located at the Flamingo Four
Corners adjacent to the Flamingo Hotel and Casino. It is situated directly
across from Caesars Palace and Bally's Grand and is diagonally across from the
site of the former Dunes Hotel and Casino where Mirage Resorts, Inc. is
developing a new mega-resort, Bellagio. Additionally, Bally's Entertainment
has announced its intention to develop a new mega-resort, Paris, to be located
adjacent to Bally's Grand. These new properties are expected to open in early
1998.
   
  The Barbary Coast features an approximately 30,000 square foot casino,
including approximately 532 slot machines, 45 table games, race and sports
books and other amenities. The Barbary Coast also features an 8-story tower
with 197 hotel rooms. From January 1, 1993 through December 31, 1995, the
Barbary Coast's average occupancy rate was 95.3% and the average daily room
rate was $48.56. The Barbary Coast is furnished and decorated in an elegant
turn-of-the-century Victorian theme and includes three bars and three
restaurants, including Michael's gourmet restaurant, the Victorian Room, which
features Chinese and American cuisine, and a McDonald's restaurant. For the
past three years, Michael's, which caters primarily to preferred casino
customers, has received a distinguished dining award from the Distinguished
Restaurants of North America. According to the Distinguished Restaurants of
North America, a non-profit organization, in order to qualify for the
distinguished dining award, a restaurant must have been open to the public
under the same ownership for at least three years and pass an evaluation
conducted anonymously by specially trained members of the organization's
independent panel of industry professionals and consumers who are
"connoisseurs" of distinguished dining.     
 
                                      50
<PAGE>
 
THE ORLEANS
 
  The Company is developing The Orleans to expand its presence in the growing
Las Vegas market and to capitalize on management's belief in the demand for an
upscale, off-Strip hotel-casino alternative for both visitors to Las Vegas and
local residents. The Orleans site is located on Tropicana Avenue,
approximately one and one-half miles west of the Strip.
   
  The Orleans is designed with a distinctive theme reflecting the
architectural heritage of the New Orleans French Quarter. The Orleans is
expected to feature an approximately 100,000 square foot casino, a 22-story
tower consisting of 840 hotel rooms, a 70-lane bowling center, approximately
40,000 square feet of banquet and meeting facilities, including an
approximately 17,000 square foot grand ballroom, a wedding chapel, five
restaurants, specialty themed bars, a child care facility, a barber shop, a
beauty salon and approximately 3,750 parking spaces. The casino is expected to
include approximately 2,150 slot machines, 62 table games, a keno lounge, a
poker parlor and race and sports books. The hotel rooms are designed to be
approximately 450 square feet in size, which is significantly larger than the
average Las Vegas casino hotel room. Plans for The Orleans also include an
800-seat live entertainment theater patterned after those in Branson, Missouri
that is expected to feature headline performers, musical shows and other
special events.     
 
 Construction Schedule and Budget
   
  The Orleans has a construction and development budget of approximately
$158.1 million (including contingencies but excluding pre-opening
expenditures, opening bankroll and capitalized interest costs). The Company
has entered into the Construction Contract with Tiberti Construction for the
construction of buildings and site improvements for a guaranteed maximum price
not to exceed $100.0 million. The construction and development budget also
includes approximately $53.2 million for furniture, fixtures, equipment, signs
and certain interior and other improvements that will be completed pursuant to
separate contracts to be entered into between the Company and various
contractors and suppliers. Additionally, the construction and development
budget includes approximately $4.9 million of architectural and design fees.
As of May 31, 1996, the Company had paid approximately $45.5 million of
construction and development costs, including approximately $39.4 million for
work that is subject to the Construction Contract, approximately $4.4 million
of architectural and design fees and approximately $1.7 million of other
construction and development costs. The Construction Contract provides for the
construction of the portion of the project covered thereby consistent with the
description of The Orleans contained herein. Tiberti Construction may require
modifications to plans and specifications and, to the extent inconsistent with
budgeted line items, proposed change orders by the Company, provided that no
such required modifications may be inconsistent with the description of The
Orleans contained herein. There can be no assurance that Tiberti Construction
would have the financial resources to fund any significant cost overruns in
excess of the $100.0 million guaranteed maximum contract price. J. Tito
Tiberti, a director and shareholder of Coast Resorts and a director of the
Company, is the president, a director and shareholder of, and together with
his immediate family controls, Tiberti Construction. See "Certain
Transactions."     
 
  The Company has assembled an experienced team of architectural, design and
construction firms to develop and construct The Orleans. The following is a
brief description of the design, construction and engineering professionals
selected to assist in the development and construction of The Orleans:
 
  Tiberti Construction. Tiberti Construction, which has been selected as the
general contractor for The Orleans, has completed commercial and industrial
projects for both government and private institutions, and has substantial
experience as a general contractor for hotels and casinos in Las Vegas.
Projects completed include construction of the Gold Coast, the renovation of
the Bally's Grand Hotel, the construction of the Palace Station Casino Tower,
the expansion of the Las Vegas Convention Center, the construction of the Del
Webb Golf Club and the construction of the Fiesta Hotel and Casino.
 
 
                                      51
<PAGE>
 
  Leo A. Daly. Leo A. Daly is an international firm whose services include
planning, architecture, engineering and interior design from a network of
worldwide offices. Recently completed projects include the Ihilani Hotel
expansion in Honolulu, Hawaii, the Los Angeles Convention Center expansion,
the Washington D.C. National Airport and Honolulu Airport expansions, the
Harbor UCLA Medical Center, and the United States Embassy in La Paz, Bolivia.
Additional projects completed include the Gold Coast, the Barbary Coast and
the Las Vegas Club.
 
  Yates-Silverman, Inc. Yates-Silverman, Inc. specializes in developing theme-
oriented interiors and exteriors and is a leading designer of hotels and
casinos. Yates-Silverman is known for creating imaginative and elaborate
hotel, resort and gaming property interiors, and is expected to apply its
expertise to bring the charm of the New Orleans French Quarter to The Orleans.
Completed projects include Excalibur, Circus Circus, Luxor, the Trump Taj
Mahal, Trump Castle and Atlantic City Showboat. Charles Silverman, a director
of the Company and Coast Resorts, is the President and the sole stockholder of
Yates-Silverman, Inc. See "Certain Transactions."
 
DEVELOPMENT OPPORTUNITIES
 
  In addition to The Orleans development, Coast Resorts has identified what
management believes is another attractive future development opportunity, the
Sundance. The site, which is currently leased by Coast Resorts through its
wholly owned subsidiary, Coast West, is located at the corner of Rampart
Boulevard and Alta Drive in Peccole Ranch, a master planned community in
northwest Las Vegas, one of the fastest growing residential areas of the Las
Vegas valley. Currently, there are a number of master planned communities in
northwest Las Vegas in addition to Peccole Ranch, including the Summerlin
development which is located in close proximity to the Sundance site.
Summerlin is the largest master planned development in Las Vegas with 4,000
units already completed and an estimated 56,000 additional units expected to
be developed. The 1994 median household income in northwest Las Vegas was
$45,462 compared to $35,552 in the Las Vegas valley and $32,264 in the United
States as a whole.
   
  The Sundance is currently expected to include, in addition to casino space
and hotel rooms, movie theaters, banquet and meeting facilities and possibly a
bowling center. Management does not expect to begin construction of the
Sundance until after The Orleans has commenced gaming operations. The Sundance
may be developed by the Company under certain circumstances permitted under
the Indenture or, alternatively, separately by Coast Resorts through Coast
West. If the Sundance is developed separately through Coast West, the
Guarantee by Coast West and related security, as well as the pledge of capital
stock of Coast West by Coast Resorts, will be released. See "Description of
New Notes--Guarantees" and "--Security."     
 
  The Company owns an approximately 29-acre parcel of undeveloped land located
at the corner of Rancho Drive and Carey Avenue in North Las Vegas, in close
proximity to the Fiesta Hotel and Casino and the Texas Gambling Hall & Hotel.
The site is zoned for gaming.
 
  The Company has no agreements, arrangements or understandings with respect
to financing the development of either of the foregoing sites, and does not
expect to commence such development in the near future. Any future development
would be subject to, among other things, the Company's ability to obtain
necessary financing. No assurance can be given that the Company will develop
successfully any additional properties or, if completed, any such properties
will be successful.
 
                                      52
<PAGE>
 
  The following map highlights the strategic locations of the Company's
properties in relation to certain existing and proposed major hotel-casinos.
 
                                     [MAP]
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             GOLD COAST          BARBARY COAST           ORLEANS        TOTAL
                         ------------------- --------------------- ------------------- -------
<S>                      <C>                 <C>                   <C>                 <C>
Opening.................                1986                  1979           Late 1996
Location................ Southwest Las Vegas Flamingo Four Corners Southwest Las Vegas
Casino square feet......              70,000                30,000             100,000 200,000
Number of slots.........               2,010                   532               2,150   4,692
Number of tables........                  48                    45                  62     155
Hotel rooms.............                 712                   197                 840   1,749
</TABLE>
 
                                      53
<PAGE>
 
LAS VEGAS MARKET
 
  The Gold Coast and The Orleans are designed to capitalize on the large and
rapidly expanding Las Vegas local resident market. The Las Vegas area has
benefited from a favorable climate and tax structure in Nevada, a growing
supply of jobs and a well-developed infrastructure. According to the U.S.
Census Bureau, the Las Vegas valley is the fastest growing metropolitan area
in the United States. Clark County, in which Las Vegas is located, has a
population of approximately 1.0 million which grew by a compound annual growth
rate of 5.8% from 1984 through 1994 compared to a 1.0% annual growth rate
during the same period for the United States population as a whole. The
southwest section of Las Vegas, where the Gold Coast and The Orleans site are
located, is a growing and affluent residential area. The 1994 median household
income in southwest Las Vegas was $41,107, compared to $35,552 in the Las
Vegas valley and $32,264 in the United States as a whole. According to the Las
Vegas Convention and Visitors Authority, two-thirds of Clark County residents
wager at least occasionally, and one-half of those who wager do so at least
once a week. In addition, approximately 58% of wagering Las Vegas residents
prefer locations that are away from both the Strip and downtown Las Vegas.
Management believes The Orleans and the Gold Coast are well-positioned to
benefit from the strong Las Vegas local resident market as a result of their
convenient locations on Tropicana Avenue and Flamingo Road.
   
  In addition to the growing local resident market, Las Vegas is a fast
growing vacation destination. The number of visitors traveling to Las Vegas
has increased at a steady and significant rate, from 15.2 million in 1986 to
29.0 million in 1995, representing a compound annual growth rate of 6.7%.
Aggregate expenditures by Las Vegas visitors increased at an estimated
compound annual growth rate of 10.7% from $7.5 billion in 1986 to an estimated
$20.7 billion in 1995. The number of hotel and motel rooms in Las Vegas
increased by approximately 46.7% from 61,394 in 1988 to 90,046 in 1995.
Despite this significant increase in the number of hotel and motel rooms, the
Las Vegas hotel occupancy rate exceeded 85.0% in each year from 1988 to 1995
and averaged 89.9% during that period. Management believes the strategic
locations of each of its properties will enable the Company to benefit from
the growing visitor market.     
 
GAMING SECURITY
 
  Each of the Company's existing casinos employs extensive supervision and
accounting procedures to control the handling of cash in their gaming
operations. These measures include security personnel; closed-circuit
television observation of critical areas of the casino; locked cash boxes;
independent auditors and observers; strict sign-in and sign-out procedures
which ensure, to the extent practicable, that gaming chips issued by, and
returned to, the casino cashiers' cages are accurately accounted for; and
procedures for the regular observation of gaming employees. The accounting
departments of each of the Company's casinos, which employ persons who have no
involvement in the gaming operations, review on a daily basis records compiled
by gaming employees pertaining to cash receipts and credit extension.
Moreover, regular periodic analyses of the results of the Company's gaming
operations, including analyses of the Company's compliance with the internal
control standards established by the Nevada Board (as defined herein), are
performed by the Company and its independent auditors to detect significant
deviations from industry standards. Based on the results of these analyses,
management believes that its procedures are in compliance in all material
respects with the requirements established by the Nevada Gaming Authorities.
 
CREDIT POLICY
 
  The Gold Coast and the Barbary Coast each issue credit in exchange for
gaming chips in compliance with the regulations of the Nevada Gaming
Authorities. Credit is extended to a customer only after examination of the
customer's financial condition in accordance with established credit policies.
Credit customers are not a material aspect of the operations of the Gold Coast
or the Barbary Coast. Nevada gambling debts evidenced by a credit instrument
are legally enforceable in Nevada, but Nevada judgments enforcing such
instruments may not be enforceable in other states.
 
                                      54
<PAGE>
 
COMPETITION
 
  Both the gaming and hotel industries are highly fragmented and characterized
by a high degree of competition among a large number of participants. Many of
the Company's competitors are much larger than the Company and have
substantially greater resources.
 
  The Company faces competition from all other casinos and hotels in the Las
Vegas area, including competitors that primarily target local residents and
casinos and hotels located on the Strip, on the Boulder Highway and in
downtown Las Vegas. The Company also faces competition from non-hotel gaming
facilities that also target local residents of Las Vegas. Three new mega-
resorts, including Treasure Island, Luxor and MGM Grand, were opened on the
Strip during the fourth quarter of 1993. These three properties increased the
number of hotel and motel rooms in the Las Vegas market by approximately
10,500 rooms or approximately 13.5%, to a total of approximately 88,560 rooms.
In recent months, several of the Company's direct competitors have opened new
hotel-casinos or have commenced or completed major expansion projects, and the
construction and expansion of other hotel-casinos are planned. In addition,
four new mega-resorts which have been recently announced and are expected to
be completed within the next several years, are expected to add approximately
10,000 additional hotel rooms to Las Vegas. Each of these facilities,
including New York-New York, Monte Carlo, Bellagio and Paris, has a theme and
attractions which are expected to draw significant numbers of visitors. While
management believes that the opening of Bellagio and Paris will increase
pedestrian traffic at the Flamingo Four Corners and thereby benefit the
Barbary Coast, the construction of new properties, including the mega-resorts,
and the major expansions or enhancements of existing properties by competitors
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business and results of
operations.
 
  The Company also competes for gaming customers to a lesser extent with
casinos located in the Laughlin and Reno-Lake Tahoe areas of Nevada, in
Atlantic City, New Jersey, and in other parts of the world, including gaming
on cruise ships and international gaming operations, as well as with state-
sponsored lotteries, on- and off- track wagering, card parlors, riverboat and
Native American gaming ventures and other forms of legalized gaming in the
United States. In addition, several states have recently legalized, and
several other states are currently considering legalizing, casino gaming in
specific geographical areas within those states. The Company believes that the
development of casino properties similar to those in Las Vegas in areas close
to Nevada, particularly California and Arizona, could have a material adverse
effect on its business and its results of operations. The Company believes
that the recent widespread legalization of gaming is being fueled by a
combination of increasing popularity and acceptability of gaming activities
and the desire and need for states and local communities to generate revenues
without increasing general taxation. The Company believes that the
legalization of unlimited land-based casino gaming in or near any major
metropolitan area could have a material adverse effect on its business and
results of operations. In addition, the development or expansion of casinos,
lotteries and other forms of gaming in other states, particularly in areas
close to Nevada such as California, could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business and its results of operations.
 
  The Gold Coast primarily targets local residents as well as repeat visitors
to Las Vegas. While The Orleans is expected to target a higher income segment
of gaming customers, it will also focus its marketing efforts in part on the
same customer base as the Gold Coast. The Orleans will be located
approximately one mile south of the Gold Coast. Due to the close proximity and
overlapping target markets of the two properties, the opening of The Orleans
may negatively impact the operating results and financial performance of the
Gold Coast and the Company will be subject to greater risks, including risks
related to local competitive and economic conditions, than if these two gaming
properties were more geographically distant or had more diverse targeted
markets.
 
EMPLOYEES AND LABOR RELATIONS
   
  At May 31, 1996, the Company had approximately 2,200 and 800 employees at
the Gold Coast and the Barbary Coast, respectively.     
 
 
                                      55
<PAGE>
 
  None of the employees at the Gold Coast is represented by a union. The
Company has a collective bargaining agreement with the International Union of
Operating Engineers which covers 13 of the employees at the Barbary Coast.
This agreement became effective in March 1995 and expires in March 1998. The
Company also has a collective bargaining agreement with the Culinary Workers
Union and Bartenders Union which covers approximately 260 employees who work
in the food, hotel, bar and slot departments at the Barbary Coast. This
agreement became effective in October 1993 and expires in May 1999. Management
believes that its relations with its employees are satisfactory.
 
PROPERTIES
 
  The Company owns the approximately 26.0 acres that the Gold Coast occupies
on West Flamingo Road. The Company also owns an 8.33-acre site across the
street from the Gold Coast that contains an approximately 100,000 square foot
warehouse. The warehouse is used by both the Gold Coast and the Barbary Coast
as a shared distribution and storage facility and has capacity that will be
used by The Orleans.
 
  The Barbary Coast occupies approximately 1.8 acres at the intersection of
Flamingo Road and the Strip. The hotel-casino occupies real property that is
currently leased by the Company pursuant to a lease that expires on May 1,
2003. The lease provides for rental payments of $175,000 per annum. The lease
contains two options, exercisable by the Company, to extend the term of the
lease for 30-years each (with the rent to be readjusted as provided in the
lease during those renewal periods). The Company has an option to purchase the
leased property at any time during the six month period prior to the
expiration of the lease, provided that certain conditions are met, at a
purchase price equal to the greater of $3.5 million or the then appraised
value of the real property. The Company also has a right of first refusal in
the event the landlord desires to sell the real property during the initial
term of the lease. The Company also leases approximately 2.5 additional acres
of real property located adjacent to the Barbary Coast. The lease expires on
December 31, 2003. The lease provides for rental payments of $125,000 per
annum. The real property is used by the Company as a parking lot for its
employees and for valet parking. The landlord has the right to terminate the
lease upon six months prior notice to the Company if it requires the use of
the property for its own business purposes (which excludes leaving the
property vacant or leasing it to third parties prior to January 1, 2003).
 
  The Orleans is being constructed on a portion of an 80.0-acre site located
on West Tropicana Avenue, approximately one mile south of the Gold Coast. The
real property is leased pursuant to a ground lease entered into by the Company
and The Tiberti Company, a Nevada general partnership. See "Certain
Transactions." The lease has an effective commencement date as of October 1,
1995 and will continue for an initial term of 50 years, and includes an
option, exercisable by the Company, to extend the initial term for an
additional 25 years. The lease provides for monthly rental payments commencing
in January 1996 of $251,726 per month through December 1996, $175,000 per
month during the 26-month period thereafter, $200,000 per month during the 36-
month period thereafter, $225,000 per month during the 48-month period
thereafter and $250,000 per month during the 60-month period thereafter. In
March 2011, annual rental payments will increase on a compounding basis at a
rate of 3.0% per annum. In addition, the Company has been granted an option to
purchase the real property during the two-year period commencing in February
2016. The lease provides that the purchase price will be the fair market value
of the real property at the time the Company exercises the option, provided
that the purchase price will not be less than 10 times the annual rent and not
more than 12 times such annual rent at such time.
   
  Coast West, as the successor to the Gold Coast Partnership, leases an
approximately 50.0-acre site located at the corner of Rampart Boulevard and
Alta Drive in northwest Las Vegas pursuant to a Ground Lease Agreement dated
as of October 28, 1994 (the "Coast West Lease"). Coast Resorts plans to
develop in the future the Sundance at such site, although there can be no
assurance that the Sundance will ever be developed or, if developed, will be
successful. See "--Development Opportunities." The initial term of the Coast
West Lease commenced on September 1, 1995, and expires on December 31, 2055.
The lease contains three options, exercisable by Coast West, to extend the
term of the lease for 10 years each. The lease provided for monthly rental
payments of $166,667 for the year ended December 31, 1995. Thereafter, the
monthly rent will be     
 
                                      56
<PAGE>
 
increased by the amount of $5,000 in January of each year. The landlord has
the option to require Coast West to purchase the property at the end of 2014,
2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018, at the fair market value of the real property at
the time the landlord exercises the option, provided that the purchase price
shall not be less than 10 times nor more than 15 times the annual rent at such
time. Based on the terms of the lease, the potential purchase price commitment
ranges from approximately $31.0 million to approximately $51.0 million in the
years 2014 through 2018. Coast West has a right of first refusal in the event
the landlord desires to sell the property at any time during the lease term.
See "Description of New Notes--Restricted Payments" for a discussion of
certain limitations on the ability of the Company to provide funds to Coast
West for its lease and other obligations.
 
  In March 1995, the Gold Coast Partnership purchased approximately 29.0 acres
of undeveloped land located at the corner of Rancho Drive and Carey Avenue in
North Las Vegas in close proximity to the Fiesta Hotel and Casino and the
Texas Gambling Hall & Hotel. The site is zoned for gaming, although the
Company has no present intention to develop the property.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
  The Company and the Guarantors are subject to a wide variety of federal,
state and local laws and regulations relating to the use, storage, discharge,
emission and disposal of hazardous materials. While management believes that
the Company and the Guarantors are presently in material compliance with all
environmental laws, failure to comply with such laws could result in the
imposition of severe penalties or restrictions on operations by government
agencies or courts that could adversely affect operations. The Company has
completed Phase I environmental assessments at the seven properties owned or
leased by it or Coast West. The reports included suggestions relative to
certain conditions and areas of potential environmental concerns. The reports
did not, however, identify any environmental conditions or non-compliance, the
remediation or correction of which management believes would have a material
adverse impact on the business or financial condition of the Company at any of
the sites.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
   
  The Company currently and from time to time is involved in litigation
arising in the ordinary course of its business. In October 1994, a security
guard at the Barbary Coast filed a disability discrimination claim under the
Americans With Disabilities Act with the Equal Employment Opportunity
Commission ("EEOC"). The claim did not seek monetary or other specific
damages. No action has yet been taken by the EEOC. In addition, in July 1995,
a former dealer at the Barbary Coast filed a discrimination lawsuit under
Title VII and the Nevada Fair Employment Practices Act (removed to federal
district court in Nevada) against the Barbary Coast Partnership seeking
reinstatement, with full back pay and benefits, and compensatory and punitive
damages. The Barbary Coast Partnership has filed a motion to dismiss the
lawsuit based upon failure to timely file discrimination charges. The Barbary
Coast Partnership has denied the existence of any alleged discrimination and
intends to vigorously defend itself in these proceedings. In connection with
the Reorganization, the Company has assumed substantially all of the
liabilities of the Predecessor Partnerships, including liabilities, if any,
related to such litigation. The Company does not believe that such litigation,
including the foregoing proceedings, will, individually or in the aggregate,
have a material adverse effect on its financial position or results of
operations.     
 
                                      57
<PAGE>
 
                        NEVADA REGULATION AND LICENSING
 
  The ownership and operation of casino gaming facilities in Nevada are
subject to (i) the Nevada Gaming Control Act and the regulations promulgated
thereunder (collectively, the "Nevada Act"), and (ii) various local
regulations. The Company's gaming operations are subject to the licensing and
regulatory control of the Nevada Gaming Commission (the "Nevada Commission"),
the Nevada State Gaming Control Board (the "Nevada Board") and the Clark
County Liquor and Gaming Licensing Board (the "Clark County Board"). The
Nevada Commission, the Nevada Board and the Clark County Board are
collectively referred to as the "Nevada Gaming Authorities."
 
  The laws, regulations and supervisory procedures of the Nevada Gaming
Authorities are based upon declarations of public policy which seek to, among
other things, (i) prevent unsavory or unsuitable persons from having any
direct or indirect involvement with gaming at any time or in any capacity,
(ii) establish and maintain responsible accounting practices and procedures,
(iii) maintain effective control over the financial practices of licensees,
including establishing minimum procedures for internal fiscal affairs and the
safeguarding of assets and revenues, providing reliable recordkeeping and
requiring the filing of periodic reports with the Nevada Gaming Authorities,
(iv) prevent cheating and fraudulent practices and (v) provide a source of
state and local revenues through taxation and licensing fees. Changes in such
laws, regulations and procedures could have an adverse effect on the Company's
gaming operations.
 
  The Company, which operates the Gold Coast and the Barbary Coast, is
licensed by the Nevada Gaming Authorities and is a corporate licensee (a
"Corporate Licensee") under the terms of the Nevada Act. The gaming licenses
require the periodic payment of fees and taxes and is not transferable. Coast
Resorts is registered with the Nevada Commission as a publicly traded
corporation (a "Registered Corporation") and has been found suitable to own
the stock of the Company. As a Registered Corporation, Coast Resorts is
required periodically to submit detailed financial and operating reports to
the Nevada Commission and furnish any other information that the Nevada
Commission may request. No person may become a shareholder of, or receive any
percentage of the profits from, the Company without first obtaining licenses
and approvals from the Nevada Gaming Authorities. The Company and Coast
Resorts have obtained from the Nevada Gaming Authorities the various
registrations, approvals, permits and licenses required in order to engage in
gaming activities at the Gold Coast and the Barbary Coast.
 
  The Nevada Gaming Authorities may investigate any individual who has a
material relationship to, or material involvement with, the Company or Coast
Resorts in order to determine whether such individual is suitable or should be
licensed as a business associate of a Corporate Licensee or Registered
Corporation. Officers, directors and certain key employees of the Company must
file applications with the Nevada Gaming Authorities and may be required to be
licensed or found suitable by the Nevada Gaming Authorities. Officers,
directors and key employees of Coast Resorts who are actively and directly
involved in gaming activities of the Company may be required to be licensed or
found suitable by the Nevada Gaming Authorities. The Nevada Gaming Authorities
may deny an application for licensing for any cause which they deem
reasonable. A finding of suitability is comparable to licensing, and both
require submission of detailed personal and financial information followed by
a thorough investigation. The applicant for licensing or a finding of
suitability must pay all the costs of the investigation. Changes in licensed
positions must be reported to the Nevada Gaming Authorities and, in addition
to their authority to deny an application for a finding of suitability or
licensure, the Nevada Gaming Authorities have jurisdiction to disapprove a
change in a corporate position.
 
  If the Nevada Gaming Authorities were to find an officer, director or key
employee of the Company or Coast Resorts unsuitable for licensing or
unsuitable to continue having a relationship with the Company or Coast
Resorts, the Company and Coast Resorts would have to sever all relationships
with such person. In addition, the Nevada Commission may require the Company
and Coast Resorts to terminate the employment of any person who refuses to
file appropriate applications. Determinations of suitability or of questions
pertaining to licensing are not subject to judicial review in Nevada.
 
                                      58
<PAGE>
 
  The Company and Coast Resorts are required to submit detailed financial and
operating reports to the Nevada Commission. Substantially all material loans,
leases, sales of securities and similar financing transactions by the Company
must be reported to, or approved by, the Nevada Commission.
 
  If it were determined that the Nevada Act was violated by the Company, the
gaming licenses it holds could be limited, conditioned, suspended or revoked,
subject to compliance with certain statutory and regulatory procedures. In
addition, Coast Resorts, the Company and the persons involved could be subject
to substantial fines for each separate violation of the Nevada Act at the
discretion of the Nevada Commission. Further, a supervisor could be appointed
by the Nevada Commission to operate the Company's gaming properties and, under
certain circumstances, earnings generated during the supervisor's appointment
(except for the reasonable rental value of the Company's gaming properties)
could be forfeited to the State of Nevada. Limitation, conditioning or
suspension of any gaming license or the appointment of a supervisor could (and
revocation of any gaming license would) materially adversely affect the
Company's gaming operations.
 
  Any beneficial holder of a Registered Corporation's voting securities,
regardless of the number of shares owned, may be required to file an
application, be investigated, and have his suitability as a beneficial holder
of a Registered Corporation's voting securities determined if the Nevada
Commission has reason to believe that such ownership would otherwise be
inconsistent with the declared policies of the State of Nevada. The applicant
must pay all costs of investigation incurred by the Nevada Gaming Authorities
in conducting any such investigation.
 
  The Nevada Act requires any person who acquires beneficial ownership of more
than 5% of a Registered Corporation's voting securities to report the
acquisition to the Nevada Commission. The Nevada Act requires that beneficial
owners of more than 10% of a Registered Corporation's voting securities apply
to the Nevada Commission for a finding of suitability within 30 days after the
Chairman of the Nevada Board mails the written notice requiring such filing.
Under certain circumstances, an "institutional investor," as defined in the
Nevada Act, which acquires more than 10%, but not more than 15% of a
Registered Corporation's voting securities may apply to the Nevada Commission
for a waiver of such finding of suitability if such institutional investor
holds the voting securities for investment purposes only. An institutional
investor will not be deemed to hold voting securities for investment purposes
unless the voting securities were acquired and are held in the ordinary course
of business as an institutional investor and not for the purpose of causing,
directly or indirectly, the election of a majority of the members of the board
of directors of a Registered Corporation, any change in a Registered
Corporation's corporate charter, bylaws, management, policies or operations,
or any of its gaming affiliates, or any other action which the Nevada
Commission finds to be inconsistent with holding the Registered Corporation'
voting securities for investment purposes only. Activities which are not
deemed to be inconsistent with holding voting securities for investment
purposes only include: (i) voting on all matters voted on by shareholders;
(ii) making financial and other inquiries of management of the type normally
made by securities analysts for informational purposes and not to cause a
change in its management policies or operations; and (iii) such other
activities as the Nevada Commission may determine to be consistent with such
investment intent. If the beneficial holder of voting securities who must be
found suitable is a corporation, partnership or trust, it must submit detailed
business and financial information including a list of beneficial owners. The
applicant is required to pay all costs of investigation.
 
  Any person who fails or refuses to apply for a finding of suitability or a
license within 30 days after being ordered to do so by the Nevada Commission
or the Chairman of the Nevada Board, may be found unsuitable. The same
restrictions apply to a record owner if the owner, after request, fails to
identify the beneficial owner. Any shareholder found unsuitable and who holds,
directly or indirectly, any beneficial ownership of the voting securities of a
Registered Corporation beyond such period of time as may be prescribed by the
Nevada Commission may be guilty of a criminal offense. Coast Resorts is
subject to disciplinary action if, after it receives notice that a person is
unsuitable to be a shareholder or to have any other relationship with the
Company or Coast Resorts, Coast Resorts (i) pays that person any dividend or
interest upon voting securities of Coast Resorts, (ii) allows that person to
exercise, directly or indirectly, any voting right conferred through
securities held by that person, (iii) pays remuneration in any form to that
person for services rendered or otherwise, or (iv) fails to pursue all lawful
efforts to require such unsuitable person to relinquish his voting securities,
including, if necessary, the immediate purchase of such voting securities for
cash at fair market value.
 
                                      59
<PAGE>
 
  The Nevada Commission may, in its discretion, require the holder of any debt
security of a Corporate Licensee or a Registered Corporation to file
applications, be investigated and be found suitable to own the debt security.
If the Nevada Commission determines that a person is unsuitable to own such
security, then pursuant to the Nevada Act, the Corporate Licensee or the
Registered Corporation can be sanctioned, including the loss of its licenses,
if without the prior approval of the Nevada Commission, it: (i) pays to the
unsuitable person any dividend, interest or any distribution whatsoever; (ii)
recognizes any voting right by such unsuitable person in connection with such
securities; (iii) pays the unsuitable person remuneration in any form; or (iv)
makes any payment to the unsuitable person by way of principal, redemption,
conversion, exchange, liquidation or similar transaction.
 
  Coast Resorts is required to maintain a current stock ledger in Nevada which
may be examined by the Nevada Gaming Authorities at any time. If any
securities are held in trust by an agent or by a nominee, the record holder
may be required to disclose the identity of the beneficial owner to the Nevada
Gaming Authorities. A failure to make such disclosure may be grounds for
finding the record holder unsuitable. Coast Resorts is also required to render
maximum assistance in determining the identity of the beneficial owner. The
Nevada Commission has the power to require the stock certificates of Coast
Resorts to bear a legend indicating that the securities are subject to the
Nevada Act. However, to date, the Nevada Commission has not imposed such a
requirement on Coast Resorts.
   
  Neither Coast Resorts nor the Company may make a public offering of its debt
or equity securities without the prior approval of the Nevada Commission if
the securities or proceeds therefrom are intended to be used to construct,
acquire or finance gaming facilities in Nevada, or to retire or extend
obligations incurred for such purposes. The Exchange Offer qualifies as a
public offering (as such term is defined in the Nevada Act) and was submitted
to the Nevada Board and the Nevada Commission for review and approval as
required by the Nevada Act. Similarly, the pledge of the Company's equity
securities by Coast Resorts, and the placement of restrictions upon the
transfer of, and the agreement not to encumber, the equity securities of the
Company as security for the New Notes required the approval of the Nevada
Commission in connection with the approval of the Exchange Offer in order to
remain effective. In addition, because the Company will qualify as a
Registered Corporation upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer, it was
necessary for the Company to obtain an exemption from provisions in the Nevada
Act that render a Registered Corporation ineligible to hold a gaming license
and prohibit a Corporate Licensee from making a public offering of its
securities. The Company has obtained all of the necessary orders and approvals
of the Nevada Commission to complete the Exchange Offer and to hold gaming
licenses as a Registered Corporation. Approval of a public offering does not
constitute a finding, recommendation or approval by the Nevada Commission or
the Nevada Board as to the accuracy or adequacy of the prospectus or the
investment merits of the New Notes offered in the Exchange Offer. Any
representation to the contrary is unlawful.     
 
  Changes in control of a Registered Corporation through merger,
consolidation, stock or asset acquisitions, management or consulting
agreements, or any act or conduct by a person whereby he obtains control, may
not occur without the prior approval of the Nevada Commission. Entities
seeking to acquire control of a Registered Corporation must satisfy the Nevada
Board and Nevada Commission with respect to a variety of stringent standards
prior to assuming control of such Registered Corporation. The Nevada
Commission may also require controlling shareholders, officers, directors and
other persons having a material relationship or involvement with the entity
proposing to acquire control, to be investigated and licensed as a part of the
approval process relating to the transaction.
 
  The Nevada legislature had declared that some corporate acquisitions opposed
by management, repurchases of voting securities and corporate defense tactics
affecting Nevada gaming licensees, and Registered Corporations that are
affiliated with those operations, may be injurious to stable and productive
corporate gaming. The Nevada Commission has established a regulatory scheme to
ameliorate the potentially adverse effects of these business practices upon
Nevada's gaming industry and to further Nevada's policy to: (i) assure the
financial stability of corporate gaming operators and their affiliates; (ii)
preserve the beneficial aspects of conducting business in the corporate form;
and (iii) promote a neutral environment for the orderly governance of
corporate affairs. Approvals are, in certain circumstances, required from the
Nevada Commission before a
 
                                      60
<PAGE>
 
Registered Corporation can make exceptional repurchases of voting securities
above the current market price thereof and before a corporate acquisition
opposed by management can be consummated. The Nevada Act also requires prior
approval of a plan of recapitalization proposed by the Registered
Corporation's Board of Directors in response to a tender offer made directly
to the Registered Corporation's shareholders for the purposes of acquiring
control of the Registered Corporation.
 
  License fees and taxes, computed in various ways depending on the type of
gaming or activity involved, are payable to the State of Nevada and to the
counties and cities in which the Nevada licensee's respective operations are
conducted. Depending upon the particular fee or tax involved, these fees and
taxes are payable either monthly, quarterly or annually and are based upon
either: (i) a percentage of the gross revenues received; (ii) the number of
gaming devices operated; or (iii) the number of table games operated. A casino
entertainment tax is also paid by casino operations where entertainment is
furnished in connection with the selling of food or refreshments. Nevada
licensees that hold a license as an operator of a slot route, or a
manufacturer's or distributor's license, also pay certain fees and taxes to
the State of Nevada.
 
  Any person who is licensed, required to be licensed, registered, required to
be registered, or is under common control with such persons (collectively,
"Licensees"), and who proposes to become involved in a gaming venture outside
of Nevada is required to deposit with the Nevada Board, and thereafter
maintain, a revolving fund in the amount of $10,000 to pay the expenses of
investigation of the Nevada Board of their participation in such foreign
gaming. The revolving fund is subject to increase or decrease at the
discretion of the Nevada Commission. Thereafter, Licensees are required to
comply with certain reporting requirements imposed by the Nevada Act.
Licensees are also subject to disciplinary action by the Nevada Commission if
they knowingly violate any laws of the foreign jurisdiction pertaining to the
foreign gaming operation, fail to conduct the foreign gaming operation in
accordance with the standards of honesty and integrity required of Nevada
gaming operations, engage in activities that are harmful to the State of
Nevada or its ability to collect gaming taxes and fees, or employ a person in
the foreign operation who has been denied a license or finding of suitability
in Nevada on the ground of personal unsuitability.
 
  The Company may pursue development opportunities in other jurisdictions and
expects that if it does so it will be subject to similar rigorous regulatory
standards in each other jurisdiction in which it seeks to conduct gaming
operations. There can be no assurance that regulations adopted, permits
required or taxes imposed, by other jurisdictions will permit profitable
operations by the Company in those jurisdictions.
 
                                      61
<PAGE>
 
                                  MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
 
  The following tables set forth the names and ages of the directors and
executive officers of the Company and their respective positions.
 
                       DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   NAME        AGE                      POSITION(S) HELD
   ----        ---                      ----------------
   <S>         <C> <C>
   Michael J.
    Gaughan    52  Director, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
   Harlan D.
    Braaten    45  Director, President and Chief Operating Officer
   Jerry
    Herbst     57  Director, Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
   J. Tito
    Tiberti    51  Director, Vice President and Secretary
   Gage        42  Director, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
    Parrish        and Assistant Secretary
   F. Michael
    Corrigan   60  Director
   Charles
    Silverman  63  Director
</TABLE>
  MICHAEL J. GAUGHAN. Mr. Gaughan has been a director of the Company since its
formation in September 1995 and is the Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company. He is also a director and Chairman of the
Board and Chief Executive Officer of Coast Resorts and a director and
President of Coast West. Mr. Gaughan was a general partner of the Barbary
Coast Partnership from its inception in 1979 until the Reorganization, and had
served as the managing general partner of the Gold Coast Partnership from its
inception in December 1986 until the Reorganization.
 
  Mr. Gaughan and Mr. Herbst were the sole shareholders of Gaughan-Herbst,
Inc., which was the sole corporate general partner of the Gold Coast
Partnership prior to the Reorganization. Mr. Gaughan has been involved in the
gaming industry since 1960 and has been licensed as a casino operator since
1967.
 
  HARLAN D. BRAATEN. Mr. Braaten joined the Company and Coast Resorts as
President, Chief Financial Officer and a director in October 1995, and was
appointed Chief Operating Officer in February 1996. Mr. Braaten has
approximately 18 years of experience in the Nevada gaming market. Prior to
joining the Company, Mr. Braaten was employed in various capacities, including
the general manager and, most recently, senior vice president, treasurer and
chief financial officer of Rio Hotel & Casino, Inc. in Las Vegas. From March
1989 to February 1991, Mr. Braaten was vice president, finance of MGM/Marina
Hotel and Casino in Las Vegas, Nevada. Prior thereto, from November 1983 to
March 1989, Mr. Braaten was property controller for Harrah's in Reno, Nevada.
 
  JERRY HERBST. Mr. Herbst has been a director, Vice President, Treasurer and
Assistant Secretary of the Company since its formation in September 1995. He
is also a director and Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary of
Coast Resorts and of Coast West. Mr. Herbst has been the president of Terrible
Herbst Oil Company, an owner and operator of gas stations and car washes,
since 1959. Mr. Herbst and Mr. Gaughan were the sole shareholders of Gaughan-
Herbst, Inc., which was the sole corporate general partner of the Gold Coast
Partnership prior to the Reorganization. Mr. Herbst has served as a member of
the board of directors of Bank of America Nevada since 1977.
 
  J. TITO TIBERTI. Mr. Tiberti has been a director, Vice President and
Secretary of the Company since its formation in September 1995. He is also a
director and Vice President and Secretary of Coast Resorts and of Coast West.
Mr. Tiberti is the president, a director and a shareholder of, and together
with his immediate family controls, Tiberti Construction. He has also served
as managing partner of The Tiberti Company, a real estate rental and
development company, since 1971. Mr. Tiberti has been involved in the gaming
industry for 17 years and was a general partner of the Barbary Coast
Partnership prior to the Reorganization. Tiberti Construction is the general
contractor for The Orleans, and The Tiberti Company is the lessor of the real
property site for The Orleans. See "Business--Properties" and "--Orleans" and
"Certain Transactions."
 
                                      62
<PAGE>
 
  GAGE PARRISH. Mr. Parrish was named Vice President, Finance, Assistant
Secretary and a director of the Company and Coast Resorts in October 1995 and
was promoted to Chief Financial Officer in February 1996. Since 1986, he had
been the Controller and Chief Financial Officer of the Gold Coast Partnership
prior to the Reorganization. From 1981 to 1986, Mr. Parrish served as
Assistant Controller of the Barbary Coast Partnership. Mr. Parrish is a
certified public accountant.
       
  F. MICHAEL CORRIGAN. Mr. Corrigan was elected as a director of the Company
and Coast Resorts effective as of March 1, 1996. Since July 1989, Mr. Corrigan
has served as the chief executive officer of Corrigan Investments, Inc., which
owns and manages real estate in Nevada and Arizona. In addition, Mr. Corrigan
is the chief executive officer of Corstan, Inc., a mortgage servicing company,
and was previously the owner and president and chief operating officer of
Stanwell Mortgage, a Las Vegas mortgage company.
 
  CHARLES SILVERMAN. Mr. Silverman was elected as a director of the Company
and Coast Resorts effective as of March 1, 1996. Mr. Silverman is the
President and the sole stockholder of Yates-Silverman, Inc., which specializes
in developing theme-oriented interiors and exteriors and is a leading designer
of hotels and casinos. Completed projects of Yates-Silverman, Inc. included
Excalibur, Circus Circus, Luxor, the Trump Taj Mahal, Trump Castle and
Atlantic City Showboat. Yates-Silverman, Inc. is currently working on The
Orleans. See "Certain Transactions." Mr. Silverman has served as the President
of Yates-Silverman, Inc. since its inception in 1971.
 
  Directors of the Company who are also employees of the Company or Coast
Resorts receive no compensation for service on the Company's Board of
Directors or its committees. All other directors receive an annual director's
fee of $6,000, payable quarterly in arrears, and $500 for each Board meeting
attended. Directors may be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in
connection with attending Board of Director or committee meetings.
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
   
  The Company's Board of Directors established an Audit Committee in March
1996 and appointed Messrs. Corrigan and Silverman as its members. It is
anticipated that the duties of the Audit Committee will include making
recommendations to the Board of Directors concerning the selection of the
Company's independent auditors and reviewing with the independent auditors the
scope and results of the annual audit. The Board of Directors does not
currently have any other standing committees.     
 
                                      63
<PAGE>
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
  The following table sets forth all compensation paid by the Predecessor
Partnerships during 1995 to each executive officer (the "Named Executive
Officers") whose compensation exceeded $100,000 (or would have exceeded
$100,000 had such person been employed for the full year), in all capacities
in which they served.
 
                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                         -----------------------    ALL OTHER
   NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION             SALARY        BONUS   COMPENSATION(1)
   ---------------------------           ----------    --------- ---------------
   <S>                                   <C>           <C>       <C>
   Michael J. Gaughan..................         --           --     $628,000
    Partner, Gold Coast Partnership and
    Barbary Coast Partnership
   Harlan D. Braaten...................  $   34,406(2)       --          --
    President and Chief Financial
    Officer,
    the Company and Coast Resorts(2)
   Gage Parrish........................  $  128,741     $25,000        3,840(4)
    Controller and Chief Financial
    Officer, Gold Coast Partnership,
    the Company and Coast Resorts(3)
</TABLE>
- --------
   
(1) Amounts shown include guaranteed payments paid to Michael J. Gaughan under
    the partnership agreement of the Barbary Coast Partnership. Mr. Gaughan
    received no compensation from the Predecessor Partnerships except as set
    forth above, although Mr. Gaughan participated pro rata with the other
    partners in the distributions made by the Predecessor Partnerships.     
 
(2) Mr. Braaten joined the Company in October 1995 as President and Chief
    Financial Officer of the Company and Coast Resorts. Mr. Braaten was
    appointed as Chief Operating Officer of the Company and Coast Resorts in
    February 1996.
 
(3) Mr. Parrish served as Vice President, Finance and Controller of the
    Company and Coast Resorts from September 1995 to February 1996. In
    February 1996, Mr. Parrish was named Chief Financial Officer of the
    Company and Coast Resorts.
 
(4) The amount reflects matching contributions paid by the Gold Coast
    Partnership to the Company's 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust.
 
  Commencing January 1, 1996, the effective date of the Reorganization, the
following annual compensation is being paid to the Named Executive Officers,
subject to adjustment at the discretion of the Board of Directors:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    ANNUAL
      NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION(S)                             COMPENSATION
      ------------------------------                             ------------
      <S>                                                        <C>
      Michael J. Gaughan........................................   $300,000
       Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
      Harlan D. Braaten.........................................    250,000(1)
       Director, President and Chief Operating Officer
      Gage Parrish..............................................    150,000
       Director, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
       Assistant Secretary
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Represents annual salary to be paid to Mr. Braaten. In addition, in the
    event of a termination of Mr. Braaten's employment other than for cause,
    Mr. Braaten will be entitled to receive a severance payment in an amount
    equal to one year's base salary. In connection with the commencement of
    his employment, Coast Resorts agreed that, in the event Coast Resorts
    makes an initial public offering of the common stock of Coast Resorts, Mr.
    Braaten will receive an option to acquire a number of shares of such
    common stock of Coast Resorts equal to two percent of the Coast Resorts
    common stock issued and outstanding (giving effect to the initial public
    offering) at the initial public offering price. The option, if granted,
    will be vested as of the initial public offering date with respect to one-
    third of the shares covered thereby, and will vest with respect to one-
    third of the shares covered thereby on each of the first and second
    anniversaries of the initial public offering.
 
 
                                      64
<PAGE>
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
   
  The Company does not currently have a compensation committee or other
committee of the Board of Directors performing equivalent functions. During
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, the compensation paid to Michael J.
Gaughan was determined pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreements of
the Predecessor Partnerships. The compensation being paid to Messrs. Braaten
and Parrish in fiscal year 1995 and to Messrs. Gaughan, Braaten and Parrish
following the consummation of the Reorganization was determined by the Board
of Directors of the Company.     
 
BONUS PLAN
 
  In fiscal 1996, the Company established a bonus plan designed to reward
executive officers and other key employees for their contributions to the
Company's business objectives and operating results. Bonuses may be awarded in
the discretion of the Board of Directors based upon achievement of financial
targets established by the Board of Directors on an annual basis, and
generally will be equal to a percentage of the recipient's base salary,
depending on the target achieved.
 
RETIREMENT PLAN
   
  The Company maintains separate defined contribution (401(k)) plans for the
Gold Coast and the Barbary Coast. All employees of the Gold Coast and all
employees of the Barbary Coast not covered by the collective bargaining
agreements are eligible to participate. The employees may elect to defer up to
15% of their annual compensation, subject to statutory limits. The Company
contributes 1% of the employees' eligible compensation and also makes matching
contributions of 50% of the first 4% of the employees' contribution. The
Company's contribution expense for the two plans was $217,000, $1,207,000 and
$1,250,000 for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
The Company contributed $0, $0 and $3,840 on behalf of Messrs. Gaughan,
Braaten and Parrish, respectively, and $3,840 on behalf of all executive
officers as a group in fiscal year 1995. In addition to the Company's 401(k)
contributions, the Company contributes to the multi-employer plans under the
collective bargaining agreements at the Barbary Coast.     
 
                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
   
  The Barbary Coast Partnership has from time to time borrowed funds from
Exber, Inc., a Nevada corporation ("Exber"), which owns the El Cortez Hotel &
Casino. Exber is controlled by Jackie Gaughan, Michael J. Gaughan's father.
Roberta Gaughan and Jackie Gaughan, Jr., Michael J. Gaughan's mother and
brother, respectively, serve on the Board of Directors of Exber. Irving
Kenneth Epstein, a shareholder of Coast Resorts and a Vice President of the
Company, is a shareholder of Exber. Michael J. Gaughan has no ownership
interest in Exber. In February 1991, the Barbary Coast Partnership borrowed
$7.5 million from Exber, the proceeds of which were used to purchase slot
machines and for working capital purposes. The Barbary Coast Partnership
repaid all outstanding principal and interest on such indebtedness in January
1995. Also in January 1995, the Barbary Coast borrowed an additional $3.0
million from Exber (the "1995 Exber Loan"). The proceeds from the 1995 Exber
Loan were used to purchase slot machines, to refinance approximately $465,000
outstanding under the 1991 indebtedness and for working capital purposes. The
1995 Exber Loan bears interest at the reference rate as announced by Bank of
America Nevada, and is payable in monthly installments of $175,000. At
December 31, 1995, the total amount owed to Exber was approximately $1.4
million. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and
for the three months ended March 31, 1996, the Barbary Coast Partnership paid
to Exber total principal and interest of approximately $2.1 million, $2.1
million, $2.4 million and $525,000, respectively.     
   
  In addition, Exber provides laundry services to the Gold Coast and the
Barbary Coast. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and
for the three months ended March 31, 1996, the Predecessor Partnerships
incurred total expenses payable to Exber of approximately $966,000, $1.0
million, $1.1 million and     
 
                                      65
<PAGE>
 
   
$331,000, respectively, as compensation for such services. The Company expects
to continue to use Exber's laundry services.     
 
  In July 1995, the Barbary Coast Partnership borrowed an aggregate amount of
$1.5 million from Michael J. Gaughan. The proceeds of the loans were used by
the Barbary Coast Partnership for working capital purposes. The loans accrued
interest at 6% per annum, commencing August 1, 1995, and were payable on
demand. The loans were assumed by Coast Resorts in the Reorganization and
exchanged for 14,118 shares of Coast Resorts Common Stock.
   
  The Company maintains numerous racetrack dissemination contracts with Las
Vegas Dissemination, Inc. ("LVD"). John Gaughan, Michael J. Gaughan's son, is
the president and sole shareholder of LVD. LVD provides certain dissemination
and pari-mutuel services to the Gold Coast and the Barbary Coast. LVD has been
granted a license by the Nevada Gaming Authorities to disseminate live racing
for those events and tracks for which it contracts and has been granted the
exclusive right to disseminate all pari-mutuel services and race wire services
in the State of Nevada. Under these dissemination contracts, the Company pays
to LVD an average of 3% of the wagers accepted for races held at the
racetracks covered by the respective contracts. The Company also pays to LVD a
monthly fee for race wire services. For the fiscal years ended December 31,
1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the three months ended March 31, 1996, the
Predecessor Partnerships incurred expenses payable to LVD of approximately
$278,000, $214,000, $149,000 and $23,600, respectively. The terms on which
such services are provided are regulated by the Nevada Gaming Authorities. The
Company intends to enter into dissemination contracts with LVD for The
Orleans.     
   
  Tiberti Construction served as the general contractor for the original
construction of the Gold Coast and for certain expansions thereof, and for the
original construction of the Barbary Coast and all expansions thereof. Tiberti
Construction is also the general contractor for the construction of The
Orleans. Tiberti Construction has entered into the Construction Contract with
the Company for the construction of buildings and site improvements for a
guaranteed maximum price not to exceed $100.0 million. See "Business--The
Orleans." J. Tito Tiberti owns approximately 6.7% of the outstanding common
stock of Coast Resorts, and is a director, Vice President and Secretary of the
Company, Coast Resorts and Coast West. Mr. Tiberti is the president, a
director and shareholder of and, together with his immediate family members
controls, Tiberti Construction. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993,
the Predecessor Partnerships made no payments to Tiberti Construction. For the
fiscal years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for the three months ended
March 31, 1996, the Predecessor Partnerships paid Tiberti Construction the
total amounts of approximately $328,000, $10.9 million and $13.7 million,
respectively.     
 
  The Company has entered into a lease with The Tiberti Company, a Nevada
general partnership, with respect to the real property on which The Orleans is
located. Mr. Tiberti, a director of the Company and a director and shareholder
of Coast Resorts, is the managing partner of The Tiberti Company. See
"Business--Properties."
   
  Michael J. Gaughan, Franklin Toti, Vice President, Casino Operations, of the
Company and Leo Lewis, the General Manager of the Barbary Coast, are the
owners of LGT Advertising, which serves as the advertising agency for the Gold
Coast and the Barbary Coast. LGT Advertising purchases advertising for the
Company's casinos from third parties and passes any discounts received
directly through to the Company. LGT Advertising receives no compensation or
profit for such activities, and invoices the Company for actual costs
incurred. LGT Advertising uses the Company's facilities and employees in
rendering its services, but does not pay any compensation to the Company for
such use. None of Messrs. Gaughan, Toti or Lewis receives any compensation
from LGT Advertising. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
1995 and for the three months ended March 31, 1996, the Predecessor
Partnerships incurred expenses payable to LGT Advertising of approximately
$2.0 million, $2.3 million, $2.8 million and $763,000, respectively. The
Company intends to use LGT Advertising to purchase advertising for The
Orleans.     
 
  The Company leases the main sign at the Barbary Coast from Desert Ltd., a
Nevada general partnership. Michael J. Gaughan, J. Tito Tiberti and Franklin
Toti own 50%, 25% and 25%, respectively, of Desert Ltd. The
 
                                      66
<PAGE>
 
   
lease provides for monthly rental payments of $13,700 through July 1998. The
lease also provides the Company with an option to purchase the sign at any
time prior to the end of the lease term or within thirty days thereafter for a
purchase price equal to its fair market value. For each of the fiscal years
ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the three months ended March
31, 1996, the Predecessor Partnerships paid Desert Ltd. approximately
$164,000, $164,000, $164,000 and $41,000, respectively.     
   
  The Predecessor Partnerships have purchased certain of their equipment and
inventory for their respective operations from RJS, a Nevada corporation that
is owned by Michael J. Gaughan's father and mother and Steven Delmont, the
Company's restaurant manager ("RJS"). RJS invoices the Company for actual
costs incurred. The Company expects to purchase inventory for The Orleans
through RJS. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and
for the three months ended March 31, 1996, the Predecessor Partnerships
incurred expenses payable to RJS of approximately $587,000, $646,000, $388,000
and $150,000, respectively.     
   
  Michael J. Gaughan is the majority shareholder of Nevada Wallboards, Inc., a
Nevada corporation ("Nevada Wallboards"), which prints wallboards and parlay
cards for the use in the Company's race and sports books. Mr. Gaughan receives
no compensation from Nevada Wallboards. The Company expects to continue to
purchase wallboards and parlay cards from Nevada Wallboards. For the fiscal
years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the three months ended
March 31, 1996, the Predecessor Partnerships incurred expenses payable to
Nevada Wallboards of approximately $31,000, $29,000, $123,000 and $38,000,
respectively.     
   
  Charles Silverman, a director of the Company and Coast Resorts, is the
President and the sole stockholder of Yates-Silverman, Inc., which has been
retained by the Company as the designer of The Orleans. For the fiscal years
ended December 31, 1993 and 1994, the Predecessor Partnerships incurred no
expenses payable to Yates-Silverman, Inc. For the fiscal year ended December
31, 1995 and for the three months ended March 31, 1996, the Predecessor
Partnerships incurred expenses payable to Yates-Silverman, Inc. of
approximately $409,000 and $182,000, respectively. See "Business--The
Orleans--Construction Schedule and Budget."     
 
  The foregoing transactions are believed to have been on terms no less
favorable to the Predecessor Partnerships than could have been obtained from
unaffiliated third parties. Any future transactions between the Company and
its officers, directors, principal shareholders or affiliates will be on terms
no less favorable to the Company than may be obtained from unaffiliated third
parties, and will be approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of
the Company.
 
                                      67
<PAGE>
 
                            PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
   
  Coast Resorts is the sole shareholder of the Company, and the former
partners of the Predecessor Partnerships (or their principals) are the
shareholders of Coast Resorts. See "The Reorganization." The following table
sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of Coast
Resorts Common Stock as of May 31, 1996 by (i) each person who, to the
knowledge of Coast Resorts, owns more than 5% of the outstanding Coast Resorts
Common Stock, (ii) each director of the Company, (iii) each other person named
in the Summary Compensation Table above and (iv) all directors and executive
officers of the Company as a group.     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
NAME (1)                                            NUMBER OF SHARES PERCENTAGE
- --------                                            ---------------- ----------
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>
Michael J. Gaughan.................................    440,961.03      29.51%
Jerry Herbst.......................................    249,128.08      16.67%
Jimma Lee Beam.....................................    104,529.41       6.99%
J. Tito Tiberti....................................     99,776.47       6.68%
Franklin Toti......................................     99,776.47       6.68%
Harlan D. Braaten..................................         --            --
Gage Parrish.......................................         --            --
Michael Corrigan...................................         --            --
Charles Silverman..................................         --            --
All directors and executive officers as a group
 (seven persons)...................................    789,865.58      52.86%
</TABLE>    
- --------
(1) The address of Messrs. Gaughan and Herbst is 4000 West Flamingo Road, Las
    Vegas, Nevada 89103. The address of Mr. Toti is 3595 Las Vegas Boulevard
    South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109. The address of Mr. Tiberti is 1806 South
    Industrial Road, Las Vegas, Nevada 89102. The address of Ms. Beam is 2409
    Windjammer Way, Las Vegas, Nevada 89107.
 
                                      68
<PAGE>
 
                           DESCRIPTION OF NEW NOTES
 
  Set forth below is a summary of certain provisions of the New Notes. The New
Notes will be issued pursuant to the Indenture dated as of January 30, 1996
(the "Indenture"), by and among the Company, the Guarantors and American Bank
National Association, as trustee (the "Trustee"), under which the Old Notes
were issued. Except as otherwise indicated below, the following summary
applies to both the Old Notes and the New Notes.
   
  The form and terms of the New Notes are identical in all material respects
to the form and terms of the Old Notes, except that (i) the New Notes will be
registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear any legends
restricting the transfer thereof and (ii) holders of New Notes will not be,
and, upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer, Eligible Holders will no
longer be, entitled to certain rights under the Registration Rights Agreement.
The New Notes will be issued solely in exchange for an equal principal amount
of Old Notes. As of the date hereof, $175.0 million aggregate principal amount
of Old Notes is outstanding. See "The Exchange Offer."     
 
  The following summaries of certain provisions of the Notes, the Indenture
and the Registration Rights Agreement are summaries only, do not purport to be
complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to all of the
provisions of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, including
the definitions therein. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the
Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act"). Copies of the
Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement can be obtained from the
Company upon request. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined
shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture or the Registration
Rights Agreement, as appropriate. Whenever particular provisions of the
Indenture are referred to in this summary, such provisions are incorporated by
reference as part of the statements made and such statements are qualified in
their entirety by such reference.
 
GENERAL
 
  The Notes rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future
subordinated Indebtedness of the Company, including approximately $2.0 million
principal amount of Subordinated Notes. The Notes are senior secured
obligations of the Company and will rank pari passu in right of payment with
any existing and future senior Indebtedness of the Company, including up to
approximately $30.0 million in Equipment Financing anticipated to be incurred
by the Company. In addition, under the Indenture, the Company may incur
additional Indebtedness and issue Disqualified Stock (as defined herein)
subject to the satisfaction of certain Fixed Charge coverage tests and certain
other limitations. See "--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Preferred Stock."
 
  The New Notes will be issued only in fully registered form, without coupons,
in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. Initially, the New
Notes will be issued in global form. See "The Exchange Offer."
 
MATURITY AND INTEREST
 
  The Notes mature on December 15, 2002. Interest on the New Notes will accrue
at the rate of 13% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on
June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on June 15, 1996, to Holders
of record on the immediately preceding June 1 and December 1. Interest on the
New Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been
paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance.
Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve
30-day months. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, on the New Notes will be payable at the office or agency of
the Company maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York
or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages
may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the New Notes at their
respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders of New Notes;
provided that all payments with respect to Global Notes and Certificated
Securities the Holders of which have given wire transfer instructions to the
Company will be required to be made by wire transfer of immediately available
funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof. Until otherwise
designated by the Company, the Company's office or agency in New York will be
the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.
 
                                      69
<PAGE>
 
GUARANTEES
 
  The Company's payment obligations under the Notes is unconditionally and
jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by Coast Resorts
pursuant to the Coast Resorts Guarantee and by Coast West pursuant to the
Coast West Guarantee (the Coast Resorts Guarantee and the Coast West Guarantee
are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Guarantees"). In
addition, the Indenture provides that any future Subsidiary of the Company
which has total assets with an aggregate fair market value (as determined in
good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) in excess of $250,000
must similarly guarantee the Notes; provided, however, that the aggregate fair
market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
Company) of the assets of Subsidiaries of the Company that are not Guarantors
will not at any time exceed $1.0 million. The obligations of each Guarantor
under its Guarantee are limited so as to reduce the risk that they would be
found to constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. See "Risk
Factors--Fraudulent Conveyances and Preferential Transfers." Under certain
circumstances described below, the Coast West Guarantee and related security
may be released.
 
  The Indenture provides that, except as described in the immediately
following paragraph, no Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into
(whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person whether
or not affiliated with such Guarantor (provided that a Guarantor's
consolidation with or merger with or into the Company will be governed by the
provisions of the Indenture described under the caption "--Certain Covenants--
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets") unless (i) subject to the provisions
of the following paragraph, the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) assumes all the
obligations of such Guarantor pursuant to a supplemental indenture and
appropriate Security Documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to the Trustee, under the Notes, the Indenture and the Security Documents;
(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event
of Default exists; and (iii) such Guarantor, or any Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger, (A) would have Consolidated Net
Worth (immediately after giving effect to such transaction) equal to or
greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of such Guarantor immediately
preceding the transaction and (B) except with respect to consolidations or
mergers between Guarantors, would have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
(immediately after giving effect to such transaction) no lower than the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio of such Guarantor immediately preceding the transaction.
 
  The Indenture provides that in the event of a sale or other disposition of
any Guarantor, by way of merger or consolidation, or a sale or other
disposition of all of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor (other than the
disposition of the Capital Stock of Coast West to the Company), then such
Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of such a
merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the capital stock of such
Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its
Guarantee; provided that (i) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and (ii) the Net Proceeds
of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the
applicable provisions of the Indenture. See "--Repurchase at the Option of
Holders--Asset Sales." The Indenture provides that the Company may loan to
Coast West up to a maximum of $8.0 million solely for the purpose of
conducting the activities permitted under the covenant described below under
the caption "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Activities of Coast West."
Coast West is obligated to repay the loans in full no later than one year
prior to the final maturity of the Notes. In addition, the Indenture provides
that Coast West may elect to be released from its obligations under the Coast
West Guarantee, provided that Coast West repays to the Company in cash the
aggregate amount of any Indebtedness owed to the Company by Coast West as of
the date of such election. In the event that Coast West makes such election
and repays all such Indebtedness in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture, Coast West will be released and relieved of any obligations under
the Coast West Guarantee and the related Security Documents and the pledge of
the capital stock of Coast West also will be released. See "--Security."
 
                                      70
<PAGE>
 
SECURITY
 
  To the extent permitted by applicable law, and, with respect to certain
Capital Stock and assets, subject to any required approval of any Governmental
Authority, the Notes and the Guarantees are secured by a first lien on the
Collateral owned by the Company and the Guarantors, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, subject to Permitted Liens. The Collateral securing the
Notes includes, without limitation and subject to Permitted Liens (i) a pledge
of the Pledged Securities and any funds deposited and held in the Interest
Escrow Account until such time as such funds are disbursed in accordance with
the terms of the Interest Escrow Agreement entered into by and between the
Company and the Trustee, (ii) a pledge of the funds held in the Construction
Disbursement Account, which funds are held in the Construction Disbursement
Account until disbursed in accordance with the terms of the Disbursement
Agreement, (iii) the fee simple or leasehold estates in all of the real
properties comprising the Gold Coast, the Barbary Coast, the Orleans Hotel and
Casino, additions and improvements related thereto, issues and profits
therefrom, certain furniture, fixtures, machinery and equipment forming a part
thereof or used in connection therewith, (iv) all of the Company's accounts
receivable, general intangibles, inventory and other personal property, (v)
certain construction contracts, operating agreements, other agreements,
licenses and permits entered into by, or granted to, the Company or any
Guarantor in connection with the development, construction, ownership and
operation of the Orleans Hotel and Casino and (vi) a pledge of the Capital
Stock and intercompany notes of any future Subsidiaries of the Company
(collectively, the "Note Collateral"). Such liens and security interests are
subordinate or junior to mechanics' liens, which under applicable Nevada law
may have priority over the Deed of Trust (provided, however, that the
Indenture shall require that the title insurance which is obtained shall
insure against losses from the enforcement of such mechanics' liens). In
addition, the lien of the Holders of Notes may be subordinate to, or may not
include (if precluded by the terms of such security interests) security
interests granted in connection with Equipment Financing and certain other
purchase money Indebtedness. Furthermore, the Note Collateral does not include
(i) any equipment subject to Liens securing Existing Indebtedness; (ii) any
agreement with a third party that, pursuant to its terms, cannot be pledged as
security, provided that the Company shall use its best efforts to obtain such
third party's consent to assignment of material agreements; (iii) Gaming
Licenses and (iv) the Designated Assets and the Rancho Road Property, to the
extent such assets are encumbered to secure Indebtedness other than the Notes.
The Coast Resorts Guarantee is secured by a pledge of all of the Capital Stock
of the Company and Coast West, and the Coast West Guarantee is, and any
Guarantee executed by any future Subsidiaries of the Company will be, secured
by a first priority security interest in substantially all existing and future
assets of such entity, subject to Permitted Liens and subject to certain
exceptions set forth in the Indenture (collectively, the "Guarantee
Collateral" and together with the Note Collateral, the "Collateral").
 
  The Capital Stock of Coast West and the assets of Coast West (including the
Coast West Lease) will be released from the Lien securing the Guarantors'
obligations under the Indenture and the Notes in the event that Coast Resorts
or Coast West elects to effect such a release and repays to the Company in
cash the aggregate amount of any Indebtedness owed to the Company by Coast
West as of the date of such release. In addition, the Designated Assets and
the Rancho Road Property will be released from the Lien securing the Company's
obligations under the Indenture and the Notes in the event that the Company
elects to effect such a release in connection with the incurrence of
additional Indebtedness secured by such assets. The Indenture provides that
the Company may incur up to $30.0 million in aggregate principal amount of
Indebtedness that may be secured by a Pari Passu Lien on the Pari Passu
Collateral and, subject to the satisfaction of certain Fixed Charge coverage
tests, may incur certain additional Indebtedness that may be secured by a Pari
Passu Lien on the Pari Passu Collateral. See "--Certain Covenants--Incurrence
of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock."
 
  The proceeds of any sale of the Collateral in whole pursuant to the
Indenture and the related Security Documents following an Event of Default may
not be sufficient to satisfy payments due on the Notes. In addition, the
ability of the Holders of the Notes to realize upon the Collateral may be
limited pursuant to gaming laws, in the event of a bankruptcy, pursuant to
other applicable laws, including securities laws, and pursuant to any
intercreditor agreement relating to any Pari Passu Collateral, all as
described below. See "--Remedies Upon Default Under Notes" below, and "Risk
Factors--Ability to Realize on Collateral," "--Mechanics Liens," and "--
Fraudulent Conveyances and Preferential Transfers."
 
                                      71
<PAGE>
 
  Subject to the terms of any intercreditor agreement relating to Pari Passu
Collateral, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, on
behalf of the Holders of the Notes, in addition to any rights or remedies
available to it under the Indenture and the Security Documents, may take such
action as it deems advisable to protect and enforce its rights in the
Collateral, including the institution of sale or foreclosure proceedings.
Subject to the terms of any intercreditor agreement relating to Pari Passu
Collateral, the proceeds received by the Trustee from any such sale or
foreclosure will be applied by the Trustee first to pay the expenses of such
sale or foreclosure and fees and other amounts then payable to the Trustee
under the Indenture, and thereafter to pay amounts due and payable with
respect to the Notes.
 
 Certain Gaming Law Limitations
 
  The Trustee's ability to foreclose upon the Collateral will be limited by
relevant gaming laws, which generally require that persons who own or operate
a casino or purchase, possess or sell gaming equipment hold a valid gaming
license. No person can hold a license in the State of Nevada unless the person
is found qualified or suitable by the relevant Gaming Authorities. In order
for the Trustee or a purchaser at or after foreclosure to be found qualified
or suitable, such Gaming Authorities would have discretionary authority to
require the Trustee, any or all of the Holders of the Notes and any such
purchaser to file applications, be investigated and be found qualified or
suitable as an owner or operator of gaming establishments. The applicant for
qualification, a finding of suitability or licensing must pay a filing fee and
all costs of such investigation. If the Trustee is unable or chooses not to
qualify, be found suitable, or licensed to own, operate or sell such assets,
it would have to retain or sell to an entity licensed to operate or sell such
assets. In addition, in any foreclosure sale or subsequent resale by the
Trustee, licensing requirements under the relevant gaming laws may limit the
number of potential bidders and may delay any sale, either of which events
would have an adverse effect on the sale price of the Collateral. Therefore,
the practical value of realizing on the Collateral may, without the
appropriate approvals, be limited.
 
 Certain Bankruptcy Limitations
 
  The right of the Trustee to repossess and dispose of the Collateral upon the
occurrence of an Event of Default is likely to be significantly impaired by
applicable bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be commenced by
or against the Company or a Guarantor prior to the Trustee having repossessed
and disposed of the Collateral. Under the Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditor
such as the Trustee is prohibited from repossessing its security from a debtor
in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security repossessed from such
debtor, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the Bankruptcy Code
permits the debtor to continue to retain and to use collateral (and the
proceeds, products, offspring, rents or profits of such collateral) even
though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments,
provided that the secured creditor is given "adequate protection." The meaning
of the term "adequate protection" may vary according to circumstances, but it
is intended in general to protect the value of the secured creditor's interest
in the collateral and may include, if approved by the court, cash payments or
the granting of additional security for any diminution in the value of the
collateral as a result of the stay of repossession or the disposition or any
use of the collateral by the debtor during the pendency of the bankruptcy
case. The court has broad discretionary powers in all these matters, including
the valuation of the Collateral. In addition, since the enforcement of the
Lien of the Trustee in cash, deposit accounts and cash equivalents (other than
the Interest Escrow Account and Construction Disbursement Account) may be
limited in a bankruptcy proceeding, the Holders of the Notes may not have any
consent rights with respect to the use of those funds by the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries during the pendency of the proceeding. In view of these
considerations, it is impossible to predict how long payments under the Notes
could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case, whether or when
the Trustee could repossess or dispose of the Collateral or whether or to what
extent Holders of the Notes would be compensated for any delay in payment or
loss of value of the Collateral.
 
                                      72
<PAGE>
 
DISBURSEMENT OF FUNDS
 
 Interest Escrow Account
 
  Pursuant to the Indenture, upon the closing of the Offering, the Company
deposited with the Trustee, and pledged to the Trustee for the benefit of the
Holders of the Notes, the Pledged Securities which, upon receipt of scheduled
interest and principal payments, will provide for payment in full of the
interest payments due on the Notes through December 15, 1996. The Company used
approximately $19.3 million of the net proceeds of the Offering to acquire the
Pledged Securities. The Pledged Securities were pledged by the Company to the
Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of Notes pursuant to the Pledge
Agreement and are held by the Trustee in the Interest Escrow Account. Pursuant
to the Pledge Agreement, immediately prior to an interest payment date on the
Notes, the Company may either deposit with the Trustee from funds otherwise
available to the Company cash sufficient to pay the interest scheduled to be
paid on such date or the Company may direct the Trustee to release from the
Interest Escrow Account funds sufficient to pay interest then due. In the
event that the Company exercises the former option, the Company may thereafter
direct the Trustee to release to the Company proceeds or Pledged Securities
from the Interest Escrow Account in an equal amount.
 
  Interest earned on the Pledged Securities will be added to the Interest
Escrow Account. In the event that the aggregate amount of funds and Pledged
Securities held in the Interest Escrow Account exceeds the amount sufficient,
in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants selected by the Company, to provide for payment in full of the
interest payments due on the Notes through December 15, 1996 (or, in the event
an interest payment or payments have been made, an amount sufficient to
provide for payment in full of any interest payments remaining, up to and
including the scheduled interest payment due onDecember 15, 1996), the Trustee
will deposit such excess amount into the Construction Disbursement Account
described below. The Notes are secured by a first priority security interest
in the Pledged Securities and in the Interest Escrow Account and, accordingly,
the Pledged Securities and Interest Escrow Account also secure repayment of
the principal amount of the Notes to the extent of such security.
 
  Under the Pledge Agreement, assuming that the Company makes the first two
scheduled interest payments on the Notes in a timely manner, all of the
Pledged Securities will have been released from the Interest Escrow Account
and thereafter the Notes will be secured only by the remaining Collateral.
 
 Construction Disbursement Account; Disbursement Agreement
 
  Pursuant to the Disbursement Agreement, the Company deposited approximately
$114.8 million of the net proceeds of the Offering into the Construction
Disbursement Account to be held in escrow and invested in Cash Equivalents
until needed from time to time to fund the Company's construction of the
Orleans Hotel and Casino. Such funds are held in the Construction Disbursement
Account until disbursed in accordance with the Disbursement Agreement to the
Contractor's Disbursed Funds Account or the FF&E Disbursed Funds Account.
Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Disbursement Agreement, the
Disbursement Agent authorizes the disbursement of funds from the Construction
Disbursement Account only upon the satisfaction of the disbursement conditions
set forth in the Disbursement Agreement. Such conditions include the
requirement that the Company, the project manager and/or the project architect
(as applicable under the Disbursement Agreement), deliver a certificate
certifying as to, among other things, the application of the funds to be
disbursed; the conformity of construction undertaken to date with the Plans
and Specifications, as finalized and modified at such time; the expectation
that the Orleans Hotel and Casino will be Operating by the Operating Deadline;
receipt of appropriate evidence of Lien releases and title insurance
endorsements required under the Disbursement Agreement; the accuracy of the
Construction Budget; the sufficiency of remaining funds to complete the
Orleans Hotel and Casino within each line item allocation taking into account
the possibility of future allocations from the Construction Budget reserve for
contingencies; compliance with line item budget allocations taking into
account the possibility of future allocations from the Construction Budget
reserve for contingencies; the absence of an Event of Default under the
Indenture; and the satisfaction of certain other conditions to disbursement
set forth in the Disbursement Agreement. Additional conditions include that
the Disbursement Agent receive appropriate title insurance endorsements and
conditional lien releases from contractors and certain subcontractors
performing work on the Orleans Hotel and Casino.
 
                                      73
<PAGE>
 
  The Disbursement Agreement authorizes the allocation of funds from the
unallocated reserve set forth in the Construction Budget to one or more
specific line items upon delivery by the Company, the project manager (in
regard to allocations to line items for unallocated reserves relating to
expenses covered by the Construction Contract) and the project architect of
certificates certifying as to the sufficiency of remaining funds to complete
the Orleans Hotel and Casino in compliance with the line item budget
allocations, taking into account the possibility of future allocations from
the reserve for contingencies. The Disbursement Agreement provides for the
advancement of limited funds for the prepayment of costs that the project
manager or the Company anticipates making in connection with the Disbursement
Agreement, all on conditions to be set forth in the Disbursement Agreement.
The Disbursement Agreement provides that the Company shall provide the same
supporting documentation required under the Disbursement Agreement with
respect to other disbursements within 45 days of any advanced disbursements.
 
  The Disbursement Agreement provides that the Construction Budget may be
amended from time to time only upon the satisfaction of certain conditions set
forth in the Disbursement Agreement. Such conditions include that the Company
deliver a certificate certifying as to the reasonable necessity or
advisability of the amendment; the availability of funding to pay costs
represented by any line item increase; the continued reasonableness of the
Construction Budget; conformity of the construction undertaken to date with
the Plans and Specifications, as finalized and modified at such time; the
expectation that the Orleans Hotel and Casino will be Operating by the
Operating Deadline; the sufficiency of remaining funds to complete the Orleans
Hotel and Casino within the line item allocations, taking into account the
possibility of future allocations from the reserve for contingencies; the
absence of an Event of Default under the Indenture; and certain other
conditions if the unallocated reserve is zero. In addition, prior to any
amendment to the Construction Budget, certain additional conditions will be
required to be satisfied by the Company. Such additional conditions generally
include that the Company submit the proposed amendment in writing and identify
with particularity the availability of funds to pay for any increased line
item and the delivery of certificates to the Disbursement Agent by the project
manager (in regard to amendments relating to expenses covered by the
Construction Contract) and the project architect.
 
  The Disbursement Agreement provides that if any funds remain in the
Construction Disbursement Account on the date on which the Orleans Hotel and
Casino becomes Operating (which shall have occurred on or prior to the
Operating Deadline), the Disbursement Agent shall, upon the direction of the
Company, direct the Escrow Agent, subject to certain exceptions set forth in
the Disbursement Agreement, to disburse all remaining funds, if any, in the
Construction Disbursement Account to any account or accounts specified by the
Company which funds may be used by the Company only for working capital and
general corporate purposes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;
provided, however, that no such funds may be used to make any Restricted
Payment.
 
  The Disbursement Agreement also provides that an event of default shall
exist thereunder if any of the following shall occur: (i) an Event of Default
occurs and is continuing under the Indenture; (ii) the project manager or
project architect is unable to deliver certain certificates required to be
delivered pursuant to the Disbursement Agreement and such failure continues
for a period of 30 days; (iii) Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. (or its successor)
reports an exception or irregularity that is not remedied within 30 days; (iv)
any representation, warranty, certification or statement by the Company,
project manager or project architect in the Disbursement Agreement or any
certificate required to be delivered thereunder is untrue in any material
respect on the date given or made and such untruthfulness continues for a
period of 30 days; (v) if at any time the amount remaining in the Construction
Disbursement Account plus certain other funds is less than the amount required
in the Construction Budget to cause the Orleans Hotel and Casino to be
Operating on or before the Operating Deadline, and such deficiency continues
for a period of 30 days; and (vi) the Company fails to deliver certain other
documents required by the Disbursement Agreement and such failure continues
for a period of 30 days. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the
Disbursement Agreement and an amount up to $1.0 million to preserve the
Collateral and to fund minimum operating expenses, if an event of default
exists thereunder, the Disbursement Agent will not be permitted to authorize
the disbursement of funds from the Construction Disbursement Account.
 
  All funds in the Construction Disbursement Account have been pledged as
security for the repayment of the Notes.
 
                                      74
<PAGE>
 
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
 
  The Notes will not be redeemable at the Company's option prior to December
15, 2000. Thereafter, the Notes will be subject to redemption at the option of
the Company, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days'
notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal
amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, thereon to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during
the twelve-month period beginning on December 15 of the years indicated below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         YEAR                                         PERCENTAGE
         ----                                         ----------
         <S>                                          <C>
         2000........................................   106.50%
         2001........................................   103.25%
</TABLE>
 
  Notwithstanding the foregoing, on or before December 15, 1998, the Company
may on any one or more occasions redeem up to $57.75 million in aggregate
principal amount of Notes at a redemption price of 110% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if
any, thereon to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of a public
offering of Coast Resorts Common Stock, to the extent such proceeds are
contributed within 45 days of the consummation of any such offering to the
Company as common equity; provided that no less than $117.25 million in
aggregate principal amount of Notes remains outstanding immediately after the
occurrence of such redemption; and provided, further, that such redemption
shall occur within 45 days of the date of the closing of such public offering
of Coast Resorts Common Stock.
 
 Gaming Authority Requirements
 
  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if any Gaming Authority requires
that a Holder or beneficial owner of New Notes must be licensed, qualified or
found suitable under any applicable gaming law and such Holder or beneficial
owner fails to apply for a license, qualification or a finding of suitability
within 30 days after being requested to do so by the Gaming Authority (or such
shorter period required by applicable law), or if such Holder or beneficial
owner is not so licensed, qualified or found suitable (a "Disqualified
Holder"), the Company will have the right, at its option, (i) to require such
Disqualified Holder to dispose of such Disqualified Holder's New Notes within
30 days of receipt of such notice of such finding by the applicable Gaming
Authority or such earlier date as may be ordered by such Gaming Authority or
(ii) to call for the redemption of the New Notes of such Disqualified Holder
at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of
redemption or such earlier date as may be required by such Gaming Authority or
applicable gaming laws, which may be less than 30 days following the notice of
redemption, if so ordered by such Gaming Authority or required by applicable
gaming laws. Immediately upon a determination of unsuitability, the
Disqualified Holder shall have no further rights whatsoever with respect to
the New Notes (i) to exercise, directly or indirectly through any trustee,
nominee or any other Person or entity, any right conferred by the New Notes
and (ii) to receive any interest or any other distribution or payment with
respect to the New Notes or any remuneration in any form from the Company for
services rendered or otherwise, except the redemption price of the New Notes.
The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of any such redemption as soon
as possible. The holder or beneficial owner of New Notes applying for a
license, qualification or a finding of suitability must pay all costs of the
licensure or investigation for such qualification or finding of suitability.
 
MANDATORY REDEMPTION
 
  Except as set forth below under "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders," the
Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments
with respect to the Notes.
 
                                      75
<PAGE>
 
REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS
 
 Change of Control
 
  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will have
the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to
$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder's Notes pursuant to the
offer described below (the "Change of Control Offer") at an offer price in
cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of
purchase (the "Change of Control Payment"). Within 20 days following any
Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing
the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and
offering to repurchase Notes pursuant to the procedures required by the
Indenture and described in such notice. The Company will comply with the
requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities
laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a
Change of Control.
 
  On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent
lawful, (i) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an
amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or
portions thereof so tendered and (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the
Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating
the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by
the Company. The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so
tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will
promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to
each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of
the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a
principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Company will
publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as
practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.
 
  Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture
does not contain provisions that permit the Holders of the Notes to require
that the Company repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover,
recapitalization or similar restructuring.
 
  The exercise by the Holders of Notes of their right to require the Company
to repurchase the Notes could cause a default under the Company's other
Indebtedness, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the
financial effect of such repurchases on the Company. In addition, the
Company's ability to pay cash to the Holders of Notes upon a repurchase may be
limited by the Company's then existing financial resources.
 
  "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the
sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of
merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all
or substantially all of the assets of Coast Resorts (except to the Company or
a wholly-owned subsidiary) or the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a
whole to any "person" (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the
Exchange Act) other than the Principals or their Related Parties (as defined
below), (ii) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution
of Coast Resorts or the Company, (iii) the first day on which a majority of
the members of the Board of Directors of Coast Resorts and the Company are not
Continuing Directors, (iv) prior to the consummation of an IPO, the first day
on which (a) the Principals and their Related Parties in the aggregate become
the beneficial owners, directly or indirectly, of less than (1) 51% of the
outstanding voting stock of Coast Resorts as a result of the sale, transfer or
other disposition of voting stock of Coast Resorts or (2) 30% of the
outstanding voting stock of Coast Resorts if Coast Resorts has issued new
shares of voting stock after the date of the Indenture and the reduction in
the percentage of the outstanding voting stock of Coast Resorts beneficially
owned by the Principals and their Related Parties to less than 30% is solely
the result of the issuance of new shares of voting stock by Coast Resorts or
(b) Michael J. Gaughan and his Related Parties in the aggregate become the
beneficial owners, directly or indirectly, of less than (1) 29% of the
outstanding voting stock of Coast Resorts as a result of the sale, transfer or
other disposition of voting stock of Coast Resorts or (2) the percentage of
the outstanding voting stock of Coast Resorts which bears the same relation to
the percentage of the outstanding voting stock owned by Michael J. Gaughan and
his Related Parties on the date of the Indenture as 30% bears to the
percentage of the outstanding voting stock owned by the
 
                                      76
<PAGE>
 
Principals and their Related Parties on the date of the Indenture (the
"Designated Percentage") if Coast Resorts has issued new shares of voting
stock after the date of the Indenture and the reduction in the percentage of
the outstanding voting stock of Coast Resorts beneficially owned by Michael J.
Gaughan and his Related Parties to less than the Designated Percentage is
solely the result of the issuance of new shares of voting stock by Coast
Resorts, (v) following the consummation of an IPO, the consummation of any
transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the
result of which is that (a) any "person" (as defined above), other than the
Principals and their Related Parties, is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as
such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act),
directly or indirectly, of more than 40% of the voting stock of Coast Resorts
or (b) any "person" (as defined above) is or becomes the "beneficial owner"
(as defined above), directly or indirectly, of more of the voting stock of
Coast Resorts or the Company than is at the time "beneficially owned" (as
defined above) by the Principals and their Related Parties in the aggregate,
but, in the case of both clauses (a) and (b) immediately above, excluding from
the percentage of voting stock held by any person consisting of a group the
voting stock owned by the Principals and their Related Parties who are deemed
to be members of the group, provided that such Principals and Related Parties
beneficially own a majority of the total voting stock of Coast Resorts held by
such group, or (vi) the first day on which Coast Resorts ceases to own 100% of
the outstanding Equity Interests of the Company. For purposes of this
definition, any transfer of an equity interest of an entity that was formed
for the purpose of acquiring voting stock of the Company will be deemed to be
a transfer of such portion of such voting stock as corresponds to the portion
of the equity of such entity that has been so transferred. For purposes of
this definition, "voting stock" means, with respect to any Person, any class
of Capital Stock of such Person having ordinary voting power (not depending
upon the occurrence of any contingency) in the election of the board of
directors (or persons or a governing body performing similar functions) of
such Person.
 
  The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the sale,
lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of "all or substantially all"
of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although
there is a developing body of case law interpreting the phrase "substantially
all," there is no precise established definition of the phrase under
applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a Holder of Notes to require the
Company to repurchase such Notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer,
conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of the Company
and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be
uncertain.
 
  "Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination, any member of
the Board of Directors of the Company who (i) was a member of such Board of
Directors on the date of the Indenture or (ii) was nominated for election or
elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the
Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such
nomination or election.
 
  "Principals" means Michael J. Gaughan, Tito J. Tiberti, Jerry Herbst and
Franklin Toti.
 
  "Related Party" with respect to any Principal means (i) any spouse, sibling,
parent or lineal descendant of such Principal or any spouse of any such
sibling or lineal descendant or (ii) any trust, corporation, partnership or
other entity, the beneficiaries, shareholders, partners, owners or Persons
beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of
such Principal and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately
preceding clause (i).
 
 Asset Sales
 
  The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly consummate any Asset Sale with
respect to a Material Asset prior to the date the Orleans Hotel and Casino is
Operating. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries
to consummate an Asset Sale unless (i) no Default or Event of Default exists
or is continuing immediately prior to or after giving effect to such Asset
Sale; (ii) the Company (or the Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives
consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market
value (evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an
Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of the assets or Equity
Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of and (iii) at least 80% of
the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Subsidiary is in
the form of Cash Equivalents; provided that (x) the amount of any liabilities
(as shown on the
 
                                      77
<PAGE>
 
Company's or such Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet or in the notes
thereto) of the Company or any Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by
their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof) that are
assumed by the transferee of any such assets, (y) the amount of any notes or
other obligations received by the Company or any such Subsidiary from such
transferee that are immediately converted by the Company or such Subsidiary
into cash or as to which the Company or such Subsidiary has received at or
prior to the consummation of the Asset Sale a commitment from a nationally
recognized investment, merchant or commercial bank to convert into cash within
90 days of the consummation of such Asset Sale unless not actually converted
into cash within such 90-day period (to the extent of the cash received or
receivable pursuant to any such commitment) and (z) an amount equal to the
fair market value (evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set
forth in an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of operating
assets to be used or useful in any business in which the Company or any
Subsidiary is permitted to engage pursuant to the covenants described under
"--Certain Covenants--Line of Business" with respect to which the Trustee has
received a first priority fully perfected security interest (subject to
Permitted Liens and certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture) will be
deemed to be Cash Equivalents for purposes of this provision. For purposes of
the following paragraph and clause (iii) of this paragraph, an Event of Loss
suffered by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall constitute an Asset
Sale and the Company will be required to apply the Net Proceeds from such
Event of Loss as set forth below.
 
  Within 270 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale
(including Net Proceeds from an Event of Loss, but excluding any Net Proceeds
from an Asset Sale of the Barbary Coast pursuant to the covenant described
under the caption "--Mandatory Sale of Barbary Coast"), the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries may (i) apply an amount equal to such Net Proceeds to the
making of a capital expenditure or the acquisition of other tangible assets,
in each case, that is used or useful in any business in which the Company or
the relevant Subsidiary is permitted to be engaged pursuant to the covenant
described under "--Certain Covenants--Line of Business," upon consummation of
which the Trustee will have received a first priority fully perfected security
interest (subject to Permitted Liens and certain exceptions set forth in the
Indenture) in the property or assets acquired by the Company or its
Subsidiaries in connection therewith, (ii) contractually commit to apply such
Net Proceeds to the payment of the costs of construction or real property
improvements of property used or useful in any business in which the Company
or the relevant Subsidiary is permitted to be engaged pursuant to the covenant
described under "--Certain Covenants--Line of Business" with respect to which
the Trustee will have received a first priority fully perfected security
interest (subject to Permitted Liens and certain exceptions set forth in the
Indenture), or (iii) deem such Net Proceeds to have been applied to the extent
of any capital expenditure or acquisition made within 90 days preceding the
date of the Asset Sale of other tangible assets, in each case, that are used
or useful in any business in which the Company or the relevant Subsidiary is
permitted to be engaged pursuant to the covenant described under "--Certain
Covenants--Line of Business;" provided, however, that any Net Proceeds from an
Asset Sale of a Designated Asset or the Rancho Road Property (a) shall be
applied to the payment of Project Costs of the Orleans Hotel and Casino prior
to the disbursement of any additional funds from the Construction Disbursement
Account following the date of such Asset Sale if such Asset Sale occurs on or
prior to the date on which the Orleans Hotel and Casino is Operating or (b)
may be used by the Company for general corporate purposes at any time if such
Asset Sale occurs after the date on which the Orleans Hotel and Casino is
Operating; provided further, however, that if on the date of the consummation
of an Asset Sale of all or substantially all of the assets used in the
business of the Barbary Coast, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company
for the Company's most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which
internal financial statements are available is less than 2.25 to 1 (determined
on a pro forma basis giving effect to such Asset Sale), the Company will be
required to make an offer to all Holders of Notes to purchase Notes (the
"Barbary Coast Offer") in an amount equal to the maximum principal amount of
Notes that may be purchased with 50% of the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,
at a price in cash equal to 105% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued
and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of
repurchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The
50% of Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale not required to be used to make the
Barbary Coast Offer and the amount of the balance, if any, of the 50% of Net
Proceeds remaining after the purchase of Notes pursuant to the Barbary Coast
Offer may be used by the Company for general corporate purposes. Pending the
final application (which, for purposes of clause (ii) of the
 
                                      78
<PAGE>
 
preceding sentence shall be deemed to occur upon payment of such Net Proceeds
pursuant to the contractual commitment referred to therein) of any such Net
Proceeds (other than Net Proceeds to be applied pursuant to the proviso
contained in the preceding sentence), the Company will invest such Net
Proceeds in Cash Equivalents held in an account in which the Trustee shall
have a first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) for the
benefit for the Holders of Notes and, if the Asset Sale or Event of Loss
relates to Pari Passu Collateral, the holders of any Indebtedness secured by
such Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Notes. Any Net Proceeds from
Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the first sentence
of this paragraph (other than Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale of a Designated
Asset or the Rancho Road Property or the balance of the Net Proceeds from a
sale of all or substantially all of the assets used in the business of the
Barbary Coast not used to repurchase Notes, as contemplated above) will be
deemed to constitute "Excess Proceeds." When the aggregate amount of Excess
Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million, the Company will be required to (i) make an
offer to all Holders of Notes to purchase Notes, and (ii) prepay, purchase or
redeem (or make an offer to do so) any other Indebtedness of the Company
ranking on a parity with the Notes and secured on a pari passu basis by any
Pari Passu Collateral from time to time outstanding with provisions requiring
the Company to prepay, purchase or redeem such Indebtedness with the proceeds
from any asset sales (or offer to do so), pro rata in proportion to the
respective principal amounts of the Notes and such other Indebtedness required
to be prepaid, purchased or redeemed or tendered pursuant to such offer (an
"Asset Sale Offer"), in an amount equal to the maximum principal amount of
Notes and such other Indebtedness that may be prepaid, purchased or redeemed
out of the Excess Proceeds, at a price in cash equal to 100% of the principal
amount thereof (or such higher price as may be provided with respect to such
other Indebtedness), plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages,
if any, thereon to the date of repurchase, in accordance with the procedures
set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes
and such other Indebtedness tendered, prepaid, purchased or redeemed pursuant
to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use
any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes. If the aggregate
principal amount of Notes and such other Indebtedness surrendered by holders
thereof or required to be prepaid, purchased or redeemed exceeds the amount of
Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes in the manner described
below under the caption "--Selection and Notice." Upon completion of such
Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
 
  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any Asset Sale of any of the
Capital Stock of a Subsidiary except pursuant to an Asset Sale of all of any
capital stock of such Subsidiary.
 
  The Indenture provides that for so long as Coast West is a subsidiary of
Coast Resorts and is providing the Coast West Guarantee, Coast Resorts will be
prohibited from selling any Capital Stock of Coast West.
 
  The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 promulgated
under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in
connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to any mandatory purchase
offer.
 
 Mandatory Sale of Barbary Coast
 
  If, on the twentieth day of the month following the first month in which the
Orleans Hotel and Casino has been Operating for 18 months, the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio of the Company for the Company's most recently ended four full
fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available is less
than 1.5 to 1, the Company shall consummate an Asset Sale of the Barbary Coast
within one year thereafter which Asset Sale shall comply with the first
paragraph of the covenant described under the caption "--Asset Sales." The
Company will be required to make an offer to all Holders of Notes to purchase
Notes (the "Barbary Coast Mandatory Sale Offer") in an amount equal to the
maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased with the Net Proceeds
from such Asset Sale at a price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
thereon to the date of repurchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth
in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes purchased
pursuant to the Barbary Coast Mandatory Sale Offer is less than the Net
Proceeds from such Asset Sale, the Company may use any remaining Net Proceeds
for general corporate purposes.
 
                                      79
<PAGE>
 
SELECTION AND NOTICE
 
  If less than all of the Notes are to be repurchased in an Asset Sale Offer,
the Barbary Coast Offer or the Barbary Coast Mandatory Sale Offer or redeemed
at any time, selection of Notes for repurchase or redemption will be made by
the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national
securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, or, if the Notes
are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the
Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with
applicable legal requirements); provided that no Notes of $1,000 or less shall
be repurchased or redeemed in part. Notices of repurchase or redemption shall
be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the
repurchase or redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be repurchased or
redeemed at its registered address. If any Note is to be repurchased or
redeemed in part only, the notice of repurchase or redemption that relates to
such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be
repurchased or redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the
unpurchased or unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the
Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the
repurchase or redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions
of them called for repurchase or redemption.
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
 Restricted Payments
 
  The Indenture provides that prior to the date on which the Orleans Hotel and
Casino is Operating, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: (i) declare or pay any dividend or
make any distribution on account of the Company's or any of its Subsidiaries'
Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection
with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) or to the direct
holders of the Company's Equity Interests in any capacity (other than
dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company or dividends or distributions payable to
the Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company that is a
Guarantor); (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Equity Interests of the Company (other than any such Equity Interests owned by
the Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company that is a
Guarantor); (iii) make any principal payment on, or purchase, redeem, defease
or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Company that
is subordinated to the Notes; or (iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such
payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being
collectively referred to as "Restricted Payments"), except as permitted in
clauses (q), (r), (s), (t), (x), (y) or (z) of the following paragraph.
Following the date on which the Orleans Hotel and Casino is Operating, the
Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to make,
directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment unless, at the time of and
after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
 
    (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
  or would occur as a consequence thereof; and
 
    (b) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after
  giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made
  at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted
  to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed
  Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (i) of the first paragraph
  of the covenant described below under caption "--Incurrence of Indebtedness
  and Issuance of Preferred Stock"; and
 
    (c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate of all other
  Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Subsidiaries after the date
  of the Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (r),
  (s), (t), (v), (w), (y) and (z) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less
  than the sum of (i) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for
  the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first
  fiscal quarter commencing after the date on which the Orleans Hotel and
  Casino becomes Operating to the end of the Company's most recently ended
  fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the
  time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for
  such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit), plus (ii) 100% of the
  aggregate net cash
 
                                      80
<PAGE>
 
  proceeds received by the Company from capital contributions from Coast
  Resorts or the issue or sale since the date of the Indenture of Equity
  Interests of the Company or of debt securities of the Company that have
  been converted into such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or
  convertible debt securities) sold to any Subsidiary of the Company and
  other than Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted
  into Disqualified Stock), plus (iii) to the extent that any Restricted
  Investment that was made after the date of the Indenture is sold for cash
  or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of (A) the cash
  return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost
  of disposition, if any) and (B) the initial amount of such Restricted
  Investment, plus (iv) to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income
  of the Company, 100% of the cash distributions or the amount of the cash
  principal and interest payments received since the date of the Indenture by
  the Company or any Subsidiary from any Person other than any Subsidiary in
  respect of any Restricted Investment until the entire amount of such
  Restricted Investment has been received and, thereafter, 50% of such cash
  distributions or cash principal and interest received by the Company or
  such Subsidiary from such Person in respect of such Restricted Investment.
 
  If no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would
occur as a consequence thereof, the foregoing provisions will not prohibit (q)
the redemption or repurchase (and the payment of dividends by the Company to
Coast Resorts to fund any redemption or repurchase by Coast Resorts) of any
debt or equity securities of the Company or any Guarantor required by, and in
accordance with, any order of any Gaming Authority issued because the holder
or beneficial owner of such security has failed to qualify or to be found
suitable or otherwise eligible under any Gaming Law to remain a holder of such
security, provided that the Company has used its best efforts to effect a
disposition of such securities to a third-party and has been unable to do so;
(r) dividends or other payments (and the payment of dividends by the Company
to Coast Resorts to fund any such payments) to the former partners of the Gold
Coast Partnership and the Barbary Coast Partnership in an aggregate amount not
to exceed $1.5 million to pay income tax liability incurred as such partners
and assessed after the date of the Indenture; (s) payments to Coast Resorts
required to be paid pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement; (t) dividends or
other payments to Coast Resorts in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000
per fiscal year to pay accounting, legal, corporate reporting and other
administrative expenses of Coast Resorts in the ordinary course of business;
(u) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration
thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment would have complied with
the provisions of the Indenture; (v) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or
other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or
out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a
Subsidiary of the Company) of other Equity Interests of the Company (other
than any Disqualified Stock), provided that the amount of any such net cash
proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement or
other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (c) (ii) of the preceding
paragraph; (w) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase, acquisition or
retirement of subordinated Indebtedness with the net cash proceeds from an
incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness or the substantially
concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of Equity
Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), provided that the
amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such
redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition shall be excluded from
clause (c) (ii) of the preceding paragraph; (x) the payment of Restricted
Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $3.0 million, provided that no
more than $1.0 million in aggregate amount of such Restricted Payments may be
paid prior to the date on which the Orleans Hotel and Casino becomes
Operating; (y) the exchange of Subordinated Notes for Coast Resorts Common
Stock; and (z) Investments in Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness
otherwise permissible under the Indenture.
 
  The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair
market value (evidenced in the case of a Restricted Payment with a fair market
value in excess of $1.0 million by a resolution of the Board of Directors set
forth in an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee) on the date of the
Restricted Payment of the asset(s) proposed to be transferred by the Company
or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.
Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment in excess of $1.0
million, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis
upon which the calculations required by the covenant "Restricted Payments"
were computed, which calculations may be based upon the Company's latest
available financial statements.
 
                                      81
<PAGE>
 
 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock
 
  The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guaranty or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or
otherwise, with respect to (collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness (including
Acquired Debt) and that the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and
will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred
stock; provided, however, that so long as no Default has occurred and is
continuing:
 
    (i) the Company may incur or otherwise become directly or indirectly
  liable for Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) (and a Subsidiary of the
  Company that is a Guarantor may guarantee on a subordinated basis such
  Indebtedness) and the Company may issue shares of Disqualified Stock if (a)
  such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the
  Notes, (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company for the Company's
  most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial
  statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such
  additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is issued
  would have been at least 2.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis
  (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if
  the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock
  had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter
  period, (c) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Indebtedness or
  Disqualified Stock is greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to
  Maturity of the Notes, and (d) the final maturity of such Indebtedness or
  Disqualified Stock is not prior to the date on which the Notes mature; and
 
    (ii) the Company may incur or otherwise become directly or indirectly
  liable for Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) (and a Subsidiary of the
  Company that is a Guarantor may guarantee on a pari passu basis such
  Indebtedness) if (a) such Indebtedness is unsecured and pari passu in right
  of payment to the Notes, (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company
  for the Company's most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which
  internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date
  on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred would have been at least
  2.25 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma
  application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional
  Indebtedness had been incurred at the beginning of such four-quarter
  period, (c) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Indebtedness is
  greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Notes,
  and (d) the final maturity of such Indebtedness is not prior to the date on
  which the Notes mature.
 
    So long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, the foregoing
  provisions will not apply to:
 
    (i) working capital Indebtedness and letters of credit of the Company
  (and Guarantees thereof by the Subsidiaries of the Company that are
  Guarantors) and Indebtedness represented by standby letters of credit or
  performance, surety, appeal or other similar bonds on terms customary in
  the hotel-casino industry, in each case to the extent incurred in the
  ordinary course of business, in an aggregate principal amount at any time
  outstanding (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount
  equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its
  Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed (including the amount of any
  Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness applied to the refinancing thereof)
  $20.0 million; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of
  Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to this clause (i) at any time prior to
  the date on which the Orleans Hotel and Casino becomes Operating shall not
  exceed (including the amount of any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
  applied to the refinancing thereof) $10.0 million;
 
    (ii) Indebtedness of the Company represented by Equipment Financing (or
  as otherwise described in this clause (ii)) incurred by the Company;
  provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding at
  any time pursuant to this clause (ii) shall not exceed (including the
  amount of any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness applied to the refinancing
  thereof) $30.0 million; provided further, that following the date on which
  the Orleans Hotel and Casino is Operating, up to $10.0 million of such
  Indebtedness may be used for the purpose of purchasing or constructing
  improvements on the following real property used in the business of the
  Company: (a) the parcel of real property leased by the Company from Nevada
  Power Company on the date of the Indenture and (b) real property not
  included in the Collateral as of the date of the Indenture, so long as in
  any such case the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders, is granted a
  lien in
 
                                      82
<PAGE>
 
  such real property and improvements subordinate only to the lien of such
  Indebtedness secured by such real property and improvements;
 
    (iii) Permitted Sundance Indebtedness of the Company (and Guarantees
  thereof by the Subsidiaries of the Company that are Guarantors);
 
    (iv) Existing Indebtedness;
 
    (v) Indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors represented by the
  Notes and the Guarantees thereof;
 
    (vi) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness of the Company in exchange for,
  or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace,
  defease or refund Indebtedness that was permitted to be incurred pursuant
  to the first paragraph of this covenant or by clauses (i), (ii), (iii),
  (iv), (v), (x) or this clause (vi) of this paragraph;
 
    (vii) intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of
  its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries that is a Guarantor; provided, however, that
  (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in
  any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than a Wholly Owned
  Subsidiary that is a Guarantor and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any
  such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Wholly
  Owned Subsidiary that is a Guarantor shall be deemed, in each case, to
  constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such
  Subsidiary, as the case may be;
 
    (viii) Indebtedness of the Company that is owed to any shareholder of
  Coast Resorts or any Shareholder Related Party in an aggregate principal
  amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $3.0 million; provided,
  however, that such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of
  payment to the Notes, the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such
  Indebtedness is greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to
  Maturity of the Notes and the final maturity of such Indebtedness is not
  prior to the date on which the Notes mature;
 
    (ix) the incurrence by the Company of Hedging Obligations with respect to
  any floating rate Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of the
  Indenture to be outstanding;
 
    (x) Permitted Barbary Coast Expansion Indebtedness of the Company (and
  Guarantees thereof by the Subsidiaries of the Company that are Guarantors)
  incurred after the Orleans Hotel and Casino has become Operating; and
 
    (xi) bond or surety obligations posted by the Company or any Subsidiary
  of the Company in order to prevent the loss or material impairment of or to
  obtain a Gaming License or as otherwise required by an order of any Gaming
  Authority to the extent required by applicable law and consistent in
  character and amount with customary industry practice.
 
  The Indenture also provides that if this covenant authorizes the incurrence
of any Indebtedness that may be secured by a Pari Passu Lien on the Pari Passu
Collateral, upon the request of the Company, the Trustee is authorized to
enter into an intercreditor agreement with the holder or holders of such pari
passu Indebtedness (the "Pari Passu Debtholder") in substantially the form
attached as an exhibit to the Indenture that provides to the following effect:
 
    (a) the Lien of the Trustee on the Pari Passu Collateral shall be equal
  in priority (regardless of the time or method of attachment or perfection)
  to the Lien in favor of, or for the benefit of, such Pari Passu Debtholder
  for the sum of (1) a principal amount of Indebtedness not to exceed the
  principal amount permitted by the Indenture to be secured by a Pari Passu
  Lien and (2) any other Obligations in respect of such principal amount of
  pari passu Indebtedness;
 
    (b) such intercreditor agreement is solely for the purpose of
  establishing the relative interests of the Pari Passu Debtholder and the
  Trustee and the Holders of Notes and is not for the benefit of any other
  party;
 
                                      83
<PAGE>
 
    (c) the holders (or the representatives thereof) of a majority in
  interest of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (for such purposes,
  the Trustee acting pursuant to the Indenture shall represent the Holders of
  the Notes) and other Indebtedness secured by the Pari Passu Lien at the
  time outstanding shall have the sole right to take, enforce or exercise any
  right or remedy, to take or exercise any action or election or to refrain
  from taking or exercising any action with respect to any of the Pari Passu
  Collateral or the Security Documents relating to the Pari Passu Collateral;
  provided, that the Pari Passu Debtholder may take or exercise any action or
  election or refrain from taking or exercising any action with respect to
  any collateral that is not Pari Passu Collateral or under any document that
  does not apply to the Pari Passu Collateral; and provided, further, that
  the Trustee shall have no duty or obligation to any Pari Passu Debtholder
  in taking or exercising any action or election or in refraining from taking
  or exercising any action with respect to any of the Pari Passu Collateral
  or the Security Documents;
 
    (d) each of the Trustee and the Pari Passu Debtholder agree that any
  money or funds realized with respect to the Pari Passu Collateral in
  connection with the enforcement or exercise of any right or remedy with
  respect to any Pari Passu Collateral following the acceleration of the
  Notes shall be distributed as follows: First, to the payment of all
  reasonable expenses in connection with the collection, realization or
  administration of such funds or the exercise of rights or remedies; Second,
  to each holder of Indebtedness secured by a Pari Passu Lien on the Pari
  Passu Collateral, a proportion of such remaining money or funds in the same
  proportion as the total outstanding obligations so secured held by such
  holder bears to the total outstanding obligations so secured until all such
  secured obligations have been paid in full; and Third, to the Company or to
  whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same as a court of
  competent jurisdiction may direct;
 
    (e) the Trustee and the Pari Passu Debtholder agree that any Pledged
  Securities and any amounts in the Interest Escrow Account and the
  Construction Disbursement Account in the name of the Trustee shall be held
  for the sole benefit of the Holders of the Notes; and
 
    (f) each of the Trustee, the Holders of Notes and the Pari Passu
  Debtholders shall have the right to alter or amend their respective
  agreements and documents with the Company in accordance with their terms
  and to release any Collateral from their respective Liens in accordance
  with the terms of their respective agreements.
 
 Liens
 
  The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer
to exist any Lien on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income
or profits therefrom or assign or convey any right to receive income
therefrom, except Permitted Liens.
 
 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
 
  The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or
suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the
ability of any Subsidiary to (i)(a) pay dividends or make any other
distributions to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital
Stock or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or
measured by, its profits, or (b) pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries, (iii) transfer any of its properties or assets to the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iv) grant Liens in favor of the Holders
of the Notes under the Security Documents, or (v) guaranty the Notes or any
renewals or refinancings thereof, except for such encumbrances or restrictions
existing under or by reason of (a) Existing Indebtedness as in effect on the
date of the Indenture, (b) the Indenture and the Notes, (c) applicable law,
(d) any instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the
extent such Indebtedness was incurred in connection with or in contemplation
of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to
any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person,
or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that the
Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person is not taken into account in
 
                                      84
<PAGE>
 
determining whether such acquisition was permitted by the terms of the
Indenture, (e) by reason of customary restrictions on subletting or non-
assignment provisions in leases entered into in the ordinary course of
business, (f) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that the
restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness are no more restrictive than those contained in the agreements
governing the Indebtedness being refinanced, (g) any restrictions with respect
to Capital Stock or assets, as the case may be, of a Subsidiary of the Company
imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or
disposition of all of the Capital Stock or all or substantially all of the
assets of such Subsidiary, and (h) replacements of restrictions imposed
pursuant to clauses (a) through (g) that are no more restrictive than those
being replaced.
 
 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets
 
  The Indenture provides that the Company may not consolidate or merge with or
into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or sell,
assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially
all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to
another corporation, Person or entity unless (i) the Company is the surviving
corporation or the entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been
made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United
States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) the entity or
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than
the Company) or the entity or Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the
obligations of the Company under the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a
supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; (iii)
immediately prior to or after such transaction no Default or Event of Default
exists; and (iv) the Company or the entity or Person formed by or surviving
any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such
sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have
been made (A) will have Consolidated Net Worth immediately after the
transaction equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company
immediately preceding the transaction and (B) will, at the time of such
transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction
had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be
permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (i) of the first
paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption "--Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock."
 
 Transactions with Affiliates
 
  The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its
properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter
into or make any contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or
guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each of the foregoing,
an "Affiliate Transaction"), unless (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms
that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Subsidiary than
those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company
or such Subsidiary with an unrelated Person or, if such transaction is not one
which by its nature could be obtained from such an unrelated Person, is on
fair and reasonable terms and was negotiated in good faith and (ii) the
Company delivers to the Trustee (a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction
involving aggregate consideration in excess of $1.0 million, a resolution of
the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officers' Certificate
certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above and
that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of (1) the
disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company and (2) at any
time after 180 days after the date of the Indenture, the Independent Directors
and (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $7.5 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the
Company or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial
point of view issued by an investment banking firm of national standing;
provided that (w) any employment or related agreement or arrangement entered
into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
business on terms customary in the hotel-casino industry, (x) transactions
between or among the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, (y) transactions
permitted by the provisions of the
 
                                      85
<PAGE>
 
Indenture described above under the caption "--Restricted Payments," and (z)
customary directors' fees and indemnities, in each case, shall not be deemed
Affiliate Transactions; and provided further, that transactions pursuant to
and in accordance with the terms of the Construction Contract shall not be
subject to the provisions of clause (ii)(b) of this covenant.
 
 Maintenance of Insurance
 
  On the date of the Indenture, and at all times thereafter, the Company and
each of its Subsidiaries shall have in effect customary comprehensive general
liability, property and casualty and business interruption insurance and shall
cause builders risk coverage insurance to be maintained with respect to the
Orleans Hotel and Casino, in each case on such terms and in such amounts as
are customarily carried by similar businesses and in any event which are no
less favorable to the Company and its Subsidiaries than those in effect on the
date of the Indenture.
 
 Subsidiary Guarantees
 
  The Indenture provides that if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall,
after the date of the Indenture, transfer or cause to be transferred, in one
or a series of transactions (whether or not related), any assets, businesses,
divisions, real property or equipment having an aggregate fair market value
(as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) in
excess of $250,000 to any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, or if the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall acquire another Subsidiary having
total assets with an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith
by the Board of Directors of the Company) in excess of $250,000, then such
transferee or acquired Subsidiary will execute a Guarantee and deliver an
opinion of counsel, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided,
however, that the aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by
the Board of Directors of the Company) of the assets of Subsidiaries of the
Company that are not Guarantors will not at any time exceed $1.0 million.
 
 Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock of Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries
 
  The Indenture provides that the Company (i) will not, and will not permit
any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company to, transfer, convey, sell, lease
or otherwise dispose of any Capital Stock of any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of
the Company to any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary
of the Company), unless (a) such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other
disposition is of all the Capital Stock of such Wholly Owned Subsidiary and
(b) the cash Net Proceeds from such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other
disposition are applied in accordance with the covenant described above under
the caption "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders--Asset Sales," and (ii)
will not permit any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company to issue any of its
Equity Interests (other than, if necessary, shares of its Capital Stock
constituting directors' qualifying shares) to any Person other than to the
Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company.
 
 No Amendment to Subordination Provisions
 
  The Indenture provides that, without the consent of each Holder of Notes
outstanding, the Company will not amend, modify or alter the Subordinated
Notes in any way that will (i) increase the rate of or change the time for
payment of interest on any Subordinated Notes, (ii) increase the principal of,
advance the final maturity date of or shorten the Weighted Average Life to
Maturity of any Subordinated Notes, (iii) alter the prepayment provisions or
add provisions requiring the Company to redeem or offer to purchase such
Subordinated Notes or (iv) amend the provisions of the third paragraph of the
Subordinated Notes (which relates to subordination).
 
 Line of Business
 
  The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than the gaming and hotel
businesses and such business activities as are incidental or related thereto.
 
                                      86
<PAGE>
 
 Payments for Consent
 
  The Indenture provides that neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
will, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration,
whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder of any Notes for
or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or
provisions of the Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered
to be paid or agreed to be paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent,
waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation
documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
 
 Reports
 
  The Indenture provides that, whether or not required by the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), so
long as any Notes are outstanding (i) Coast Resorts will furnish to the
Holders of Notes all annual and quarterly reports and the information,
documents, and other reports required to be filed with the Commission pursuant
to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act ("SEC Reports") if Coast Resorts
were required to file SEC Reports and, whether or not required by the rules
and regulations of the Commission, Coast Resorts will file a copy of all such
information and reports with the Commission for public availability (unless
the Commission will not accept such a filing), (ii) prior to the effectiveness
of the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part, the Company
will furnish to the Holders of Notes all quarterly and annual financial
information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the
Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such
Forms, including a "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" of the Company and any of its
Subsidiaries and, with respect to the annual information only, a report
thereon by the Company's certified independent accountants and make such
information available to prospective investors upon request, and (iii) after
the effectiveness of the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a
part, the Company will furnish to the Holders of Notes all SEC Reports that
would be required to be filed with the Commission if the Company were required
to file SEC Reports and, whether or not required by the rules and regulations
of the Commission, the Company will file a copy of all such information and
reports with the Commission for public availability (unless the Commission
will not accept such a filing). In addition, the Company and Coast Resorts
have agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, they will
furnish to the Holders of Notes, upon their request, the information required
to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
 
 Limitations on Construction
 
  The Company will cause construction of the Orleans Hotel and Casino,
including the furniture, fixtures and equipment thereof, to proceed with
diligence and continuity in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with
the Plans and Specifications, except during the existence of delays caused by
events beyond its control for not more than 45 days or, if for more than 45
days, for which the Company has delivered to the Trustee, by the 45th day of
such delay, an Officers' Certificate, certifying that the Company shall cause
the Orleans Hotel and Casino to be Operating on or before the Operating
Deadline. In the event that the Orleans Hotel and Casino becomes Operating
prior to the completion of the construction of at least 756 hotel rooms
(including suites) and 3,375 parking spaces, the Company will proceed with due
diligence to complete the construction of a total of 756 hotel rooms
(including suites) and 3,375 parking spaces.
 
 Limitations on Use of Proceeds
 
  The Indenture provides that the Company will cause all of the net proceeds
from the sale of the Old Notes, after deducting underwriting discounts,
offering expenses and amounts applied to the repayment of Indebtedness of the
Company, to be deposited into the Construction Disbursement Account and the
Interest Escrow Account and disbursed only in accordance with the Disbursement
Agreement and the Interest Escrow Agreement, respectively.
 
                                      87
<PAGE>
 
 Board of Directors
 
  Within 180 days of the date of the Indenture, each of the Company and Coast
Resorts will have caused its Board of Directors to include at least two
Independent Directors and each such Board of Directors will include at least
two Independent Directors at all times thereafter. F. Michael Corrigan and
Charles Silverman were elected as Independent Directors to the Boards of
Directors of the Company and Coast Resorts effective as of March 1, 1996. See
"Management."
 
 Limitation on Status as Investment Company
 
  The Indenture prohibits the Company and the Guarantors from being required
to register as an "investment company" (as that term is defined in the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended), or from otherwise becoming
subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
 
 Limitation on Activities of Coast West
 
  Prior to the earlier to occur of (i) the release of Coast West from the
Coast West Guarantee and the related Security Documents in accordance with the
terms thereof or (ii) Coast West becoming a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the
Company, Coast West will make all Coast West Lease Payments on a timely basis
and will not conduct any business or investment activities whatsoever
(including without limitation, issuing any Equity Interests, making any
Investments, incurring any Indebtedness or making any payments or taking any
actions which, if made or taken by the Company, would constitute Restricted
Payments) other than (a) to be the Tenant under the Coast West Lease and to do
all things necessary or incident thereto, including without limitation, making
the Coast West Lease Payments and to do or cause to be done all things
necessary to protect the property subject to the Coast West Lease and to
preserve its rights therein, (b) to issue and pay the promissory notes, if
any, described in clause (vi) of the definition of "Permitted Investments,"
(c) to be a Guarantor and to do all things necessary or incident thereto,
including without limitation, to comply with its obligations under the
Security Documents, (d) activities related to the planning and future
development of the Sundance, including without limitation (1) the conduct of
feasibility, engineering, environmental and other studies relating to the
Sundance and (2) the negotiation of licenses, permits, financing commitments,
architect's, construction and other contracts and other documents and matters
relating to the development, planning and construction of the Sundance, and
(e) activities incidental or related to any of the foregoing, including
without limitation (1) the payment of taxes, wages, fees and accounts payable,
(2) the receipt of funds from Coast Resorts in the form of capital
contributions, (3) the investment of funds in Cash Equivalents pending
application to any of the foregoing, and (4) the preparation of financial
statements and other reports.
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
 
  The Indenture provides that each of the following constitutes an Event of
Default:
 
    (i) a default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or
  Liquidated Damages with respect to, the Notes;
 
    (ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any,
  on the Notes;
 
    (iii) failure by the Company to comply with the provisions described
  under the captions "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders--Change of
  Control," "--Asset Sales," "--Certain Covenants--Restricted Payments," "--
  Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock," "--Merger,
  Consolidation or Sale of Assets" or "--Limitation on Use of Proceeds;"
 
    (iv) failure by the Company for 45 days after notice to comply with any
  of its other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes;
 
    (v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there
  may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
  Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
  (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its
  Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is
  created after the date of the Indenture, which default (a) is
 
                                      88
<PAGE>
 
  caused by a failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, or interest on
  such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in
  such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a "Payment Default") or (b)
  results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express
  maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness,
  together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under
  which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so
  accelerated, aggregates $5.0 million or more;
 
    (vi) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Guarantee shall be held in
  any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for
  any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person
  acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations
  under its Guarantee;
 
    (vii) failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that individually
  or in the aggregate are Significant Subsidiaries to pay final judgments
  aggregating in excess of $5.0 million, which judgments are not paid,
  discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;
 
    (viii) breach by the Company or any Guarantor of any material
  representation or warranty set forth in the Security Documents, or, subject
  to grace periods set forth in the applicable Security Documents default by
  the Company or any Guarantor in the performance of any covenant set forth
  in the Security Documents, or repudiation by the Company or any Guarantor
  of its obligations under the Security Documents or the unenforceability of
  the Security Documents against the Company or any Guarantor for any reason;
 
    (ix) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the
  Company or any of its Subsidiaries that individually or in the aggregate
  are Significant Subsidiaries;
 
    (x) the revocation, termination, suspension or other cessation of
  effectiveness of any Gaming License which results in the cessation or
  suspension of gaming operations at any of the Gold Coast, Barbary Coast or
  Orleans Hotel and Casino (following its commencement of operations) for a
  period of more than consecutive 90 days; and
 
    (xi) the failure of the Orleans Hotel and Casino to be Operating by the
  Operating Deadline; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not
  constitute an Event of Default if the Orleans Hotel and Casino is Operating
  prior to an acceleration of the Notes.
 
  If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare
all principal, premium, if any, interest, Liquidated Damages, if any, and any
other monetary obligations with respect to the Notes to be due and payable
immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default
arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the
Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken
together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes
will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders of the
Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the
Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of
any trust or power, including without limitation the exercise of any remedy
under the Indenture, or any of the Security Documents. The Trustee may
withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event
of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of
principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their
interest. In addition, the Trustee will have no obligation to accelerate the
Notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best
interest of the Holders of the Notes.
 
  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of
the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences
under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the
payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes.
 
  The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement
regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon
becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a
statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.
 
                                      89
<PAGE>
 
REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT UNDER NOTES
 
  General. If an Event of Default under the Notes occurs and the Notes become
due and payable in full, the Trustee, acting on behalf of the Holders of
Notes, may, subject to the terms of any intercreditor agreement, enforce its
rights under the Indenture and the Security Documents and enforce the remedies
provided thereunder. However, Nevada's "one-action" rule generally requires
lenders to proceed against real property given as security before initiating
certain actions to enforce the Notes or other debt instruments.
 
  At the sale of the property pursuant to the power of sale under the Deed of
Trust or a foreclosure sale in a judicial foreclosure proceeding, the Trustee
could seek to purchase the Note Collateral by bidding at the foreclosure sale,
although the Trustee would not be expected to bid in excess of the amount of
debt outstanding under the Notes or the fair market value of such Collateral,
whichever is less. If the net proceeds of the sale (or the amount bid by the
Trustee, if the Trustee purchases the Note Collateral in such sale) were less
than the full amount due under the Notes, the Trustee could seek a deficiency
judgment against the Company by filing an application with the court within
six months of the sale of the last parcel secured by the Deed of Trust
pursuant to the trustee's sale or judicial foreclosure sale. In no event,
however, may the application for deficiency judgment be filed more than two
years after the initial trustee's sale or judicial foreclosure sale. In such
proceedings, the Trustee would be limited in recovery to the difference
between (i) the total unpaid amount of the Notes minus (ii) the greater of (A)
the fair market value of the Note Collateral at the time of the foreclosure
sale with interest from the date of the sale or (B) the amount for which the
property was actually sold in the trustee's sale or the foreclosure sale with
interest from the date of sale.
 
  Power of Sale. If an Event of Default occurs, then pursuant to the terms of
the Deed of Trust, the Trustee will have the right to foreclose on the Note
Collateral under a trustee's power of sale. The Trustee could initiate a
trustee's sale by recording with the Clark County, Nevada recorder a notice of
breach and election to sell the property (the "Default Notice"), and by
providing such notice to the Company and such other parties as are specified
under Nevada law.
 
  For a period of 35 days following the recording of the Default Notice and
the mailing (by certified mail) of a copy of the Default Notice to the Company
and any other persons entitled to notice under Nevada law, the Company would
have the option to reinstate the Notes by making good its deficiency in
performance or payment and by paying all costs, fees and expenses incident to
preparation or recordation of such Default Notice and incident to making good
its deficiency in performance or payment. Other persons with an interest in
the Note Collateral may also reinstate the Notes by making good the deficiency
in performance or payment and by paying all costs, fees and expenses incident
to preparation of such Default Notice and incident to making good such
deficiency in performance or payment. Following the passage of not less than
three month from the date of recording of the Default Notice, the trustee
under the Deed of Trust could commence the foreclosure sale by providing the
Company and any other party entitled to notice under Nevada law with notice of
the time and place thereof in accordance with Nevada law. Prior to the actual
sale of the Note Collateral, the Company would have the right to redeem the
property from such sale by paying in full the outstanding amount of principal
of (and costs, fees, advances and premiums, if any, to the extent collectible
under Nevada law), and interest on, the Notes. The actual trustee's sale of
the Note Collateral would extinguish the Company's right of redemption.
 
  Judicial Foreclosure. If the Trustee judicially forecloses on the Note
Collateral, the Trustee would be required to file a suit in Clark County,
Nevada. If the court found in favor of the Trustee, a judgment of foreclosure
and order of sale would be entered, and the court would order the sale of the
Note Collateral.
 
  Following the final adjudication of the matter but prior to the actual sale
of the Note Collateral, the Company would have the right to release the
property from the Lien of the Deed of Trust by paying the full amount of the
judgment rendered in such adjudications. Additionally, following the judicial
foreclosure sale of the Note Collateral, the Company, its successor in
interest or a creditor having a judgment or mortgage lien subsequent to the
Deed of Trust, would have a statutory right to redeem the property for a
period of one year by paying the purchaser of the Note Collateral the sum of
(i) the foreclosure sale price, (ii) 1% per month on such
 
                                      90
<PAGE>
 
judicial foreclosure sale price to the time of redemption and (iii) an amount
sufficient to cover any payments made by such purchaser in respect of Liens,
taxes and assessments created prior to the judicial foreclosure sale, together
with interest on any such payments. This right of redemption following
judicial foreclosure could discourage bidders at such a sale. Secured lenders
in Nevada generally elect to foreclose pursuant to a power of sale rather than
pursuant to a judicial foreclosure in order to avoid the operation of such
right of redemption.
 
  Guarantees. Upon an Event of Default by the Company on the Notes, the
Trustee may seek to enforce the Guarantees. The Guarantees will be enforceable
without any need to first execute upon the stock of the Company and/or Coast
West pledged as security for such Guarantees.
 
  Upon an Event of Default, the Trustee may seek to enforce the Guarantees
regardless of what actions, if any, may have been taken under or with respect
to the Security Documents. As a matter of law, however, Coast Resorts'
liability under the Coast Resorts Guarantee and Coast West's liability under
the Coast West Guarantee is limited to the maximum amount that does not result
in such Guarantees being avoidable under applicable fraudulent conveyance and
transfer laws. See "Risk Factors--Fraudulent Conveyances and Preferential
Transfers." In addition, Coast Resorts and Coast West may have available to
them any defenses against enforcement that are available to the Company as
well as certain other "suretyship" defenses, in each case, subject to waivers
thereof permitted by Nevada law.
 
  Nevada Gaming Restrictions. During the pendency of each foreclosure
proceeding described above, the Trustee could seek the appointment of a
receiver through a petition to the appropriate Nevada state court for the
taking of possession of the Note Collateral. The receiver would be required to
obtain the approval of the Nevada Gaming Authorities to continue gaming
operations until the foreclosure sale. If the Trustee acquired the Note
Collateral in a foreclosure sale, it could contract for the operation of the
Note Collateral pursuant to an arrangement under which the Holders of the
Notes would not share in the profits or losses of gaming operations to an
independent operator who would be required to comply with the licensing
requirements and other restrictions imposed by the Nevada Gaming Authorities.
In addition, if the Trustee acquires and operates the Note Collateral, the
Trustee and the Holders of the Notes will, if they share in the profits and
losses, and may, in any event, be required to comply with the licensing
requirements under the Nevada gaming laws.
 
  In each foreclosure sale described above, licensing requirements under the
Nevada Gaming Control Act may limit the number of potential bidders and may
delay the sale, either of which could adversely affect the sales price of the
Note Collateral.
 
  Foreclosure Sale Proceeds. The net amount realized in any foreclosure sale
of the Note Collateral will only be the amount that exceeds (i) amounts due
and owing the Trustee under the Indenture and the Deed of Trust and (ii)
certain costs, taxes and other expenses related to the foreclosure sale. It is
anticipated that the net amount so realized will be shared ratably among the
Holders of the Notes and the other holders of Indebtedness, if any, secured by
a Lien on any portion of the Trust Estate that is pari passu with that of the
Deed of Trust. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the net amount realized in a
foreclosure sale exceeds the aggregate amount required to satisfy in full the
Notes and any other pari passu Indebtedness, then such excess shall be
distributed in satisfaction of obligations secured by any junior mortgages or
Liens on the property, in their order of priority, and the balance to the
Company and for any other parties entitled thereto in accordance with Nevada
law.
 
NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND SHAREHOLDERS
 
  No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Company,
any Subsidiary of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any
liability for any obligations of the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or
any Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture, any Guarantee or the Security
Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such
obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives
and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to
waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the
Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.
 
                                      91
<PAGE>
 
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
 
  The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its
obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes ("Legal
Defeasance") except for (i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to
receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest
and Liquidated Damages on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust
referred to below, (ii) the Company's obligations with respect to the Notes
concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for
payment and money for security payments held in trust, (iii) the rights,
powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company's
obligations in connection therewith and (iv) the Legal Defeasance provisions
of the Indenture. In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time,
elect to have the obligations of the Company released with respect to certain
covenants that are described in the Indenture ("Covenant Defeasance") and
thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a
Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant
Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy,
receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events) described under "Events of
Default" will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the
Notes.
 
  In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, (i) the
Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit
of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government
Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient,
in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and
Liquidated Damages on the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity or on the
applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify
whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption
date; (ii) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered
to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Company has received from,
or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B)
since the date of the Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable
federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon
such opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding
Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes
as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax
on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have
been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; (iii) in the case of
Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee
confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize
income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such
Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case
if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; (iv) no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit
(other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of
funds to be applied to such deposit) or insofar as Events of Default from
bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period
ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit; (v) such Legal Defeasance or
Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute
a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than the
Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by
which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; (vi) the Company must
have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that after
the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the
effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar
laws affecting creditors' rights generally; (vii) the Company must deliver to
the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by
the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other
creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or
defrauding creditors of the Company or others; and (viii) the Company must
deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an opinion of counsel,
each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to the Legal
Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
 
  In addition, the Indenture provides that it will cease to be of further
effect (except for certain obligations), and the Trustee shall execute proper
instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture, when
(a) either (i) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than
Notes that have been destroyed,
 
                                      92
<PAGE>
 
lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in the
Indenture and Notes for whose payment money has been theretofore deposited
with the Trustee) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, or (ii)
all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (A)
have become due and payable, or (B) will become due and payable at their final
maturity within 45 days, or (C) are to be called for redemption within 45 days
under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee and, in the case of clauses
(ii)(A), (B) and (C), the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be
deposited with the Trustee in trust for such purpose an amount sufficient to
pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium and
Liquidated Damages, if any) and interest to the date of such deposit or to the
final maturity or redemption date; (b) the Company has paid or caused to be
paid all other sums payable by it under the Indenture; (c) the Company and
each Guarantor has delivered to the Trustee an officers' certificate and
opinion of counsel each stating that all conditions precedent in the Indenture
relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been complied
with; and (d) the Company and each Guarantor have complied with the Trust
Indenture Act in connection with such satisfaction and discharge.
 
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE
 
  A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.
The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to
furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may
require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note
selected for redemption. Also, the Company is not required to transfer or
exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be
redeemed.
 
  The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for all
purposes.
 
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
 
  Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, the
Notes, the Guarantees or the Security Documents may be amended or supplemented
with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of
the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a
tender offer or exchange offer for Notes), and any existing default or
compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees or
the Security Documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents
obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes).
 
  Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not
(with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): (i) reduce the
principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment,
supplement or waiver, (ii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed
maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of
the Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above
under the caption "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders"), (iii) reduce the
rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note, (iv) waive a
Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any,
or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by
the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration), (v)
make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes, (vi) make
any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past
Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of
or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, (vii) waive a redemption payment
with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by one of the
covenants described above under the caption "--Repurchase at the Option of
Holders"), (viii) release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the
Lien of the Indenture or the Security Documents (except in accordance with the
provisions thereof) or (ix) make any change in the foregoing amendment and
waiver provisions.
 
  Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Holder of Notes,
the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Notes,
the Guarantees or the Security Documents to cure any ambiguity, defect or
inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place
of certificated
 
                                      93
<PAGE>
 
Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company's obligations to Holders
of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation, to make any change that
would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or
that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any
such Holder, to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect
or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act
or to enter into additional or supplemental Security Documents.
 
  In accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the release of Coast West
from the Coast West Guarantee and of the Liens of the Trustee on the assets
and Capital Stock of Coast West as described under "--Guarantees" and "--
Security" will not require the consent of the Holders of the Notes. In
addition, upon any disposition of Collateral by the Company or any Subsidiary
in compliance with the covenant described above under "--Repurchase at the
Option of Holders--Asset Sales," or "--Certain Covenants--Merger,
Consolidation or Sale of Assets," all Liens of the Trustee on such Collateral
will be released without the consent of the Holders of the Notes.
 
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
 
  The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee,
should it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in
certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any
such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage
in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it
must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for
permission to continue or resign.
 
  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to
certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default
shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the
exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the
conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be
under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the
Indenture at the request of any Holder of Notes, unless such Holder shall have
offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any
loss, liability or expense.
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
  Anyone who receives this Prospectus may obtain a copy of the Indenture and
Registration Rights Agreement without charge by writing to Coast Hotels and
Casinos, Inc., 4000 West Flamingo Road, Las Vegas, Nevada, 89103, Attention:
Mr. Gage Parrish, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.
 
BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM
 
  Except as set forth below, the New Notes will initially be issued in the
form of one or more registered New Notes in global form (the "Global New
Notes"). The Global New Notes will be deposited on the date of the
consummation of the sale of the Exchange Offer with, or on behalf of, The
Depository Trust Company ("DTC") and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as
nominee of DTC (such nominee being referred to herein as the "Global Note
Holder"). Interests in the Global New Notes will be available for purchase
only by "qualified institutional buyers," as defined in Rule 144A under the
Securities Act ("Qualified Institutional Buyers").
 
  New Notes that are (i) originally issued to or transferred to institutional
"accredited investors," as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under
the Securities Act, who are not Qualified Institutional Buyers or to any other
person who is not a Qualified Institutional Buyer or (ii) issued as described
below under "Certificated Securities," will be issued in registered form (the
"Certificated Securities"). Upon the transfer to a Qualified Institutional
Buyer of Certificated Securities, such Certificated Securities will, unless
the Global New Notes have previously been exchanged for Certificated
Securities, be exchanged for an interest in the Global New Note representing
the principal amount of New Notes being transferred.
 
                                      94
<PAGE>
 
  DTC is a limited-purpose trust company that was created to hold securities
for its participating organizations (collectively, the "Participants" or
"DTC's Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of
transactions in such securities between Participants through electronic book-
entry changes in accounts of its Participants. DTC's Participants include
securities brokers and dealers (including the Initial Purchasers), banks and
trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access
to DTC's system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers,
dealers and trust companies (collectively, the "Indirect Participants" or
"DTC's Indirect Participants") that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly. Persons who
are not Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of
DTC only through DTC's Participants or the DTC's Indirect Participants.
 
  The Company expects that pursuant to procedures established by DTC (i) upon
deposit of the Global New Notes with DTC, DTC will credit the accounts of
Participants designated by the Initial Purchasers with portions of the
principal amount of the Global New Notes and (ii) ownership of the New Notes
evidenced by the Global New Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of
ownership thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC
(with respect to the interests of DTC's Participants), DTC's Participants and
DTC's Indirect Participants. Prospective purchasers are advised that the laws
of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery in
definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to
transfer the New Notes evidenced by the Global New Notes will be limited to
such extent.
 
  So long as the Global Note Holder is the registered owner of any Notes, the
Global Note Holder will be considered the sole Holder under the Indenture of
the New Notes evidenced by the Global New Notes. Beneficial owners of Notes
evidenced by the Global New Notes will not be considered the owners or Holders
thereof under the Indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the
giving of any directions, instructions or approvals to the Trustee thereunder.
Each Qualified Institutional Buyer that beneficially owns any Notes evidenced
by the Global Notes must rely on the procedures of DTC and, if such Qualified
Institutional Buyer is not a DTC Participant or a DTC Indirect Participant, on
the procedures of the Participant through which such Qualified Institutional
Buyer owns its interest, to exercise any rights of a holder under the
Indenture or such Global Note. The Company understands that under existing
industry practice, in the event the Company requests any action of holders of
any Notes or a Qualified Institutional Buyer that is a beneficial owner of any
Note evidenced by the Global Notes desires to take any action that DTC, as the
Global Note Holder, is entitled to take, DTC would authorize the Participants
to take such action and the Participants would authorize the Qualified
Institutional Buyers owning through such Participants to take such action or
would otherwise act upon the instructions of the Qualified Institutional
Buyers. Neither the Company nor the Trustee will have any responsibility or
liability for any aspect of the records of DTC or for maintaining, supervising
or reviewing any records of DTC relating to the Notes.
 
  Payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Notes registered in the name of the Global
Note Holder on the applicable record date will be payable by the Trustee to or
at the direction of the Global Note Holder in its capacity as the registered
Holder under the Indenture. Under the terms of the Indenture, the Company and
the Trustee may treat the persons in whose names Notes, including the Global
New Notes, are registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving
such payments. Consequently, neither the Company nor the Trustee has or will
have any responsibility or liability for the payment of such amounts to
beneficial owners of Notes. The Company believes, however, that it is
currently the policy of DTC to immediately credit the accounts of the relevant
Participants with such payments, in amounts proportionate to their respective
holdings of beneficial interests in the relevant security as shown on the
records of DTC. Payments by DTC's Participants and DTC's Indirect Participants
to the beneficial owners of Notes will be governed by standing instructions
and customary practice and will be the responsibility of DTC's Participants or
DTC's Indirect Participants.
 
CERTIFICATED SECURITIES
 
  Subject to certain conditions, any person having a beneficial interest in a
Global New Note may, upon request to the Trustee, exchange such beneficial
interest for Notes in the form of Certificated Securities. Upon
 
                                      95
<PAGE>
 
any such issuance, the Trustee is required to register such Certificated
Securities in the name of, and cause the same to be delivered to, such person
or persons (or the nominee of any thereof). In addition, if (i) the Company
notifies the Trustee in writing that DTC is no longer willing or able to act
as a depositary and the Company is unable to locate a qualified successor
within 90 days or (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in
writing that it elects to cause the issuance of New Notes in definitive form
under the Indenture, then, upon surrender by the Global Note Holder of its
Global New Note, Certified Securities will be issued to each person that DTC
identifies as being the beneficial owner of the New Notes evidenced by the
Global New Note.
 
  Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by the
Global Note Holder or DTC in identifying the beneficial owners of Notes and
the Company and the Trustee may conclusively rely on, and will be protected in
relying on, instructions from the Global Note Holder or DTC for all purposes.
 
SAME-DAY SETTLEMENT AND PAYMENT
 
  The Indenture requires that payments in respect of the Notes represented by
the Global New Note (including principal, premium, if any, interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any) be made by wire transfer of immediately available
funds to the accounts specified by the Global Note Holder. With respect to
Certificated Securities, the Company will make all payments of principal,
premium, if any, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof
or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such Holder's
registered address. Secondary trading in long-term notes and debentures of
corporate issuers is generally settled in clearing-house or next-day funds.
The Company expects that secondary trading in the Certificated Securities will
also be settled in immediately available funds.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS; LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
 
  The Company and the Initial Purchasers entered into the Registration Rights
Agreement on the Closing Date. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement,
the Company agreed to file with the Commission this Registration Statement
with respect to the New Notes. Upon the effectiveness of this Registration
Statement, the Company will commence the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms
herein and in the Letter of Transmittal. If (i) the Company is not permitted
to consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted
by applicable law or Commission policy or (ii) any Holder of Transfer
Restricted Securities notifies the Company within the specified time period
that (A) it is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in
the Exchange Offer or (B) that it may not resell the New Notes acquired by it
in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the
prospectus contained in this Registration Statement is not appropriate or
available for such resales or (C) that it is a broker-dealer and owns Notes
acquired directly from the Company or an affiliate of the Company, the Company
will file with the Commission a Shelf Registration Statement to cover resales
of the Notes by the Holders thereof who satisfy certain conditions relating to
the provision of information in connection with the Shelf Registration
Statement. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the applicable
registration statement to be declared effective as promptly as possible by the
Commission. For purposes of the foregoing, "Transfer Restricted Securities"
means each Note until the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which such Note
has been exchanged by a person other than a broker-dealer for a New Note in
the Exchange Offer, (ii) following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the
Exchange Offer of an Old Note for a New Note, the date on which such New Note
is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the
date of such sale a copy of this Prospectus, (iii) the date on which such Note
has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in
accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement, (iv) the date on which such
Note is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act (or any
similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) or (v) the date such Note
ceases to be outstanding.
 
  The Registration Rights Agreement provides that (i) the Company will file
this Registration Statement with the Commission on or prior to May 4, 1996,
(ii) the Company will use its best efforts to have this Registration Statement
declared effective by the Commission on or prior to July 18, 1996, (iii)
unless the Exchange Offer would not be permitted by applicable law or
Commission policy, the Company will commence the Exchange
 
                                      96
<PAGE>
 
Offer and use its best efforts to issue on or prior to 30 Business Days after
the date on which this Registration Statement was declared effective by the
Commission, the New Notes in exchange for all Old Notes tendered prior thereto
in the Exchange Offer and (iv) if obligated to file the Shelf Registration
Statement, the Company will use its best efforts to file the Shelf
Registration Statement with the Commission on or prior to 45 days after such
filing obligation arises (and in any event on or prior to October 1, 1996) and
to cause the Shelf Registration to be declared effective by the Commission on
or prior to 90 days after such obligation arises. If (a) the Company fails to
file any of the Registration Statements required by the Registration Rights
Agreement on or before the date specified for such filing, or (b) any of such
Registration Statements is not declared effective by the Commission on or
prior to the date specified for such effectiveness (the "Effectiveness Target
Date"), or (c) the Company fails to Consummate the Exchange Offer within 30
Business Days of the Effectiveness Target Date with respect to this
Registration Statement, or (d) the Shelf Registration Statement or this
Registration Statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be
effective or usable in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted
Securities during the periods specified in the Registration Rights Agreement
(each such event referred to in clauses (a) through (d) above a "Registration
Default"), then the Company will pay Liquidated Damages to each Holder of
Notes, with respect to the first 90-day period immediately following the
occurrence of such Registration Default in an amount equal to $.05 per week
per $1,000 principal amount of Notes held by such Holder of Notes. The amount
of the Liquidated Damages will increase by an additional $.05 per week per
$1,000 principal amount of Notes with respect to each subsequent 90-day period
until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount of
Liquidated Damages of $.25 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Notes. All
accrued Liquidated Damages will be paid by the Company on each Damages Payment
Date to the Global Note Holder by wire transfer of immediately available funds
or by federal funds check and to Holders of Certificated Securities by wire
transfer to the accounts specified by them or by mailing checks to their
registered addresses if no such accounts have been specified. Following the
cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of Liquidated Damages will
cease.
 
  Holders of Old Notes will be required to make certain representations to the
Company (as described in the Registration Rights Agreement) in order to
participate in the Exchange Offer and will be required to deliver information
to be used in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement and to provide
comments on the Shelf Registration Statement within the time periods set forth
in the Registration Rights Agreement in order to have their Notes included in
the Shelf Registration Statement and benefit from the provisions regarding
Liquidated Damages set forth above.
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
  Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference
is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as
any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.
 
  "Acquired Debt" means, with respect to any specified Person, (i)
Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is
merged with or into such specified Person, including, without limitation,
Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other
Person merging with or into such specified Person, and (ii) Indebtedness
secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
 
  "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control"
(including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled
by" and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person,
shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or
cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise;
provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the voting securities of
a Person shall be deemed to be control.
 
                                      97
<PAGE>
 
  "Asset Sale" means (i) the sale, lease, conveyance, transfer or other
disposition of any assets (including, without limitation, by way of a sale and
leaseback) other than sales of inventory or the rental of hotel rooms in the
ordinary course of business (provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and
its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of the
Indenture described above under the caption "--Repurchase at the Option of
Holders--Change of Control" and/or the provisions described above under the
caption "--Certain Covenants--Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets" and not
by the provisions of the Asset Sale covenant), and (ii) the issue or sale by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of Equity Interests of any of the
Company's Subsidiaries, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii), whether in a
single transaction or a series of related transactions (a) that have a fair
market value in excess of $500,000 or (b) for Net Proceeds in excess of
$500,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following will not be deemed to
be Asset Sales: (i) a transfer of assets by the Company to a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary or by a Wholly Owned Subsidiary to the Company or to another Wholly
Owned Subsidiary, (ii) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary to the Company or to another Wholly Owned Subsidiary, (iii) a
Restricted Payment that is permitted by the covenant described above under the
caption "--Certain Covenants-- Restricted Payments," and (iv) the sale of a
Restricted Investment.
 
  "Barbary Coast Partnership" means Barbary Coast Hotel and Casino, a Nevada
general partnership.
 
  "Barbary Coast Expansion" means any improvement of the Barbary Coast Hotel
and Casino that includes the construction of not less than 150 additional
hotel rooms.
 
  "Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination thereof is
to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that
would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in
accordance with GAAP.
 
  "Capital Stock" means (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock,
(ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares,
interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of
corporate stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership, partnership interests
(whether general or limited) and (iv) any other interest or participation that
confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of,
or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
 
  "Cash Equivalents" means (i) United States dollars, (ii) securities issued
or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or
any agency or instrumentality thereof with a term not to exceed one year after
the day of acquisition, (iii) time deposits and certificates of deposit and
commercial paper issued by any domestic commercial bank or the parent
corporation of any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having
capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and commercial paper issued by
others rated at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor's
Corporation or its successors or at least P-2 or the equivalent thereof by
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or its successors and in each case maturing
within one year after the date of acquisition, (iv) investments in money
market funds, including funds offered by the Trustee or Affiliates of the
Trustee, substantially all of whose assets comprise securities of the types
described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above and (v) repurchase obligations with
a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types
described in clauses (ii) and (iii) entered into with any financial
institution meeting the financial qualification specified in clause (iii)
above.
 
  "Casino" means any gaming establishment and other property or assets
directly ancillary thereto or used in connection therewith, including any
buildings, restaurants, hotels, theaters, parking facilities, retail shops,
land, golf courses and other recreation and entertainment facilities, vessels,
barges, ships and equipment.
 
  "Coast Resorts Common Stock" means the common stock, par value $.01 per
share, of Coast Resorts, Inc.
 
  "Coast West Lease" means that certain Ground Lease Agreement dated October
28, 1994 originally by and between 21 Stars, Ltd., a Nevada limited-liability
company, Barbary Coast Hotel and Casino, a Nevada general partnership, Wanda
Peccole, as successor Trustee of The Peccole 1982 Trust dated February 15,
1982, and the William Peter and Wanda Ruth Peccole Family Limited Partnership,
a Nevada limited partnership, as amended through the date of the Indenture.
 
                                      98
<PAGE>
 
  "Coast West Lease Payments" means payments of Basic Monthly Rent (as defined
in the Coast West Lease) and all other rent payable by Coast West pursuant to
the Coast West Lease.
 
  "Consolidated Cash Flow" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus (i) an amount
equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized in connection with
an Asset Sale (to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such
Consolidated Net Income), plus (ii) provision for taxes based on income or
profits of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent
that such provision for taxes was included in computing such Consolidated Net
Income, plus (iii) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its
Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not
capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of original issue
discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred
payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with
Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges
incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers' acceptance financings, and
net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to the extent that any
such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income, plus (iv)
depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other
intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid
in a prior period), deferred rent and other non-cash charges (excluding any
such non-cash charge (other than deferred rent) to the extent that it
represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or
amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of
such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such
depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges were deducted in
computing such Consolidated Net Income, in each case, on a consolidated basis
and determined in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
provision for taxes on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and
amortization and other non-cash charges of, a Subsidiary of the referent
Person shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash
Flow only to the extent (and in same proportion) that the Net Income of such
Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such
Person and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of
determination to be dividended to such Person by such Subsidiary without prior
approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter
and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules
and governmental regulations applicable to that Subsidiary or its
shareholders.
 
  "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such
period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided
that (i) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Subsidiary
or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included
only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to
the referent Person or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary thereof that is a Guarantor,
(ii) the Net Income of any Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the
declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that
Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted
without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or,
directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any
agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental
regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its shareholders, (iii) the Net
Income of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any
period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded and (iv) the
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded.
 
  "Consolidated Net Worth" means, with respect to any Person as of any date,
the sum of (i) the consolidated equity of the common shareholders of such
Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date plus (ii) the
respective amounts reported on such Person's balance sheet as of such date
with respect to any series of preferred stock (other than Disqualified Stock)
less (x) all write-ups (other than write-ups resulting from foreign currency
translations and write-ups of tangible assets of a going concern business made
within 12 months after the acquisition of such business) subsequent to the
date of the Indenture in the book value of any asset owned by such Person or a
consolidated Subsidiary of such Person, (y) all investments as of such date in
unconsolidated Subsidiaries and in Persons that are not Subsidiaries (except,
in each case, Permitted Investments), and (z) all unamortized debt discount
and expense and unamortized deferred charges as of such date, all of the
foregoing determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
                                      99
<PAGE>
 
  "Construction Budget" means an itemized schedule setting forth on a line
item basis all of the costs which the Company anticipates to expend in
connection with the development, construction, equipping and opening of the
Orleans Hotel and Casino, as such Construction Budget may be amended from time
to time pursuant to the Disbursement Agreement; it being understood that the
Construction Budget shall consist of at least seven broad line items,
including a contingency allocation which may be transferred to any of the
other line items.
 
  "Construction Contract" means that certain Agreement Between Owner and
Contractor, dated as of January 24, 1996, by and between J.A. Tiberti
Construction Company, Inc. and the Company.
 
  "Construction Disbursement Account" means that certain account maintained by
the Escrow Agent pursuant to the terms of the Disbursement Agreement, into
which approximately $114.8 million of the Notes proceeds were deposited.
 
  "Contractor's Disbursed Funds Account" means that certain account into which
Escrow Agent shall disburse funds from the Construction Disbursement Account,
pursuant to the terms of the Disbursement Agreement, for the payment of the
costs of completing the Orleans Hotel and Casino covered by the Construction
Contract.
 
  "Deed of Trust" means the Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents and Security
Agreement dated as of January 30, 1996, among the Company, National Title
Company, as trustee and the Trustee.
 
  "Default" means any event that is or with the passage of time or the giving
of notice or both would be an Event of Default.
 
  "Designated Assets" means the two aircraft owned by the Company on the date
of the Indenture.
 
  "Disbursement Agreement" means that certain Disbursement and Escrow
Agreement, dated as of January 30, 1996, by and among Nevada Title Company, as
the escrow agent, Nevada Construction Services, Inc., the Trustee and the
Company.
 
  "Disqualified Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the
terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is
exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily
redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable
at the option of the Holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the
date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature.
 
  "Equipment Financing" means Indebtedness (including Capital Lease
Obligations) that is non-recourse to the assets of any Person other than the
Person incurring such Indebtedness, the proceeds of which are used solely to
finance the acquisition, construction or lease by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries of furniture, fixtures or equipment ("FF&E") used in the ordinary
course of the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries
and secured by a Lien on such FF&E to secure the purchase price, construction
cost or lease thereof.
 
  "Equity Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other
rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).
 
  "Event of Loss" means, with respect to any property or asset (tangible or
intangible, real or personal), any of the following: (i) any loss, destruction
or damage of such property or asset; (ii) any actual condemnation, seizure or
taking by exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise of such
property or asset, or confiscation of such property or asset or the
requisition of the use of such property or asset; or (iii) any settlement in
lieu of clause (ii) above, in the case of clause (i), (ii) or (iii), whether
in a single event or a series of related events, which results in Net Proceeds
in excess of $500,000.
 
  "Existing Indebtedness" means certain Indebtedness of the Company
outstanding on the date of the Indenture and described on a schedule to the
Indenture.
 
  "FF&E Disbursed Funds Account" means that certain account into which the
Escrow Agent shall disburse funds from the Construction Disbursement Account,
pursuant to the terms of the Disbursement Agreement, for the payment of those
costs of completing the Orleans Hotel and Casino not covered by the
Construction Contract.
 
                                      100
<PAGE>
 
  "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means with respect to any Person for any
period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person and its
Subsidiaries for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person and its
Subsidiaries for such period. In the event that the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees or redeems any Indebtedness (other
than revolving credit borrowings) or issues preferred stock subsequent to the
commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being
calculated but prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation
of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the "Calculation Date"), then the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to
such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee or redemption of Indebtedness, or such
issuance or redemption of preferred stock, as if the same had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable reference period. For purposes of making the
computation referred to above, (i) acquisitions that have been made by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including through mergers or
consolidations and including any related financing transactions, during the
applicable reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or
prior to the Calculation Date shall be deemed to have occurred on the first
day of the applicable reference period, and (ii) the Consolidated Cash Flow
attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with
GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date,
shall be excluded, and (iii) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued
operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or
businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded, but
only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will
not be obligations of the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries following
the Calculation Date, and (iv) the consolidated interest expense attributable
to interest on any proposed Indebtedness bearing a floating interest rate
shall be computed on a pro forma basis as if the rate in effect on the date of
computation had been the applicable rate for the entire period.
 
  "Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of
(i) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for
such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation,
amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the
interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component
of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions,
discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit
or bankers' acceptance financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant to
Hedging Obligations, but excluding any amortization of debt issuance cost to
the extent included in consolidated interest expense), and (ii) the
consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries that was
capitalized during such period, and (iii) any interest expense on Indebtedness
of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Subsidiaries
or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Subsidiaries
(whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon) and (iv) all cash
dividend payments (and non-cash dividend payments in the case of a Person that
is a Subsidiary) on any series of preferred stock of such Person, in each
case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
 
  "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such
other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession, which are in effect on the date of the Indenture.
 
  "Gaming Authority" means any agency, authority, board, bureau, commission,
department, office or instrumentality of any nature whatsoever of the United
States or foreign government, any state, province or any city or other
political subdivision, whether now or hereafter existing, or any officer or
official thereof, including without limitation, the Nevada Gaming Commission,
the Nevada State Gaming Control Board, the City of Las Vegas and any other
agency with authority to regulate any gaming operation (or proposed gaming
operation) owned, managed or operated by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries.
 
  "Gaming Laws" means the gaming laws of any jurisdiction or jurisdictions to
which the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or the Guarantors is, or may at any
time after the date of the Indenture be, subject.
 
  "Gaming License" means every license, franchise or other authorization
required to own, lease, operate or otherwise conduct gaming activities of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including without limitation, all
 
                                      101
<PAGE>
 
such licenses granted under the Nevada Gaming Control Act, and the regulations
promulgated pursuant thereto, and other applicable federal, state, foreign or
local laws.
 
  "Gold Coast Partnership" means Gold Coast Hotel and Casino, a Nevada limited
partnership.
 
  "Government Securities" means direct obligations of, or obligations
guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which guarantee
or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged.
 
  "Governmental Authority" means any agency, authority, board, bureau,
commission, department, office or instrumentality of any nature whatsoever of
the United States or foreign government, any state, province or any city or
other political subdivision and whether now or hereafter in existence, or any
officer or official thereof, and any maritime authority.
 
  "Guarantee" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or
indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any
Indebtedness.
 
  "Guarantors" means each of (i) Coast Resorts, (ii) except as otherwise
provided herein, Coast West and (iii) any other Subsidiary of the Company that
executes a Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, and
their respective successors and assigns.
 
  "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of
such Person under (i) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap
agreements and interest rate collar agreements and (ii) other agreements or
arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest
rates.
 
  "Holder" means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.
 
  "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, any indebtedness of such
Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced
by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or banker's acceptances or
representing Capital Lease Obligations or the balance deferred and unpaid of
the purchase price of any property or representing any Hedging Obligations,
except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable,
if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of
credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance
sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as all
indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person (whether
or not such indebtedness is assumed by such Person) and, to the extent not
otherwise included, the Guarantee by such Person of any indebtedness of any
other Person.
 
  "Independent Directors" means any members of the Board of Directors of the
Company other than Michael J. Gaughan, Tito J. Tiberti, Jerry Herbst, Harlan
D. Braaten or Gage Parrish or their Related Parties or any officer or other
employee of the Company, Coast Resorts or any Affiliate of Coast Resorts.
 
  "Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or
indirect loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations),
advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar
advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business),
purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity
Interests or other securities and all other items that are or would be
classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP;
provided that an acquisition of assets, Equity Interests or other securities
by the Company for consideration consisting of common equity securities of the
Company shall not be deemed to be an Investment.
 
  "IPO" means an initial public offering of Coast Resorts Common Stock which
results in net proceeds to Coast Resorts of at least $30.0 million.
 
                                      102
<PAGE>
 
  "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge,
security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether
or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including
any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the
nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security
interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement
under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any
jurisdiction).
 
  "Material Asset" means any Casino owned or operated by the Company or a
Subsidiary of the Company which accounts for at least 15% of the Consolidated
Cash Flow of the Company for the Company's most recently ended four full
fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available
immediately preceding the date of the Indenture.
 
  "Net Income" means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of
such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in
respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however, (i) any gain (but
not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not
loss), realized in connection with (a) any Asset Sale (including, without
limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions) or (b)
the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or
the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its
Subsidiaries and (ii) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (but not loss),
together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary or
nonrecurring gain (but not loss).
 
  "Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale or Event of Loss
(including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other
disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale or Event
of Loss and insurance proceeds), net of the direct costs relating to such
Asset Sale or Event of Loss (including, without limitation, legal, accounting
and investment banking fees, and sales commissions) and any relocation
expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result
thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and
any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment
of Indebtedness (to the extent, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness,
such Indebtedness is permanently reduced) secured by a Lien on the asset or
assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and any reserve established by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP against any
liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale.
 
  "Nevada Gaming Authorities" means, without limitation, the Nevada Gaming
Commission, the Nevada State Gaming Control Board, the Clark County Liquor and
Gaming Licensing Board and any other applicable governmental or administrative
state or local agency involved in the regulation of gaming and gaming
activities in the State of Nevada.
 
  "Obligations" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
 
  "Operating" means, with respect to the Orleans Hotel and Casino, the first
time that (i) all Gaming Licenses have been granted and have not been revoked
or suspended, (ii) all Liens (other than the Liens created by the Security
Documents or Permitted Liens) related to the construction of the Orleans Hotel
and Casino have been paid or, if payment is not yet due or if such payment is
contested in good faith by the Company, sufficient funds remain in the
Interest Escrow Account and Construction Disbursement Account to discharge
such Liens or such Liens have been bonded with bonds in form and substance
sufficient to satisfy such Liens, (iii) the project manager and the architect
of the Orleans Hotel and Casino shall have delivered a certificate to the
Trustee certifying that the Orleans Hotel and Casino is complete in all
material respects in accordance with the Plans and Specifications therefor
(taking into account any variations therefrom contemplated by the definition
of "Orleans Hotel and Casino") and all applicable building laws, ordinances
and regulations, (iv) the Orleans Hotel and Casino is in a condition
(including installation of furnishings, fixtures and equipment) to receive
guests in the ordinary course of business, (v) gaming and other operations in
accordance with applicable law are open to the general public and are being
conducted at the Orleans Hotel and Casino, (vi) a permanent or temporary
certificate of occupancy has been issued for the Orleans Hotel and Casino by
Clark County, Nevada and (vii) a notice of completion of the Orleans Hotel and
Casino has been duly recorded.
 
                                      103
<PAGE>
 
  "Operating Deadline" means December 31, 1997.
 
  "Orleans Expansion" means any capital addition, improvement, extension or
repair to the Orleans Hotel and Casino after the Orleans Hotel and Casino is
Operating.
 
  "Orleans Hotel and Casino" means the pending project to develop, construct
and operate the Orleans Hotel and Casino, substantially as described in this
Prospectus, to be located on an approximately 80-acre site at 4500 West
Tropicana Avenue in Las Vegas, Nevada, and which will consist of, among other
things, approximately 840 rooms (including suites), parking spaces for
approximately 3,750 cars and approximately 100,000 square foot casino
(including approximately 2,150 slot machines and 62 table games). For purposes
of this definition, the phrase "substantially as described" with respect to
the number of hotel rooms, square feet of casino space and number of parking
spaces shall be deemed to have been satisfied if the actual number of hotel
rooms (including suites) and parking spaces constructed is at least 80% of the
respective numbers listed above and the actual square feet of casino space
constructed is at least 90% of the number listed above, in each case, with the
same overall quality and amenities as provided in the Construction Budget and
the Plans and Specifications.
 
  "Pari Passu Collateral" means the Collateral, excluding the Pledged
Securities and the funds held in the Interest Escrow Account and the
Construction Disbursement Account, and excluding the Designated Assets and the
Rancho Road Property after the release of any such assets from the Lien
securing the obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.
 
  "Pari Passu Lien" means a Lien on the Pari Passu Collateral that ranks pari
passu with the Lien of the Trustee for the ratable benefit of the Holders
pursuant to the intercreditor agreement in substantially the form attached as
an exhibit to the Indenture.
 
  "Permitted Barbary Coast Expansion Indebtedness" means Indebtedness incurred
by the Company to finance the Project Costs of a Barbary Coast Expansion the
aggregate principal amount of which at any time outstanding, together with any
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness applied to the refinancing thereof, does
not exceed the lesser of $10.0 million or 70% of the aggregate Project Costs
of such Barbary Coast Expansion.
 
  "Permitted Investments" means (i) any Investments in the Company or in a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor; (ii) any
Investments in Cash Equivalents; (iii) Investments by the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company in a Person that are evidenced by Capital Stock, if
as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary of the Company and a Guarantor or (b) such Person is merged,
consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys
substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor; (iv) Restricted
Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an
Asset Sale or other disposition of assets that was made in compliance with the
covenant described above under the caption "--Repurchase at the Option of
Holders--Asset Sales;" (v) following the release of Coast West from its
Guarantee and the related Security Documents pursuant to the terms thereof,
Investments in Coast West that are evidenced by Capital Stock that do not
exceed $15.0 million at any time outstanding, provided that such Investment
complies with clause (i) of the covenant described under the caption "--
Transactions with Affiliates"; and (vi) Investments in the form of loans to
Coast West solely for the purpose of conducting the activities permitted under
the covenant described under the caption "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on
Activities of Coast West," which loans (a) are evidenced by promissory notes
that are pledged to the Trustee as Collateral for the Notes, (b) are due and
payable no later than one year prior to the final maturity of the Notes and
(c) do not exceed $8.0 million in aggregate principal amount at any time
outstanding, provided, however, that the aggregate amount of all such loans
then outstanding shall be due and payable prior to, or concurrently with, the
release of Coast West from its Guarantee and the related Security Documents.
 
  "Permitted Liens" means (i) Pari Passu Liens on the Pari Passu Collateral to
secure Indebtedness permitted by the terms of the Indenture under clause (i),
(iii), (x) or (vi) (to the extent the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
secured thereby refinances Indebtedness permitted by any of the foregoing
clauses) of the second
 
                                      104
<PAGE>
 
paragraph of the covenant described under the caption "--Certain Covenants--
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;" (ii) Liens in
favor of the Company; (iii) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time
such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary
of the Company, or securing Indebtedness of any Person existing at the time
such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were
in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation or
such Person becoming a Subsidiary and do not extend to any assets other than
those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or such
Subsidiary, as applicable, (iv) Liens on property existing at the time of
acquisition thereof by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, provided
that such Liens do not extend to or cover any other property or assets and
were in existence prior to the contemplation of such transaction; (v) Liens to
secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds,
performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the
ordinary course of business; (vi) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including
Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (ii) of the second paragraph of
the covenant described under the caption "--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock" (and any Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness applied to the refinancing thereof) covering only the assets
acquired, constructed or improved with such Indebtedness; (vii) Liens existing
on the date of the Indenture; (viii) Liens for taxes, assessments or
governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and
diligently concluded, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision
as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;
(ix) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company with respect to obligations that do not exceed $5.0
million at any one time outstanding and that (a) are not incurred in
connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit
(other than trade credit in the ordinary course of business) and (b) do not in
the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or materially
impair the use thereof in the operation of business by the Company or such
Subsidiary; (x) Liens on Pari Passu Collateral to secure Permitted Orleans
Expansion Indebtedness and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness that refinances
such Permitted Orleans Expansion Indebtedness; (xi) easements, rights of way,
zoning and similar restrictions and other similar encumbrances or title
defects incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with hotel-
casino industry practices that, in the aggregate, are not substantial in
amount, and that do not in any case materially detract from the value of the
property subject thereto (as such property is used by the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries) or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (xii) Liens on the Designated Assets
and the Rancho Road Property to secure Indebtedness permitted by the terms of
the Indenture under clause (i) of the second paragraph of the covenant
described under the caption "--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness
and Issuance of Preferred Stock" (and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
applied to the refinancing thereof); (xiii) Liens arising by reason of any
judgment, decree or order of any court only to the extent for an amount and
for a period not resulting in an Event of Default with respect thereto and so
long as such Lien is being contested in good faith and is adequately bonded,
and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for
the review of such judgment, decree or order shall not have been finally
adversely terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be
initiated shall not have expired; and (xiv) Liens of carriers, warehouse men,
mechanics, landlords, material men, repairmen or other like Liens arising by
operation of law in the ordinary course of business and consistent with
industry practices and Liens on deposits made to obtain the release of such
Liens if (a) the underlying obligations are not overdue for a period of more
than 60 days or (b) such Liens are being contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings by the Company and adequate reserves with respect
thereto are maintained on the books of the Company in accordance with GAAP and
(c) the Company is in compliance with the terms of the Security Documents
applicable to such Liens and (d) with respect to such Liens arising in
connection with the Orleans Hotel and Casino, the Company has obtained the
title insurance endorsements required under the Disbursement Agreement.
 
  "Permitted Orleans Expansion Indebtedness" means Indebtedness incurred by
the Company to finance the Project Costs of an Orleans Expansion that is (i)
Indebtedness permitted by the terms of the Indenture under clause (ii) of the
first paragraph of the covenant described under the caption "--Certain
Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock," and
(ii) the aggregate principal amount of which does not exceed the lesser of
$30.0 million or 75% of the aggregate Project Costs of such Orleans Expansion.
 
                                      105
<PAGE>
 
  "Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of
which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other
Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that: (i) the
principal amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed
the principal amount of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded (plus the amount of reasonable expenses
incurred in connection therewith, including any prepayment premium or penalty
payable pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness); (ii) such Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date equal to or later than the
final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to
or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness
being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; (iii) if
the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final
maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on
terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the
documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded; and (iv) such Indebtedness is incurred either
by the Company or by the Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness
being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.
 
  "Permitted Sundance Indebtedness" means Indebtedness incurred by the Company
in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $70.0 million at any time
outstanding, the proceeds of which are used to pay the Project Costs of the
Sundance, provided that (a) such Indebtedness is pari passu in right of
payment to the Notes, (b) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such
Indebtedness is greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity
of the Notes and the final maturity of such Indebtedness is not prior to the
date on which the Notes mature, (c) the aggregate principal amount of such
Indebtedness at any time outstanding does not exceed 70% of the aggregate
Project Costs of the Sundance, (d) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the
Company for the Company's most recently ended two full fiscal quarters for
which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the
date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred would have been at
least 1.75 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma
application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness
had been incurred at the beginning of such two-quarter period, (e) the Company
or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor owns all of
the assets comprising the Sundance and (f) if the assets comprising the
Sundance are owned by a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, all proceeds
of any such Indebtedness are transferred to such Wholly Owned Subsidiary in
the form of a direct loan evidenced by a promissory note or notes.
 
  "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization,
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
 
  "Plans and Specifications" means the plans and specifications for the
Orleans Hotel and Casino, as delivered to the Company by the architect for the
Orleans Hotel and Casino on or before the date of the Indenture, including
without limitation, preliminary plans so delivered, and as finalized, amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the
terms of the Disbursement Agreement and the Construction Contract.
 
  "Pledge Agreement" means the Collateral Pledge and Security Agreement, dated
as of January 30, 1996, by and between the Trustee and the Company, governing
the disbursement of funds from the Interest Escrow Account.
 
  "Pledged Securities" means the securities purchased by the Company with a
portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes, which shall consist of
Government Securities, to be deposited in the Interest Escrow Account.
 
  "Project Costs" means, with respect to the development, construction and
opening of the Orleans Hotel and Casino, the Sundance, an Orleans Expansion or
a Barbary Coast Expansion, as the case may be, the aggregate costs required to
complete such development, construction and opening in accordance with the
budget
 
                                      106
<PAGE>
 
and the plans therefor and applicable legal requirements, as set forth in an
Officers' Certificate submitted to the Trustee, setting forth in reasonable
detail all amounts theretofore expended in connection with such development,
construction and opening, including direct costs related thereto such as
construction management, architectural, engineering and interior design fees,
site work, utility installations and hook-up fees, construction permits,
certificates and bonds, land acquisition costs, costs of furniture, fixtures,
furnishings, machinery and equipment, non-construction supplies and pre-opening
payroll, but excluding principal or interest payments on any Indebtedness (other
than interest which is required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP, which
shall be included in determining Project Costs).
 
  "Rancho Road Property" means the approximately 29 acres of raw land owned by
the Company on the date of the Indenture located at 4300 West Carey Avenue,
North Las Vegas, Nevada.
 
  "Restricted Investment" means an Investment other than a Permitted
Investment.
 
  "Security Documents" means the Deed of Trust and all other documents,
filings and agreements executed by the Company on January 30, 1996, in favor
of the Trustee in order to provide the Trustee with a first lien (subject to
Permitted Liens and certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture) on
substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as
security for the obligations under the Notes.
 
  "Shareholder Related Party" with respect to any shareholder of Coast
Resorts, Inc. means (i) any spouse, sibling, parent or lineal descendant of
such shareholder or any spouse of any such sibling or lineal descendant or
(ii) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries,
shareholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more
controlling interest of which consist of such shareholder and/or such other
Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (i).
 
  "Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that would be a "significant
subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated
pursuant to the Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof.
 
  "Subordinated Notes" means those certain promissory notes issued by Gold
Coast Hotel and Casino, a Nevada limited partnership, in an aggregate
principal amount not to exceed $2.0 million, as in effect on the date of the
Indenture which Subordinated Notes became the obligations of the Company
pursuant to the Reorganization as described in this Prospectus.
 
  "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation,
association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total
voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the
occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers
or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or
indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that
Person (or a combination thereof) and (ii) any partnership (a) the sole
general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a
Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such
Person or of one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination
thereof).
 
  "Sundance" means the project to develop, construct and operate the Sundance
at the corner of Rampart Boulevard and Alta Drive in northwest Las Vegas,
which is currently expected to include an approximately 82,500 square foot
casino, 440 hotel rooms, six movie theaters and a 60-lane bowling center.
 
  "Tax Sharing Agreement" means that certain Tax Sharing Agreement dated as of
January 1, 1996 by and among Coast Resorts, Coast West and the Company.
 
  "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any Indebtedness
at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the
products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining
installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse
between such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the then outstanding
principal amount of such Indebtedness.
 
  "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person
all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which
(other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such
Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such
Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
 
                                      107
<PAGE>
 
                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
   
  The following is a discussion of certain material federal income tax
consequences of the Exchange Offer to Holders of the New Notes. This
discussion is the opinion of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher, counsel to the Company,
and is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")
and applicable Treasury Regulations, rulings, administrative pronouncements
and court decisions, as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change
or differing interpretations at any time and in some circumstances with
retroactive effect. The summary below is general in nature and does not
discuss all aspects of federal income taxation that may be relevant to a
particular investor in light of the investor's particular circumstances, or to
certain types of investors subject to special treatment under federal income
tax law such as individual retirement accounts, insurance companies, tax-
exempt organizations, financial institutions, brokers, dealers, foreign
entities, and nonresident alien individuals.     
 
  An opinion of counsel is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS")
or the courts, and there can be no assurances that the IRS will not take, and
that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to that described below.
Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the
federal income tax consequences of acquiring, holding, and disposing of the
New Notes, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of
any foreign, state, local, or other taxing jurisdiction.
 
TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OFFER
 
  An exchange of Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer should
be treated as a modification of the Old Notes that does not constitute a
material change in their terms. Accordingly, a New Note should be treated as a
continuation of the corresponding Old Note and an exchanging Holder should not
recognize any gain or loss as a result of the exchange. In addition, an
exchanging Holder's basis in a New Note would be equal to the basis of the
corresponding Old Note and the holding period for a New Note would include
such Holder's holding period for the corresponding Old Note.
 
  The Exchange Offer will not have any federal income tax consequences to a
non-exchanging Holder.
 
STATED INTEREST
 
  The amount of each stated interest payment received or accrued by a Holder
of a New Note will be includable in such Holder's gross income as ordinary
interest income in accordance with such Holder's method of accounting for
taxable income.
 
ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT
   
  The New Notes will inherit original issue discount ("OID") from the Old
Notes. The Old Notes were issued with OID in an amount equal to $3.309 for
each $100 face amount of Old Notes. The OID on each Note is equal to the
difference between the stated redemption price at maturity of the Note and its
issue price. The "issue price" of each Note is the initial offering price of
the Notes to the public (excluding bond houses, brokers or similar persons
acting as underwriters) at which price a substantial amount of the Notes are
sold. The stated redemption price at maturity of a Note is equal to the sum of
all amounts paid on the Note, regardless of whether denominated as principal
or interest, other than "qualified stated interest" payments. For these
purposes, "qualified stated interest" generally means stated interest that is
unconditionally payable in cash or property (other than debt instruments of
the issuer) at least annually at a single fixed rate or at other qualified
rates as prescribed in the Treasury Regulations. For purposes of determining
the amount of OID on the Notes, the Company has treated the periodic interest
payments to be made on the Notes as "qualified stated interest" within the
meaning of the Treasury Regulations.     
 
  A Holder of a debt instrument is required to recognize OID as ordinary
income as it accrues (in advance of the receipt of any cash payments
attributable to such income) regardless of such Holder's regular method of tax
accounting. OID accrual is determined using the constant yield method
described in Treasury Regulations. Under
 
                                      108
<PAGE>
 
this method, the amount of OID includable in income with respect to a New Note
is the sum of the "daily portions" of OID with respect to such Note for each
day during the taxable year or portion of the taxable year in which such
Holder held such New Note ("accrued OID"). The daily portion is determined by
allocating to each day in any "accrual period" (i.e., generally, the periods
ending on the interest payment dates of each calendar year) a pro rata portion
of the OID allocable to that accrual period. The amount of OID allocable to
any accrual period is an amount equal to the excess (if any) of (a) the
product of the New Note's "adjusted issue price" at the beginning of such
accrual period and its yield to maturity (determined on the basis of
compounding at the close of each accrual period) over (b) the sum of any
qualified stated interest allocable to the accrual period. The adjusted issue
price of the New Note at the start of any accrual period is equal to its issue
price increased by the accrued OID for each prior accrual period and reduced
by any prior payments on such New Note that did not constitute qualified
stated interest payments. Each New Note will inherit the OID characteristics
of the corresponding Old Note exchanged therefor.
 
  Under these rules, a Holder of a New Note generally will have to include in
income increasingly greater amounts of OID in successive accrual periods. The
Company is required to report to the IRS the amount of OID accrued on Notes
held of record by persons other than corporations and other exempt holders.
 
REDEMPTION OF THE NOTES
 
  The Company may redeem all or a portion of the New Notes as described under
"Description of New Notes-- Optional Redemption." Under Treasury Regulations,
an issuer of a debt instrument having an option to call the debt instrument
will be presumed to exercise such option if doing so would lower the yield to
maturity of the debt instrument. The Company will compute the yield and
maturity of the New Notes assuming that it will not redeem all or a portion of
the New Notes because doing so would increase the yield of the New Notes. If,
contrary to the presumption made under the Treasury Regulations, the Company
does redeem all or a portion of the New Notes, the Holders will have gain or
loss as described below under "Sale, Exchange, and Retirement of Notes" and in
the case of a partial redemption, the New Notes will be treated as reissued on
the date of the redemption for an amount equal to their adjusted issue price
on such date. Holders should consult with their tax advisors regarding the
consequences of the possible redemption of the New Notes.
 
MARKET DISCOUNT
 
  The character of the gain recognized upon the disposition of a New Note may
be affected by the "market discount" rules of the Code. A Holder who acquired
an Old Note at its original issuance is not subject to the market discount
rules unless the Note was acquired for less than its "adjusted issue price" as
defined above. Market discount is the excess of the revised issue price
(generally, the same as adjusted issue price) of a debt instrument at the time
of its acquisition over the amount paid by the holder therefor. However, the
amount of market discount will be considered zero if it would otherwise be
less than 1/4 of 1% of the stated redemption price of the debt instrument at
maturity multiplied by the number of complete years to maturity.
 
  Under the market discount rules of the Code, a Holder will be required to
treat any partial principal payment on the affected instrument (or any other
payment that does not constitute a qualified stated interest payment), or any
gain realized on the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of an
instrument, as ordinary income to the extent of the lesser of (i) the amount
of such payment or realized gain or (ii) the market discount which has not
previously been included in income and is treated as having accrued on such
instrument at the time of such payment or disposition. Market discount
generally is considered to accrue ratably during the period from the date of
acquisition to the maturity date of the instrument, unless the Holder elects
to accrue the market discount on the basis of the constant yield method used
for OID accrual. If an instrument purchased by a Holder with market discount
is disposed of other than by a taxable sale, exchange or retirement, the
accrued market discount on the instrument generally will be includable as
ordinary income to the Holder as if such Holder had sold the instrument at its
then fair market value.
 
                                      109
<PAGE>
 
  By reason of rules that allow a current deduction of interest expense on any
indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry an instrument with
market discount only to the extent that the interest expense exceeds an
allocable portion of such market discount, a Holder may be required to defer
the deduction of all or a portion of the interest expense on any indebtedness
incurred or maintained to purchase or carry an instrument with market discount
until the maturity of the instrument or its earlier taxable disposition.
 
  A Holder may elect to include market discount in income currently as it
accrues, in which case the rules described above regarding the treatment as
ordinary income of gain upon the disposition of the instrument and upon the
receipt of certain cash payments and regarding the deferral of interest
deductions will not apply. Such election will apply to all market discount
bonds acquired by the taxpayer on or after the first day of the first year to
which the election applies and is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS.
Generally, such currently included market discount will be treated as ordinary
interest income for federal income tax purposes.
 
ACQUISITION PREMIUM
 
  A Holder who acquires a New Note for an amount that is greater than its
adjusted issue price but less than its stated redemption price at maturity
will be considered to have purchased such instrument at an "acquisition
premium." The daily portion of accrued OID on such a Note is reduced by the
product of the daily portion of OID (determined without regard to this
adjustment) and a fraction the numerator of which is the excess described in
the preceding sentence and the denominator of which is the OID remaining to be
accrued on the Note.
 
  If a Holder acquires a New Note for an amount that is greater than its
stated redemption price at maturity, such Holder generally will not be
required to include any OID in its gross income.
 
AMORTIZABLE BOND PREMIUM
 
  A Holder who purchases a New Note for an amount that is greater than its
stated redemption price at maturity will be considered to have purchased the
Note with "amortizable bond premium" in an amount equal to such excess. A
Holder generally may elect to amortize the premium over the remaining term of
the Note on a constant yield method. Any such election shall apply to all debt
securities (other than debt securities the interest on which is excludible
from gross income) held by the Holder at the beginning of the first taxable
year to which the election applies (or thereafter acquired by the Holder) and
is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS. The amount amortized in any
year will be treated as a reduction of the Holder's interest income from the
Note.
 
ELECTION TO TREAT ALL INTEREST AS OID
 
  A cash or accrual basis Holder may elect to treat all interest on any New
Note as OID and calculate the amount includable in gross income under the
constant yield method described above. For the purposes of this election,
interest includes stated interest, acquisition discount, OID, market discount
and unstated interest, as adjusted by any amortizable bond premium or
acquisition premium. If a Holder makes this election for a New Note with
amortizable bond premium, the election is treated as an election under the
amortizable bond premium provisions described above and the electing Holder
will be required to amortize bond premium for all of the Holder's other debt
instruments with amortizable bond premium. If a Holder makes this election for
a New Note with market discount, the Holder is deemed to have elected to take
market discount into income currently on the basis of the constant yield
method. The election is to be made for the taxable year in which the Holder
acquires the Note, and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.
Holders should consult with their own tax advisors about this election.
 
SALE, EXCHANGE, AND RETIREMENT OF NOTES
 
  A Holder's tax basis in a New Note will, in general, be the Holder's cost
therefor, increased by all accrued OID and reduced by any amortized premium
and any cash payments on the Note other than qualified stated interest
payments. Upon the sale, exchange, or retirement of the Note, a Holder will
recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized
upon the sale, exchange, or retirement (except to the extent attributable to
accrued interest) and the adjusted tax basis of the Note.
 
                                      110
<PAGE>
 
  Except to the extent attributable to "market discount" as described above,
the gain or loss recognized by a Holder on the sale, exchange or retirement of
a New Note will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or
loss if at the time of sale, exchange, or retirement the Note has been held
for more than one year. Under current law, the excess of net long-term capital
gains over net short-term capital losses is taxed at a lower rate than
ordinary income for certain non-corporate taxpayers. The deductibility of
long-term capital losses for such taxpayers, however, is subject to
limitations.
 
BACKUP WITHHOLDING
 
  Certain non-corporate Holders may be subject to backup withholding at a rate
of 31% on payments of principal and interest (including original issue
discount) and premium on, and the proceeds of disposition of, a New Note.
Backup withholding will apply only if the Holder (i) fails to furnish its
Taxpayer Identification Number ("TIN") which, for an individual, would be his
or her Social Security number, (ii) furnishes an incorrect TIN and the IRS
notifies the payor that such TIN is incorrect, (iii) is notified by the IRS
that it has failed to properly report payments of interest and dividends or
(iv) under certain circumstances, fails to certify, under penalty of perjury
that it has furnished a correct TIN and has not been notified by the IRS that
it is subject to backup withholding for failure to report interest and
dividend payments.
 
  Holders of New Notes should consult their tax advisors regarding the
application of backup withholding in their particular situations, the
availability of an exemption from backup withholding, and the procedure for
obtaining such an exemption, if available. Any amounts withheld from a payment
to a Holder under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit
against such Holder's federal income tax liability and may entitle such Holder
to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
   
  THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. ACCORDINGLY, EACH
PROSPECTIVE HOLDER SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE NEW
NOTES (INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND
OTHER TAX LAWS).     
 
                                      111
<PAGE>
 
                             PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
  Each broker-dealer that holds Old Notes that were acquired for its own
account as a result of market making or other trading (other than Old Notes
acquired directly from the Company) may exchange Old Notes for New Notes in
the Exchange Offer. However, any such broker-dealer may be deemed to be an
"underwriter" within the meaning of such term under the Securities Act and
must, therefore, acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of New Notes received in the Exchange Offer. This prospectus
delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such broker-dealer of
this Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time. The
Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the consummation of
the Exchange Offer, it will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented,
available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such sale. The
Company will not receive any proceeds from any sales of New Notes by broker-
dealers. Any resale of New Notes by broker-dealers may be made directly to a
purchaser or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in
the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the
purchasers of any such New Notes. Any broker-dealer that resells New Notes
that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer
and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such New Notes
may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act,
and any profit on any such resale of New Notes and any commissions or
concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting
compensation under the Securities Act. The Company has agreed to pay all
expenses incident to the Exchange Offer other than commissions or concessions
of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify Eligible Holder (including any
broker-dealer) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
  The validity of the New Notes offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, Los Angeles, California, and by
Leavitt, Sully & Rivers, Las Vegas, Nevada.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
  The balance sheets of Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc. as of December 31, 1994
and 1995 and the statements of income, stockholder's equity, and cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995, included in
this Prospectus, have been included herein in reliance on the report, which
includes an explanatory paragraph for changes in accounting methods, of
Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants, given on the authority of
that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
  The balance sheets of Coast Resorts, Inc. (parent company only) as of
December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the statements of income, stockholders' equity,
and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1995, included in this Prospectus, have been included herein in reliance on
the report, which includes an explanatory paragraph for changes in accounting
methods, of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants, given on the
authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
  The balance sheet of Coast West, Inc. as of December 31, 1995 and the
statements of loss incurred during the development stage, stockholder's equity
(deficiency), and cash flows for the period September 29, 1995 (the date of
inception) through December 31, 1995, included in this Prospectus, have been
included herein in reliance on the report, which includes an explanatory
paragraph describing Coast West's reliance on advances from Coast Hotels and
Casinos, Inc., of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants, given on
the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                                      112
<PAGE>
 
                             CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS
 
  The financial statements of the Company for the fiscal years ended December
31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 were audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. ("Coopers &
Lybrand"), which was first engaged effective September 6, 1995. Prior to the
engagement of Coopers & Lybrand, the firm of Conway, Stuart & Woodbury ("CSW")
served as the sole independent accounting firm of the Predecessor Partnerships
for purposes of performing audits required under the Nevada gaming laws and
bank credit facilities. The change in accountants from CSW to Coopers &
Lybrand (or, in the case of the Company, the initial selection of Coopers &
Lybrand) was made upon the determination of the partners of the Predecessor
Partnerships in contemplation of a financing of The Orleans.
 
  The reports of Coopers & Lybrand with respect to the financial statements of
the Company for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 did
not and do not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, and were
not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting
principles, other than for a change in accounting principles for marketable
securities and for depreciation in 1994. During the fiscal year ended December
31, 1991 and prior to the termination of CSW as the Predecessor Partnership's
sole independent accounting firm, there were no disagreements between the
Predecessor Partnerships and CSW, on any matter of accounting principles or
practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedures,
which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of CSW, would have
caused it to make reference to the subject matter thereof in connection with
any of its reports.
 
                                      113
<PAGE>
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                         COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                        <C>
Report of Independent Accountants........................................   F-2
Balance Sheets of Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc. as of December 31, 1994
 and 1995 and March 31, 1996 (unaudited).................................   F-3
Statements of Income of Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc. for the years
 ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the three months ended
 March 31, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited).....................................   F-4
Statements of Stockholder's Equity of Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc. for
 the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the three
 months ended March 31, 1996 (unaudited).................................   F-5
Statements of Cash Flows of Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc. for the years
 ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the three months ended
 March 31, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited).....................................   F-6
Notes to Financial Statements............................................   F-7
 
                   COAST RESORTS, INC. (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
 
Report of Independent Accountants........................................  F-25
Balance Sheets of Coast Resorts, Inc. (parent company only) as of
 December 31, 1994 and 1995 and March 31, 1996 (unaudited)...............  F-26
Statements of Income of Coast Resorts, Inc. (parent company only) for the
 years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the three months
 ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited)...............................  F-27
Statements of Stockholders' Equity of Coast Resorts, Inc. (parent company
 only) for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the
 three months ended March 31, 1996 (unaudited)...........................  F-28
Statements of Cash Flows of Coast Resorts, Inc. (parent company only) for
 the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the three
 months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited)........................  F-29
Notes to Financial Statements............................................  F-30
 
                                COAST WEST, INC.
 
Report of Independent Accountants........................................  F-36
Balance Sheet of Coast West, Inc. as of December 31, 1995 and March 31,
 1996 (unaudited)........................................................  F-37
Statement of Loss Incurred During the Development Stage of Coast West,
 Inc. for the period September 29, 1995 (the date of inception) through
 December 31, 1995 and for the three months ended March 31, 1996
 (unaudited) and for the period September 29, 1995 (the date of
 inception) through March 31, 1996 (unaudited)...........................  F-38
Statement of Stockholder's Equity (Deficiency) of Coast West, Inc. for
 the period September 29, 1995 (the date of inception) through December
 31, 1995 and for the three month period ended March 31, 1996
 (unaudited).............................................................  F-39
Statement of Cash Flows of Coast West, Inc. for the period September 29,
 1995 (the date of inception) through December 31, 1995 and for the three
 months ended March 31, 1996 (unaudited) and for the period September 29,
 1995 (the date of inception) through March 31, 1996 (unaudited).........  F-40
Notes to Financial Statements............................................  F-41
</TABLE>    
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Directors and Stockholder of
 Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.
 
  We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Coast Hotels and Casinos,
Inc. (a Nevada corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Coast Resorts,
Inc.) as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the related statements of income,
stockholder's equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1995. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Coast Hotels and Casinos,
Inc. as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
  As more fully explained in Note 2, the Company changed its method of
accounting for marketable securities and depreciation in 1994.
 
COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
Las Vegas, Nevada
February 14, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                         COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.
               (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
       
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                              -----------------  MARCH 31,
                                                1994     1995      1996
                                              -------- -------- ----------- 
                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>      <C>      <C>         
                   ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................. $ 16,967 $ 14,539  $ 18,026
  Restricted cash equivalents in interest
   escrow account............................      --       --     19,292
  Accounts receivable, net...................    2,159    1,990     3,818
  Inventories................................    4,933    4,079     3,902
  Prepaid expenses...........................    2,775    2,427     2,916
                                              -------- --------  --------
    TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS.....................   26,834   23,035    47,954
                                              -------- --------  --------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, less accumulated
 depreciation................................  104,618  125,012   137,476
                                              -------- --------  --------
OTHER ASSETS:
  Marketable securities......................       63      --        --
  Other assets (including restricted cash
   equivalents at March 31, 1996 of $104,231
   in construction disbursement account).....    2,780    4,169   113,640
                                              -------- --------  --------
    TOTAL OTHER ASSETS.......................    2,843    4,169   113,640
                                              -------- --------  --------
                                              $134,295 $152,216  $299,070
                                              ======== ========  ========
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable........................... $ 18,113 $  8,389  $  5,442
  Accrued liabilities........................   13,525   14,426    19,579
  Bank lines of credit.......................    2,400      --        --
  Current portion of long-term debt..........      587    1,389       880
  Current portion of obligation under capital
   lease.....................................      113      202       216
                                              -------- --------  --------
    TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES................   34,738   24,406    26,117
                                              -------- --------  --------
LONG-TERM DEBT, less current portion:
  Bank line of credit........................      --    28,155       --
  Related parties............................   11,000   54,500       --
  Other......................................      413      348   171,525
                                              -------- --------  --------
    TOTAL LONG TERM DEBT.....................   11,413   83,003   171,525
                                              -------- --------  --------
OBLIGATION UNDER CAPITAL LEASE, less current
 portion.....................................      363      354       291
                                              -------- --------  --------
DEFERRED RENT................................      --     1,119     1,484
                                              -------- --------  --------
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES........................      --       --      2,500
                                              -------- --------  --------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY:
  Common stock, $1.00 par value, 25,000
   shares authorized,
   1,000 shares issued and outstanding.......        1        1         1
  Additional paid-in capital.................   70,774   38,239    93,358
  Unrealized gains...........................       13      --        --
  Retained earnings..........................   16,993    5,094     3,794
                                              -------- --------  --------
    TOTAL STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY...............   87,781   43,334    97,153
                                              -------- --------  --------
                                              $134,295 $152,216  $299,070
                                              ======== ========  ========
</TABLE>    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                         COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.
               (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)
 
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
       
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                              THREE MONTHS
                                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,     ENDED MARCH 31,
                               ----------------------------  ----------------
                                 1993      1994      1995     1995     1996
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                            <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
OPERATING REVENUES:
  Casino...................... $127,429  $129,086  $129,675  $30,933  $35,919
  Food and beverage...........   35,736    36,824    38,468    9,614    9,880
  Hotel.......................   11,820    12,232    13,233    3,230    3,521
  Other.......................    8,837     9,386     9,968    2,389    2,451
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
    GROSS REVENUES............  183,822   187,528   191,344   46,166   51,771
  Less: promotional allow-
   ances......................  (14,249)  (14,955)  (16,588)  (3,970)  (4,359)
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
    NET REVENUES..............  169,573   172,573   174,756   42,196   47,412
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Casino......................   62,307    65,376    67,782   16,583   16,939
  Food and beverage...........   31,925    34,461    31,242    8,521    7,404
  Hotel.......................    6,343     6,934     6,692    1,628    1,680
  Other.......................    8,087     8,257     8,537    2,075    1,871
  General and administrative..   32,402    32,940    34,686    8,271    9,279
  Guaranteed payments to for-
   mer partners...............    2,485     2,672       858      --       --
  Depreciation and amortiza-
   tion.......................    7,822     6,766     7,280    1,738    1,760
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
    TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES..  151,371   157,406   157,077   38,816   38,933
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
    OPERATING INCOME..........   18,202    15,167    17,679    3,380    8,479
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES):
  Interest expense:
    Related parties...........     (282)     (169)   (3,126)    (206)    (249)
    Other.....................     (607)     (176)     (760)    (173)  (4,057)
  Interest income.............       52       118       106       70      963
  Interest capitalized........      --        --        235      --       701
  Gain on disposal of equip-
   ment and securities........        3        23        92       57      --
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
    TOTAL OTHER INCOME (EX-
     PENSES)..................     (834)     (204)   (3,453)    (252)  (2,642)
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX PRO-
 VISION.......................   17,368    14,963    14,226    3,128    5,837
  Income tax provision........      --        --        --       --   $ 4,543
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
NET INCOME.................... $ 17,368  $ 14,963  $ 14,226  $ 3,128  $ 1,294
                               ========  ========  ========  =======  =======
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA
 (reflecting change in tax
 status):
  Provision for income taxes..    6,117     5,251     4,979    1,095    2,043
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
  Net income.................. $ 11,251  $  9,712  $  9,247  $ 2,033  $ 3,794
                               ========  ========  ========  =======  =======
</TABLE>    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                         COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.
               (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)
 
                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
 
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                          COMMON STOCK  ADDITIONAL UNREALIZED
                          -------------  PAID-IN     GAINS    RETAINED
                          SHARES AMOUNT  CAPITAL    (LOSSES)  EARNINGS   TOTAL
                          ------ ------ ---------- ---------- --------  --------
<S>                       <C>    <C>    <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
Balances at January 1,
 1993...................  1,000   $ 1    $83,063      $--     $  9,696  $ 92,760
  Net income............                                        17,368    17,368
  Distributions to for-
   mer partners.........                  (1,289)              (10,211)  (11,500)
                          -----   ---    -------      ----    --------  --------
Balances at December 31,
 1993...................  1,000     1     81,774       --       16,853    98,628
  Adjustments to
   beginning balances
   for change in
   accounting principle
   relating to
   marketable
   securities...........                                27                    27
                          -----   ---    -------      ----    --------  --------
Balances at January 1,
 1994...................  1,000     1     81,774        27      16,853    98,655
  Net income............                                        14,963    14,963
  Change in unrealized
   gains (losses) on
   marketable
   securities...........                               (14)                  (14)
  Distributions to for-
   mer partners.........                 (11,000)              (14,823)  (25,823)
                          -----   ---    -------      ----    --------  --------
Balances at December 31,
 1994...................  1,000     1     70,774        13      16,993    87,781
  Net income............                                        14,226    14,226
  Change in unrealized
   gains (losses) on
   marketable
   securities...........                               (13)                  (13)
  Distributions to
   former partners......                 (32,535)              (26,125)  (58,660)
                          -----   ---    -------      ----    --------  --------
Balances at December 31,
 1995...................  1,000   $ 1    $38,239      $--     $  5,094  $ 43,334
                          =====   ===    =======      ====    ========  ========
      (Unaudited):
  Reclassification of
   undistributed
   earnings
   to additional paid-in
   capital upon
   termination of
   partnership status
   (net of the impact of
   deferred taxes)......                   2,594                (2,594)      --
  Capital contribution
   through exchange of
   liabilities for Coast
   Resorts Common Stock.                  52,525                          52,525
  Net income............                                         1,294     1,294
                          -----   ---    -------      ----    --------  --------
Balances at March 31,
 1996...................  1,000    $1    $93,358      $       $  3,794  $ 97,153
                          =====   ===    =======      ====    ========  ========
</TABLE>    
 
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
                         COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.
               (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
       
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                               THREE MONTHS
                                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,      ENDED MARCH 31,
                               ----------------------------  ------------------
                                 1993      1994      1995     1995      1996
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  ---------
                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                            <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING AC-
 TIVITIES:
  Net income.................  $ 17,368  $ 14,963  $ 14,226  $ 3,128  $   1,294
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  ---------
  ADJUSTMENTS TO RECONCILE
   NET INCOME TO NET CASH
   PROVIDED BY OPERATING
   ACTIVITIES:
   Depreciation and
    amortization.............     7,822     6,766     7,280    1,720      1,760
   Provision for bad debts...       326       452       911      209        515
   Gain on disposal of
    equipment and securities.        (3)      (23)      (92)     (57)       --
   Other non-cash expenses...       650       --        --       --       2,586
   (Increase) decrease in
    operating assets:
    Accounts receivable......      (724)     (163)     (267)      (2)    (1,815)
    Inventories..............      (557)     (553)      854      456        177
    Prepaid expenses.........       303        18       349      200       (480)
    Other assets.............       222      (479)     (264)    (170)       376
   Increase (decrease) in
    operating liabilities:
    Accounts payable.........     1,679       868    (1,057)  (3,352)    (2,948)
    Accrued expenses.........     1,731       723       901     (926)     5,088
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  ---------
     TOTAL ADJUSTMENTS.......    11,449     7,609     8,615   (1,922)     5,259
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  ---------
     NET CASH PROVIDED BY
      OPERATING ACTIVITIES...    28,817    22,572    22,841    1,206      6,553
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING AC-
 TIVITIES:
  Purchase of marketable
   securities................       (19)      --        --       --         --
  Capital expenditures.......    (2,736)   (5,514)  (32,187)  (9,339)   (13,682)
  Proceeds from sale of
   equipment and securities..         6       160       219       87        --
  Issuance of notes
   receivable................       --       (500)      --       --         --
  Principal payment from
   notes receivable..........       455       345       --       --         --
  Net additions to restricted
   cash equivalents..........       --        --        --       --    (123,523)
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  ---------
     NET CASH USED BY
      INVESTING ACTIVITIES...    (2,294)   (5,509)  (31,968)  (9,252)  (137,205)
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING AC-
 TIVITIES:
  Proceeds from borrowings
   under bank lines of
   credit....................     9,007     6,250    26,941    9,000      1,045
  Principal payments on bank
   lines of credit...........    (8,757)   (4,100)   (4,000)  (2,400)   (29,200)
  Proceeds from issuance of
   long-term debt............       --        --      4,500    3,000    164,124
  Principal payments on long-
   term debt.................   (11,548)   (2,110)  (10,331)    (801)      (537)
  Advances to affiliates.....       --        --       (500)     --        (528)
  Principal payments on
   capital lease.............       (89)     (101)      (82)     (28)       (49)
  Payments for debt issue
   costs.....................       --        --     (1,169)     --        (716)
  Distributions to former
   partners..................   (11,500)  (14,823)   (8,660)  (8,660)       --
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  ---------
     NET CASH PROVIDED BY
      (USED IN) FINANCING
      ACTIVITIES.............   (22,887)  (14,884)    6,699      111    134,139
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  ---------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN
 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS...     3,636     2,179    (2,428)  (7,935)     3,487
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, at
 beginning of period.........    11,152    14,788    16,967   16,967     14,539
                               --------  --------  --------  -------  ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, at
 end of period...............  $ 14,788  $ 16,967  $ 14,539  $ 9,032  $  18,026
                               ========  ========  ========  =======  =========
</TABLE>    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                        COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.
              (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1--BACKGROUND INFORMATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
 Background Information
 
  Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc. (the "Company") is a Nevada corporation and a
wholly owned subsidiary of Coast Resorts, Inc. ("Coast Resorts"), which is
also a Nevada corporation. The Company was formed in September 1995 and owns
and operates hotel-casinos in Las Vegas, Nevada which had previously been
operated independently by the following two partnerships:
 
  .  Gold Coast Hotel and Casino, a Nevada limited partnership organized in
     1986 ("Gold Coast"), operated the Gold Coast Hotel and Casino which is
     located approximately one mile west of the Las Vegas Strip. Gold Coast
     also commenced development of the Orleans Hotel and Casino in Las Vegas
     in 1995, which development is being continued by the Company as more
     fully explained in Note 12.
 
  .  Barbary Coast Hotel and Casino, a Nevada partnership organized in 1979
     ("Barbary Coast"), operated the Barbary Coast Hotel and Casino which is
     located on the Las Vegas Strip.
 
  On January 1, 1996, the partners of Gold Coast and Barbary Coast (the
"Predecessor Partnerships") completed a reorganization (the "Reorganization")
with Coast Resorts. Coast Resorts was formed in September 1995 for the purpose
of effecting such Reorganization of the Predecessor Partnerships. Coast
Resorts, Gold Coast and Barbary Coast were all related through common
ownership and management control.
 
  In the Reorganization, the partners of the Predecessor Partnerships each
transferred to Coast Resorts, by assignment or through the merger of Gaughan-
Herbst, Inc., a Nevada corporation, the sole general partner of the Gold
Coast, their respective partnership interests in the Predecessor Partnerships
in exchange for an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of common stock, par value
$.01 per share, of Coast Resorts. The partners of the Gold Coast (or their
principals) received in the aggregate 65% of such shares of common stock of
Coast Resorts, and the partners of the Barbary Coast received in the aggregate
35% of such shares. The shares of common stock were issued to the respective
partners (or their principals) of each such Predecessor Partnership based upon
such partners' pro rata interests in such Predecessor Partnership.
 
  Concurrently with the exchange of the partners' interests in the Predecessor
Partnerships and the merger of Gaughan-Herbst, Inc. into Coast Resorts, Coast
Resorts became the sole partner of each of the Predecessor Partnerships, and
each Predecessor Partnership dissolved and terminated. Immediately upon such
dissolution and termination, all of the assets and liabilities of the
Predecessor Partnerships became the assets and liabilities of Coast Resorts.
Coast Resorts immediately contributed to the Company all of the assets of the
Predecessor Partnerships other than those relating to a certain ground lease
(the "Coast West Lease"), which Coast Resorts contributed to Coast West Inc.,
another wholly-owned subsidiary of Coast Resorts ("Coast West"). In addition,
the Company assumed, jointly and severally with Coast Resorts, all of the
liabilities of the Predecessor Partnerships other than (i) obligations under a
portion of the subordinated notes payable to former partners and $1,500,000
principal amount of demand notes payable to a related party which were
retained by Coast Resorts and were exchanged for shares of Coast Resorts
Common Stock (as defined below), and (ii) those liabilities incident to the
Coast West Lease, and Coast West assumed jointly and severally with Coast
Resorts, all of the liabilities of the Predecessor Partnerships incident to
the Coast West Lease.
 
  Coast Resorts retained the liability for an aggregate principal amount of
$51,025,000 in notes payable to former partners and retained the liability for
$1,500,000 relating to demand notes due to a related party (the "Exchange
Liabilities"). On January 16, 1996, the Exchange Liabilities were exchanged
for 494,353 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of Coast Resorts
(the "Coast Resorts Common Stock"), based upon management's estimate of the
fair market value of such common stock.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.     
               
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)     
                   
                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
 
 
NOTE 1--BACKGROUND INFORMATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION--(CONTINUED)
 
  As a result of the Reorganization, the former partners of the Predecessor
Partnerships (or their principals) own all of the issued and outstanding
shares of capital stock of Coast Resorts, Coast Resorts owns all of the issued
and outstanding capital stock of the Company and Coast West, and the Company
and Coast West own and have assumed in the aggregate all of the assets and
liabilities of the Predecessor Partnerships (other than the Exchange
Liabilities that were exchanged for Coast Resorts Common Stock). Thereafter,
the Company and Coast West will carry on the prior business operations of the
Predecessor Partnerships.
 
  Coast West plans to hold the Coast West Lease for future development. Coast
West has had no source of income since its inception in September 1995. The
Company has agreed to provide Coast West with advances sufficient to make
payments on the Coast West Lease, as more fully explained in Note 12.
 
 Basis of Presentation
 
  Gold Coast and Barbary Coast have historically operated under a high degree
of common control. The former Managing General Partner of Gold Coast was also
a general partner, and the principal manager, of Barbary Coast. Due to the
common control of Gold Coast and Barbary Coast and the continuation of
ownership by the former partners, the Reorganization was accounted for as a
reorganization of entities under common control. Accordingly, the financial
statements of the Company for all periods are presented as if the
Reorganization occurred at the beginning of the earliest period presented and
include the accounts of all entities involved on a historical cost basis, in a
manner similar to a pooling of interests.
 
  The accompanying financial statements reflect the Exchange Liabilities as
obligations of the Company at December 31, 1994 and 1995, as the exchange for
Coast Resorts Common Stock had not yet occurred. The exchange was accounted
for subsequent to the completion of the Reorganization, through an increase in
additional paid-in capital from Coast Resorts to the Company in 1996 in the
amount of $52,525,000, reflecting the historical cost basis of the Exchange
Liabilities.
   
INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     
   
  The financial statements as of March 31, 1996 and for the three months ended
March 31, 1995 and 1996 are unaudited. In the opinion of management, all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a
fair presentation of the results for the interim period have been included.
The interim results reflected in the financial statements are not necessarily
indicative of expected results for the full year.     
 
NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
 Inventories
 
  Inventories, which consist primarily of food and beverage, liquor store, and
gift shop merchandise, are valued at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out)
or market value except for the base stocks of bar glassware and restaurant
china which are stated at original cost with subsequent replacements charged
to expense.
 
 Original Issue Discount and Debt Issue Costs
 
  Original issue discount is amortized over the life of the related
indebtedness using the effective interest method. Costs associated with the
issuance of debt are deferred and amortized over the life of the related
indebtedness also using the effective interest method.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.     
               
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)     
                   
                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
   
NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED)     
 
 Property, Equipment and Depreciation
 
  Property and equipment are stated at cost. Expenditures for additions,
renewals and betterments are capitalized; expenditures for maintenance and
repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Upon retirement or disposal of
assets, the cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts
and the resulting gain or loss is included in income. Depreciation is computed
by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of property and
equipment, which range from 5 to 15 years for equipment and up to 40 years for
buildings and improvements.
 
  During 1994, the Company changed its method of accounting for depreciation
for property and equipment, to compute depreciation on the straight-line
method. The Company had used accelerated depreciation methods for computing
depreciation prior to such change. Although both methods are considered
generally acceptable, the straight-line method is more prevalent in the gaming
industry and is considered by management to therefore be preferable. The
change in accounting has been retroactively reflected in the Company's
financial statements.
 
 Preopening and related promotional expense
 
  Costs associated with the opening of new hotel-casinos, including personnel,
training, certain advertising and other costs, are capitalized and charged to
expense over management's estimate of the period of economic benefit
associated with such costs. Management believes that such period, with respect
to major hotel-casinos, is within one fiscal quarter of the date of opening.
 
 Advertising Costs
 
  Costs for advertising are expensed as incurred, except costs for direct-
response advertising, which are capitalized and amortized over the period of
the related program. Capitalized advertising costs were immaterial at December
31, 1994 and 1995. Advertising expense was $3,225,860, $3,668,760, and
$4,281,183 for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
 Marketable Securities
 
  During the year ended December 31, 1994, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 115 ("SFAS 115"), "Accounting for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." The adoption of SFAS 115 resulted
in an increase in stockholder's equity of approximately $27,000, to reflect a
net unrealized holding gain at the beginning of the year. In conformity with
the provisions of SFAS 115, the balance sheet at December 31, 1993 was not
restated to give effect to the adoption of this statement.
 
  Marketable equity securities have been categorized as available for sale and
as a result are stated at fair value, as determined by market quotations on a
national stock exchange. Realized gains and losses are charged to income while
unrealized holding gains and losses are included as a component of
stockholder's equity until realized.
 
 Casino Revenue
 
  In accordance with common industry practice, the Company recognizes as
casino revenue the net win from gaming activities which is the difference
between amounts wagered and amounts paid to winning patrons.
 
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.     
               
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)     
                   
                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
   
NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED)     
   
 Deferred Revenue     
 
  Wagers received on all sporting events are recorded as a liability until the
final outcome of the event when the payoffs, if any, can be determined.
 
 Progressive Jackpot Payouts
 
  The Company has a number of progressive slot machines, progressive poker
games and a progressive keno game. As coins are played on the progressive slot
machines, the amount available to win increases, to be paid out when the
appropriate jackpot is hit. The keno game and poker game payout also increases
with the amount of play, to be paid out when hit. In accordance with common
industry practice, the Company has recorded the progressive jackpot as a
liability with a corresponding charge against casino revenue.
 
 Promotional Allowances
 
  The retail value of hotel accommodations and food and beverage items
provided to customers without charge is included in gross revenues and then
deducted as promotional allowances, to arrive at net revenues.
 
  The estimated cost of providing these complimentary services is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                        -----------------------
                                                         1993    1994    1995
                                                        ------- ------- -------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                               <C>     <C>     <C>
      Hotel............................................ $ 1,205 $ 1,350 $ 1,426
      Food and beverage................................  13,236  14,465  14,704
                                                        ------- ------- -------
      Total cost of promotional allowances............. $14,441 $15,815 $16,130
                                                        ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
  The cost of promotional allowances has been allocated to expense as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                         -----------------------
                                                          1993    1994    1995
                                                         ------- ------- -------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                                <C>     <C>     <C>
      Casino............................................ $13,436 $14,693 $15,232
      Other.............................................   1,005   1,122     898
                                                         ------- ------- -------
                                                         $14,441 $15,815 $16,130
                                                         ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
 Slot Club Promotion
 
  The Company has established promotional slot clubs to encourage repeat
business from frequent and active slot customers. Members in the clubs earn
points based on slot activity accumulated in the members' account. Points can
be redeemed for certain consumer products (typically household appliances),
travel, and food and beverage. The Company accrues for slot club points
expected to be redeemed in the future based on the average cost of items
expected to be redeemed.
 
 Income Taxes
 
  Prior to the Reorganization, the Company operated as individual partnerships
which did not pay federal income taxes. The partners of Gold Coast and Barbary
Coast were taxed on their proportionate share of each of
 
                                     F-10
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.     
               
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)     
                   
                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
   
NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED)     
 
their respective partnership's taxable income or loss. Therefore, these
statements do not include any provision or liability for corporate income
taxes.
 
 Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
  The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a remaining
maturity at acquisition of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash
in excess of daily requirements is typically invested in U.S. Government-
backed repurchase agreements with maturities of 30 days or less. Such
investments are generally made with major financial institutions having a high
credit quality. At times, the Company's cash deposited in financial
institutions may be in excess of federally insured limits.
 
Concentration of Credit Risk
 
  The Company extends credit to patrons throughout the world after background
checks and investigations of creditworthiness and does not require collateral.
The Company records provisions for potential credit losses and such losses
have been within management's expectations. Management believes that as of
December 31, 1995, no significant concentration of credit risk exists for
which an allowance has not already been determined and recorded.
 
 Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
 Reclassifications
 
  Certain amounts in the 1993 and 1994 financial statements have been
reclassified to conform with the 1995 presentation.
 
NOTE 3--MARKETABLE SECURITIES
 
  Marketable securities consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,
                                                           1994         1995
                                                       ------------ ------------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                              <C>          <C>
      Aggregate Cost..................................     $50          $--
      Aggregate Market Value..........................      63           --
                                                           ---          ----
      Unrealized gain.................................     $13          $--
                                                           ===          ====
</TABLE>
 
  At December 31, 1994, marketable equity securities includes gross unrealized
holding gains and losses of $27,000 and $14,000, respectively. The net
unrealized holding gain of $13,000 as of December 31, 1994, has been included
as a separate component of stockholders' equity. For the year ended December
31, 1994, an unrealized holding loss was recognized, in the amount of $14,000.
 
  During 1995, all marketable equity securities were sold by the Company and,
as a result, the Company recorded a total realized gain of approximately
$16,000. Gross realized gains and losses on the sales of marketable equity
securities, based on the cost of such securities, were $27,900 and $11,900,
respectively.
 
                                     F-11
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.     
               
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)     
                   
                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
 
 
NOTE 4--ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
 
  Accounts receivable consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 --------------
                                                                  1994    1995
                                                                 ------  ------
                                                                      (IN
                                                                  THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                                        <C>     <C>
      Casino receivables........................................ $1,509  $1,430
      Other receivables.........................................  1,032   1,434
      Allowance for doubtful accounts...........................   (382)   (874)
                                                                 ------  ------
                                                                 $2,159  $1,990
                                                                 ======  ======
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 5--PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
  Major classes of property and equipment consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER, 31
                                                             ------------------
                                                               1994      1995
                                                             --------  --------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                                    <C>       <C>
      Building.............................................. $ 86,493  $ 86,564
      Furniture and fixtures................................   65,313    55,889
      Building improvements.................................   10,110    10,128
                                                             --------  --------
                                                              161,916   152,581
      Less accumulated depreciation.........................  (66,322)  (62,709)
                                                             --------  --------
                                                               95,594    89,872
      Land..................................................    8,758    15,230
      Construction in progress..............................      266    19,910
                                                             --------  --------
      Net property and equipment............................ $104,618  $125,012
                                                             ========  ========
</TABLE>
 
  Furniture and fixtures at December 31, 1994 included $7,985,000 of slot
equipment which had not yet been placed in service. As of December 31, 1995,
all such slot equipment was in use.
 
NOTE 6--LEASES
 
  The Barbary Coast building is located on land which is leased. The lease
term runs through May 2003 with a purchase option and two 30 year renewal
options. In addition, the parking lot adjacent to the building is being leased
under a 10 year lease which runs through December 2003.
 
  The Company leases the main sign on the Barbary Coast building under a
capital lease with an initial term of 7 years which commenced July 12, 1991.
Upon termination of the agreement, the Company has the right to purchase the
sign at a price equal to its fair market value. The sign is included in
property and equipment at a cost of $743,000 less accumulated amortization of
$192,000 and $247,000 at December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
  During 1995 the Company leased computer equipment at the Gold Cost under a
capital lease with an initial term of 3 years which commenced June 1995. Upon
termination of the lease, the Company has the right to purchase the equipment
at a price of one dollar. At December 31, 1995, the computer equipment is
included in property and equipment at a cost of approximately $241,000 less
accumulated amortization of $21,000.
 
                                     F-12
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.     
               
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)     
                   
                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
   
NOTE 6--LEASES--(CONTINUED)     
 
  During December 1995, the Company entered into a ground lease for the land
underlying the Orleans. The land is owned by The Tiberti Company, a Nevada
general partnership, of which a stockholder of Coast Resorts is the managing
partner. The stockholder is also the president and a director and stockholder
of the general contractor for the construction of the Orleans, as more fully
described in Note 13. The lease provides for an initial term of fifty years
with a twenty-five year renewal option and includes a purchase option,
exercisable by the Company, at fair market value during the twentieth and
twenty-first years of the lease. Lease payments range from $175,000 to
$250,000 per month during the first sixteen years of the lease increasing by
3% per annum thereafter. The total amount of the base rent payments on the
Orleans lease is being charged to expense on the straight-line method over the
term of the lease. The Company has recorded deferred rent to reflect the
excess of rent expense over cash payments since inception of the lease.
 
 Future Minimum Lease Payments
 
  The following is an annual schedule of future minimum lease payments
required under operating and capital leases that have initial or remaining
noncancelable terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               CAPITAL OPERATING
                                                               LEASES   LEASES
                                                               ------- ---------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                                      <C>     <C>
      1996....................................................  $256   $  3,321
      1997....................................................   256      2,400
      1998....................................................   141      2,400
      1999....................................................   --       2,650
      2000....................................................   --       2,700
      Later years.............................................   --     213,121
                                                                ----   --------
      Total minimum lease payments............................   653   $226,592
                                                                       ========
        Less amount representing interest.....................    97
                                                                ----
      Present value of net minimum lease payments.............   556
        Less current portion..................................   202
                                                                ----
      Obligations under capital lease.........................  $354
                                                                ====
</TABLE>
   
 Rental Expense     
   
  Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 is as
follows:     
 
<TABLE>       
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  --------------
                                                                  1993 1994 1995
                                                                  ---- ---- ----
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                                         <C>  <C>  <C>
      Occupancy rentals.......................................... $275 $300 $300
      Other equipment............................................  146  171  262
                                                                  ---- ---- ----
                                                                  $421 $471 $562
                                                                  ==== ==== ====
</TABLE>    
 
 
                                     F-13
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.     
               
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)     
                   
                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
 
NOTE 7--ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
 
  Major classes of accounts payable consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 --------------
                                                                  1994    1995
                                                                 ------- ------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                                        <C>     <C>
      Trade accounts payable.................................... $16,034 $6,370
      Customer deposits, unpaid winnings and other..............   2,079  2,019
                                                                 ------- ------
                                                                 $18,113 $8,389
                                                                 ======= ======
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 8--ACCRUED LIABILITIES
 
  Major classes of accrued liabilities consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                ---------------
                                                                 1994    1995
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                                       <C>     <C>
      Slot club liability...................................... $ 4,473 $ 4,813
      Compensation and benefits................................   3,707   3,850
      Taxes....................................................   1,017     699
      Progressive jackpot payouts..............................   3,477   3,841
      Deferred sports book revenue.............................     851     736
      Accrued interest expense.................................     --      487
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                $13,525 $14,426
                                                                ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 9--BANK LINES OF CREDIT
 
  Gold Coast and Barbary Coast previously maintained separate revolving line
of credit agreements with Bank of America Nevada which provided for maximum
borrowings of $25,000,000 and $3,000,000, respectively, through October 31,
1995. Interest on borrowings outstanding under the lines was payable monthly
at the bank's reference rate plus 1.125% (8.5% at December 31, 1994). Gold
Coast and Barbary Coast had outstanding balances of $0 and $3,000,000 at
December 31, 1994, respectively.
 
  During November 1995, in connection with the Reorganization, the revolving
bank lines of credit maintained by the Predecessor Partnerships were canceled
and replaced by a new revolving line of credit with Bank of America Nevada
(the "New Revolving Facility") maintained by Coast Resorts, the Company and
the Predecessor Partnerships (the "Borrowers"). The New Revolving Facility
provided for maximum borrowings of $37,500,000 through February 1996. At
December 31, 1995, the Borrowers had approximately $28,155,000 outstanding
under the New Revolving Facility. Interest on outstanding borrowings was
payable monthly at the bank's reference rate.
 
  As more fully explained in Note 17, in January 1996, the New Revolving
Facility was canceled and repaid with a portion of the proceeds from the
Company's issuance of $175,000,000, First Mortgage Notes due 2002.
Accordingly, all borrowings under the New Revolving Facility have been
classified as long-term debt at December 31, 1995.
 
 
                                     F-14
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.     
               
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)     
                   
                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
 
NOTE 10--LONG-TERM DEBT
 
  Long-term debt consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                ---------------
                                                                 1994    1995
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>     <C>
BANK LINE OF CREDIT CLASSIFIED AS LONG-TERM (SEE NOTE 9)......  $   --  $28,155
                                                                ------- -------
RELATED PARTIES:
Prime note payable in monthly installments of $175,000
 principal and interest with all remaining outstanding
 principal together with all accrued interest due February 1,
 1996. The note is payable to Exber, Inc. (see Note 13),
 collateralized by the land lease underlying the Barbary Coast
 Hotel and a deed of trust covering property and equipment.
 The effective rate of interest at December 31, 1994 was 8.5%;
 repaid during 1995...........................................      465     --
Uncollateralized note payable in monthly installments of
 $175,000 principal and interest until said balance is paid in
 full. The Note is payable to Exber, Inc. (See Note 13). The
 effective rate of interest at December 31, 1995 was 8.5%.....      --    1,256
7.5% notes, payable in monthly installments of interest only,
 with all principal and any unpaid interest due December 31,
 2001. The notes are unsecured and are payable to the former
 partners of Barbary Coast and Gold Coast. Approximately
 $51,025,000 of the notes were exchanged for Coast Resorts
 Common Stock on January 16, 1996 as more fully described in
 Note 1.......................................................   11,000  53,000
6.0% uncollateralized notes payable to related party due on
 demand. As more fully described in Note 1, the notes were
 exchanged for Coast Resorts Common Stock on January 16, 1996.      --    1,500
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                 11,465  55,756
Less current portion..........................................      465   1,256
                                                                ------- -------
    Total, related parties....................................   11,000  54,500
                                                                ------- -------
NON-RELATED PARTIES:
6% note, payable in 60 monthly installments of $13,000
 principal and interest beginning January 28, 1994. The note
 is collateralized by gaming equipment........................      535     414
Uncollateralized note, payable in semi-annual installments of
 principal and interest until said balance is paid in full.
 The effective rate of interest at December 31, 1995 was
 approximately 6%.............................................      --       67
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                    535     481
Less current portion..........................................      122     133
                                                                ------- -------
    Total, non-related parties................................      413     348
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                $11,413 $83,003
                                                                ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.     
               
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)     
                   
                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
 
 
NOTE 10--LONG-TERM DEBT--(CONTINUED)
 
  Maturities on long-term debt as adjusted for (i) the exchange of notes for
Coast Resorts Common Stock as described in Note 1 and, (ii) the repayment of
the bank line of credit with proceeds from the offering of First Mortgage
Notes due 2002 as described in Note 9, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,                                      MATURITIES
      ------------------------                                    --------------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                                         <C>
         1996....................................................    $ 1,389
         1997....................................................        140
         1998....................................................        150
         1999....................................................          3
         2000....................................................          3
         Thereafter..............................................     30,182
                                                                     -------
                                                                     $31,867
                                                                     =======
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 11--FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
  The following estimated fair value of the Company's financial instruments
have been determined by the Company using available market information and
appropriate valuation methodologies. The carrying amounts of cash and cash
equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate fair values
due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The carrying amounts
and estimated fair values of the Company's other financial instruments at
December 31, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               CARRYING  FAIR
                                                                AMOUNT   VALUE
                                                               -------- -------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                                      <C>      <C>
      Liabilities:
        Bank line of credit................................... $28,155  $28,155
        Current portion of long-term debt.....................   1,389    1,389
        Long-term debt........................................  54,848   54,255
</TABLE>
 
  The methods and assumptions are summarized as follows:
 
  Bank lines of credit and current portion of long-term debt--For bank lines
of credit and current portion of long-term debt, the carrying amounts
approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of such items.
 
  Long-term debt--For all long-term debt not exchanged for Coast Resorts
Common Stock, the fair value is estimated using a discounted cash flow
analysis, based on the incremental borrowing rates currently available to the
Company for debt with similar terms and maturity. The fair value of long-term
debt exchanged for Coast Resorts Common Stock approximates carrying value
based on the values utilized for the exchange transaction subsequent to year
end.
 
NOTE 12--CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS
 
  During 1995, the Company commenced construction of the Orleans Hotel and
Casino ("Orleans") in Las Vegas. The plans for the Orleans have been developed
with a theme of the French Quarter in New Orleans, and include an
approximately 100,000 square-foot casino, 840 hotel rooms, a 70-lane bowling
center, and four restaurants. The Orleans has a construction and development
budget of approximately $158.1 million, excluding capitalized interest, pre-
opening expenditures, and opening bankroll. In January 1996, the Company
entered into
 
                                     F-16
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.     
               
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)     
                   
                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
   
NOTE 12--CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS     
 
a guaranteed maximum price contract for the construction of the buildings and
site improvements for a price not to exceed $100.0 million. The general
contractor is a related party, as more fully described in Note 13. As of
December 31, 1995, the Company has incurred approximately $19,824,000 related
to the construction of the Orleans of which approximately $13,204,000 was
incurred under the guaranteed maximum price contract.
 
  The Company has agreed to provide advances to Coast West sufficient to make
payments on the Coast West Lease and other obligations. The Coast West Lease
relates to a parcel of land located in the western area of Las Vegas to be
used for future expansion opportunities. The Coast West Lease term runs
through December 31, 2055, with three 10-year renewal options, with monthly
payments of $166,667 for the year ending December 31, 1995. Thereafter the
monthly rent will be increased by the amount of $5,000 in January of each
year. The lease includes a put option exercisable by the landlord requiring
the purchase of the land at fair market value at the end of the 20th through
24th years of the lease, provided that the purchase price shall not be less
than ten times, nor more than fifteen times, the annual rent at such time.
Based on the terms of the lease, the potential purchase price commitment
ranges from approximately $31,000,000 to approximately $51,000,000 in the
years 2014 through 2018. The advances to Coast West will be non-interest
bearing. As of December 31, 1995, the Company had advanced Coast West $500,000
related to the Coast West lease. Coast West is a development stage enterprise
and has no source of income and is therefore solely dependent on the advances
to be provided by the Company. There can be no assurance that Coast West will
develop a gaming property at the Coast West site, or that it will be able to
repay any advances made by the Company. Accordingly, the Company has recorded
an allowance for doubtful accounts in an amount equal to advances provided.
 
  The Company is involved in various legal actions arising in the ordinary
course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of
these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the financial
position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.
 
NOTE 13--RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
  The Company's advertising services are provided by LGT Advertising, a
Company owned by several stockholders of Coast Resorts. Advertising expense
amounted to approximately $2,026,000, $2,276,000, and $2,841,000 for the years
ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
  The Company receives laundry services from Exber, Inc. (dba El Cortez Hotel
& Casino). A major stockholder-officer of Exber, Inc. is the father of a major
stockholder of Coast Resorts. Laundry expense amounted to approximately
$966,000, $1,016,000 and $1,065,000 for the years ended December 31, 1993,
1994, and 1995, respectively.
 
  Included in operating expenses are guaranteed payments of $2,027,000,
$2,200,000 and $398,000 to the former partners of Barbary Coast (now
stockholders of Coast Resorts) for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994,
and 1995, respectively. Also included in operating expenses are guaranteed
payments to the former Managing Partner of Gold Coast (now a stockholder of
Coast Resorts) of $458,000, $472,000 and $460,000 for the years ended December
31, 1993, 1994, and 1995. Guaranteed payments to the Gold Coast Hotel and
Casino's Managing Partner were based on a minimum salary plus 1% of Gold Coast
Hotel and Casino's profits as required under the partnership agreement.
Subsequent to the consummation of the Reorganization, the guaranteed payment
requirements of the Predecessor Partnerships have been terminated.
 
                                     F-17
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.     
               
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)     
                   
                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
   
NOTE 13--RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS--(CONTINUED)     
 
  In February 1991, the Company borrowed $7,500,000 from Exber, Inc., in the
form of a collateralized note. On January 25, 1995, the Company borrowed
approximately $3,000,000 through an uncollateralized note payable to Exber,
Inc., a portion of which was used to pay off the balance due on the 1991
collateralized note payable to Exber, Inc. Amounts outstanding relating to
these notes are $465,000 and $1,256,000 at December 31, 1994 and 1995,
respectively. Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
1995 on these notes amounted to $209,000, $105,000, and $181,000,
respectively.
 
  In December 1994, $11,000,000 was distributed to the former partners of
Barbary Coast in the form of notes payable. In June 1995, $50,000,000 was
distributed to the former partners of Gold Coast in the form of notes payable.
In December 1995, Gold Coast repaid $8,000,000 of such notes. As more fully
described in Note 1, on January 16, 1996, approximately $51,025,000 of such
notes payable to former partners were exchanged for shares of Coast Resorts
Common Stock. Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
1995 on these notes amounted to $0, $0, and $2,856,250, respectively.
 
  As more fully described in Note 12, the Company has commenced the
construction of the Orleans Hotel and Casino with J.A. Tiberti Construction
Company, Inc. ("Tiberti Construction"). Tiberti Construction also served as
the general contractor for the original construction of the Gold Coast and for
certain expansions thereof, and for the original construction of the Barbary
Coast and all expansions thereof. The President of Tiberti Construction is a
stockholder and director of Coast Resorts and a director of the Company. For
the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994, and 1995, the Company paid
approximately $0, $328,000, and $10,906,000, respectively, to Tiberti
Construction in connection with such construction services.
 
NOTE 14--EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLANS
 
  In November 1993, the Company adopted separate defined contribution (401(k))
plans for eligible employees of the Gold Coast and the Barbary Coast. All
employees of the Gold Coast are eligible to participate. All employees of the
Barbary Coast not covered by a collective bargaining agreement are eligible to
participate. The employees may elect to defer up to 15% of their yearly
compensation, subject to statutory limits. The Company contributes 1% of the
employees' eligible compensation and also makes matching contributions of 50%
of the first 4% of the employees' contribution. Contribution expense was
$217,000, $1,207,000, and $1,224,000 for the years ended December 31, 1993,
1994, and 1995, respectively.
 
  In addition, beginning in 1993, certain employees at the Barbary Coast
became covered by a union-sponsored, collectively bargained, multi-employer,
defined benefit pension plan. The Barbary Coast contributed $66,000 $293,000
and $312,000 during the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994, and 1995,
respectively, for the plan. These contributions are determined in accordance
with the provisions of negotiated labor contracts and generally are based on
the number of hours worked.
 
                                     F-18
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.     
               
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)     
                   
                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
 
 
NOTE 15--SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOWS INFORMATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                           --------------------
                                                           1993  1994    1995
                                                           ---- ------- -------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                     <C>  <C>     <C>
   Interest paid.......................................... $925 $   345 $ 3,164
                                                           ==== ======= =======
   Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and
    financing activities:
     Property and equipment and other asset acquisitions
      included in accounts payable........................ $--  $ 9,042 $ 3,101
                                                           ==== ======= =======
     Litigation settlement by issuance of long-term debt.. $650 $   --  $   --
                                                           ==== ======= =======
     Distribution to former partners by issuance of notes
      payable............................................. $--  $11,000 $50,000
                                                           ==== ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 16--REGULATION OF GAMING OPERATIONS
 
  The gaming operations of the Company are subject to the licensing and
regulatory control of the Nevada Gaming Commission (the Nevada Commission),
the Nevada State Gaming Control Board (the Nevada Control Board) and the Clark
County Liquor and Gaming Board (the Clark County Board) (collectively the
Nevada Gaming Authorities). These agencies issue gaming licenses based upon,
among other considerations, evidence that the character and reputation of
principal owners, officers, directors, and certain other key employees are
consistent with regulatory goals. The necessary licenses have been secured by
the Company. The licenses are not transferable and must be renewed
periodically upon the payment of appropriate taxes and license fees. The
Nevada Gaming Authorities have broad discretion with regard to the renewal of
the licenses which may at any time revoke, suspend, condition, limit or
restrict a license for any cause deemed reasonable by the issuing agency.
Officers, directors, and key employees of the Company must be approved by the
Nevada Control Board and licensed by the Nevada Commission and Clark County
Board.
 
NOTE 17--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
   
  Effective January 1, 1996, the Predecessor Partnerships were dissolved and
terminated as more fully described in Note 1. In connection therewith, the
Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109
"Accounting for Income Taxes" ("SFAS 109"). Under SFAS 109 deferred tax assets
and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences
attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts
of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred
tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to
apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are
expected to be recovered or settled. Under SFAS 109, the effect on deferred
tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in
the period that includes the enactment date. The adoption of SFAS 109 on
January 1, 1996 resulted in the recognition in the 1996 financial statements
of net deferred tax liabilities and a corresponding charge to earnings through
the income tax provision of approximately $2,500,000. In addition, upon
termination of the partnership tax status on January 1, 1996, all
undistributed earnings of the predecessor partnerships, net of the impact of
the deferred taxes, were reclassified to additional paid-in capital.     
 
  On January 16, 1996, the Company completed the exchange of Coast Resorts
Common Stock for the Exchange Liabilities, as described in Note 1.
 
                                     F-19
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.     
               
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)     
                   
                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
   
NOTE 17--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS--(CONTINUED)     
 
  On January 30, 1996, the Company completed a private placement of $175
million principal amount of 13% First Mortgage Notes Due December 15, 2002
(the "First Mortgage Notes"). Interest on the First Mortgage Notes is payable
semi-annually commencing June 15, 1996. The First Mortgage Notes are
unconditionally guaranteed by Coast Resorts, Coast West and certain future
Subsidiaries of the Company. Net proceeds from the offering (after deducting
original issue discount and commissions) were approximately $164.1 million. Of
that amount, (i) approximately $114.8 million was deposited in a construction
disbursement account restricted for use by the Company to finance in part the
cost of developing, constructing, equipping and opening the Orleans, (ii)
approximately $19.3 million was used by the Company to purchase U.S.
Government Obligations which were deposited into an interest escrow account
restricted to fund the interest payable on the First Mortgage Notes through
December 15, 1996 and (iii) approximately $29.2 million was used by the
Company to repay all outstanding indebtedness under the Company's New
Revolving Facility, which facility was terminated. The balance of
approximately $800,000 was used to pay, in part, the estimated offering
expenses of $2.4 million.
 
  The indenture governing the Notes contains covenants that, among other
things, limit the ability of the Company to pay dividends, repay existing
indebtedness, incur additional indebtedness, or sell material assets as
defined in the indenture. Additionally, if on the twentieth day of the month
following the first month in which the Orleans Hotel and Casino has been
operating for 18 months, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the
indenture) of the Company for the most recently ended four full fiscal
quarters is less than 1.5 to 1, the Company shall consummate an asset sale of
the Barbary Coast within one year. The proceeds from such asset sale shall be
used by the Company to repurchase Notes at a price equal to 101% of the
principal amount of such Notes.
 
NOTE 18--UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA
 
  Prior to the Reorganization, the Company operated as individual partnerships
which did not pay federal income taxes. The partners of Gold Coast and Barbary
Coast were taxed on their proportionate share of each of their respective
partnership's taxable income or loss. The pro forma provision for income taxes
and the related pro forma net income are unaudited and reflect adjustments to
income taxes assuming that the change in corporate income tax status occurred
as of January 1, 1993.
   
  The following pro forma consolidated financial statements of the Company
give effect to (i) the change in income tax status resulting from the
Reorganization, (ii) the issuance of the First Mortgage Notes and the
subsequent Exchange Offer and (iii) additional borrowings anticipated to be
incurred by Coast Hotels in connection with the development of The Orleans
(the "Orleans Equipment Financing").     
   
  The pro forma consolidated balance sheet has been presented assuming that
the transactions described above occurred on March 31, 1996. The pro forma
statement of income has been presented assuming that the transactions
described above occurred on January 1, 1995. These pro forma consolidated
financial statements are unaudited and not necessarily indicative of the
results that will be achieved for future periods.     
 
                                     F-20
<PAGE>
 
                         COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.
               (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
NOTE 18--UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA--(CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                 MARCH 31, 1996 (PRO FORMA)
                                               --------------------------------
                                                ACTUAL  ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                                               -------- -----------   ---------
<S>                                            <C>      <C>           <C>
                    ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents (including $19,300
   of restricted cash)........................ $ 37,318   $30,000(a)  $ 67,318
  Other current assets........................   10,636                 10,636
                                               --------   -------     --------
    TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS......................   47,954    30,000       77,954
                                               --------   -------     --------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, less accumulated
 depreciation.................................  137,476                137,476
                                               --------   -------     --------
OTHER ASSETS:
  Restricted cash.............................  104,231                104,231
  Other assets................................    9,409                  9,409
                                               --------   -------     --------
    TOTAL OTHER ASSETS........................  113,640                113,640
                                               --------   -------     --------
                                               $299,070   $30,000     $329,070
                                               ========   =======     ========
     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES........................... $ 26,117   $           $ 26,117
                                               --------   -------     --------
LONG TERM DEBT, less current portion            171,816    30,000 (a)  201,816
                                               --------   -------     --------
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES.........................    2,500                  2,500
                                               --------   -------     --------
OTHER NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES.................    1,484                  1,484
                                               --------   -------     --------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY:
  Common stock, $1.00 par value, 25,000 shares
   authorized, 1,000 shares issued and
   outstanding................................        1                      1
  Additional paid-in capital..................   93,358                 93,358
  Retained Earnings...........................    3,794                  3,794
                                               --------   -------     --------
    TOTAL STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY................   97,153                 97,153
                                               --------   -------     --------
                                               $299,070   $30,000     $329,070
                                               ========   =======     ========
</TABLE>    
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.     
               
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)     
                   
                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
   
NOTE 18--UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA--(CONTINUED)     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                    FOR THE YEAR ENDED
                                              DECEMBER 31, 1995 (PRO FORMA)
                                              ----------------------------------
                                               ACTUAL   ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                              --------  -----------    ---------
<S>                                           <C>       <C>            <C>
OPERATING REVENUES:
  Casino..................................... $129,675   $             $129,675
  Food and beverage..........................   38,468                   38,468
  Hotel......................................   13,233                   13,233
  Other......................................    9,968                    9,968
                                              --------   --------      --------
    GROSS REVENUES...........................  191,344                  191,344
  Less promotional allowances................  (16,588)                 (16,588)
                                              --------   --------      --------
    NET REVENUES.............................  174,756                  174,756
                                              --------   --------      --------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Casino.....................................   67,782                   67,782
  Food and beverage..........................   31,242                   31,242
  Hotel......................................    6,692                    6,692
  Other......................................    8,537                    8,537
  General and Administrative.................   34,686        650 (b)    35,336
  Guaranteed payments to former partners.....      858       (858)(b)
  Depreciation and amortization..............    7,280                    7,280
                                              --------   --------      --------
    TOTAL OPERATNG EXPENSES..................  157,077       (208)      156,869
    OPERATING INCOME.........................   17,679        208        17,887
                                              --------   --------      --------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)
  Interest expense:
    Related parties..........................   (3,126)     2,749 (c)      (377)
    Other....................................     (760)   (24,063)(d)   (28,731)
                                                           (3,300)(e)
                                                              463 (f)
                                                           (1,071)(g)
  Interest income............................      106        --            106
  Interest capitalized.......................      235                      235
  Gain on disposal of equipment..............       92        --             92
                                              --------   --------      --------
    TOTAL OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)............   (3,453)   (25,222)      (28,675)
                                              --------   --------      --------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES...................   14,226    (25,014)      (10,788)
PRO FORMA PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME
 TAXES.......................................    4,979     (4,979)(h)
                                              --------   --------      --------
PRO FORMA NET INCOME (LOSS).................. $  9,247   $(20,035)     $(10,788)
                                              ========   ========      ========
</TABLE>    
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.     
               
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)     
                   
                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
   
NOTE 18--UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA--(CONTINUED)     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                 FOR THE THREE MONTH PERIOD
                                                            ENDED
                                                 MARCH 31, 1996 (PRO FORMA)
                                                --------------------------------
                                                ACTUAL   ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                                                -------  -----------   ---------
<S>                                             <C>      <C>           <C>
OPERATING REVENUES:
  Casino....................................... $35,919    $            $35,919
  Food and beverage............................   9,880                   9,880
  Hotel........................................   3,521                   3,521
  Other........................................   2,451                   2,451
                                                -------    -------      -------
    GROSS REVENUES.............................  51,771                  51,771
  Less promotional allowances..................  (4,359)                 (4,359)
                                                -------    -------      -------
    NET REVENUES...............................  47,412                  47,412
                                                -------    -------      -------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Casino.......................................  16,939                  16,939
  Food and beverage............................   7,404                   7,404
  Hotel........................................   1,680                   1,680
  Other........................................   1,871                   1,871
  General and Administrative...................   9,279                   9,279
  Depreciation and amortization................   1,760                   1,760
                                                -------    -------      -------
    TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES...................  38,933                  38,933
    OPERATING INCOME...........................   8,479                   8,479
                                                -------    -------      -------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)
  Interest expense:
    Related parties............................    (249)       159 (c)      (90)
    Other......................................  (4,057)    (1,912)(d)   (6,883)
                                                              (825)(e)
                                                               (89)(g)
  Interest income..............................     963                     963
  Interest capitalized.........................     701                     701
                                                -------    -------      -------
    TOTAL OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)..............  (2,642)    (2,667)      (5,309)
                                                -------    -------      -------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES.....................   5,837     (2,667)       3,170
INCOME TAX PROVISION...........................   4,543     (3,443)(h)    1,110
                                                -------    -------      -------
NET INCOME (LOSS).............................. $ 1,294    $   766      $ 2,060
                                                =======    =======      =======
</TABLE>    
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
 
                        COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.
              (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
NOTE 18--UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA--(CONTINUED)
   
  The pro forma financial statements reflect the following adjustments:     
     
  BALANCE SHEET ADJUSTMENTS     
          
    (a) To reflect additional borrowings for The Orleans Equipment Financing
  expected to be incurred in connection with the completion of the Orleans.
  Based on current project plans and the commitment letter from a lender,
  total borrowings for furniture, fixtures, and equipment are expected to be
  $30.0 million at an interest rate of approximately 11.0%.     
     
    (b) To reflect the elimination of guaranteed payments to former partners
  and inclusion of compensation to be paid to Michael J. Gaughan and certain
  other former partners of the Barbary Coast Partnership who will be
  employees of the Company following the consummation of the Reorganization
  and the Offering. The duties and responsibilities of Michael J. Gaughan and
  the other former partners of the Barbary Coast Partnership to be assumed
  upon the Reorganization and the Offering are similar to those previously
  performed.     
     
    (c) To reflect a decrease in interest expense relating to the decrease in
  Subordinated Notes payable to stockholders (which bear interest at 7.5%)
  resulting from (i) the repayment of $8.0 million principal amount repaid by
  the Gold Coast Partnership prior to the consummation of the Reorganization
  and (ii) the exchange of $51.0 million principal amount of notes payable to
  former partners for Coast Resorts Common Stock.     
     
    (d) To reflect additional interest expense (including amortization of
  original issue discount) to be incurred upon the issuance of the Notes
  using the effective interest method.     
     
    (e) To reflect an increase in interest expense relating to the Orleans
  Equipment Financing at an assumed rate of 11.0% per annum.     
     
    (f) To reflect a reduction in interest expense relating to the decrease
  in amounts outstanding under revolving bank lines of credit resulting from
  the use of proceeds from the Offering to repay in full the line of credit.
  Amounts represent actual interest incurred under the lines of credit during
  the respective periods.     
     
    (g) To reflect the amortization of debt issue costs incurred in
  connection with the issuance of the Notes.     
     
    (h) To reflect income taxes at the expected effective rate of
  approximately 35% beginning on January 1, 1995. The adjustments to income
  taxes for the year ended December 31, 1995 and for the three month period
  ended March 31, 1996 reflect the initial recognition of deferred income
  taxes attributable to temporary differences between financial reporting and
  tax basis of the Company which become recognized due to change in tax
  status from partnerships to a corporation upon completion of the
  Reorganization.Pro forma income tax benefits have been recognized in the
  1995 and 1996 period to the extent of available deferred income taxes.     
 
                                     F-24
<PAGE>
 
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Directors and Stockholders of
 Coast Resorts, Inc.
 
  We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Coast Resorts, Inc. (a
Nevada corporation) (parent company only) as of December 31, 1994 and 1995,
and the related statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Coast Resorts, Inc.
(parent company only) as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
  As more fully explained in Note 1, the Company changed its method of
accounting for marketable securities in 1994.
 
COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
Las Vegas, Nevada
February 14, 1996
 
                                     F-25
<PAGE>
 
                              COAST RESORTS, INC.
                             (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
       
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                          DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,  MARCH 31,
                                              1994         1995        1996
                                          ------------ ------------ -----------
                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                       <C>          <C>          <C>
                 ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents................   $   --       $     3      $     3
Due from affiliates......................       --           --           154
                                            -------      -------      -------
  TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS...................       --             3          157
                                            -------      -------      -------
INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES...............    87,781       42,888       96,267
                                            -------      -------      -------
                                            $87,781      $42,891      $96,421
                                            =======      =======      =======
  LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Due to affiliates........................       --             3          --
                                            -------      -------      -------
  TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES..............   $   --       $     3      $   --
                                            -------      -------      -------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 500,000
 shares authorized, none issued and
 outstanding.............................       --           --           --
Common stock, $.01 par value, 2,000,000
 shares authorized, 1,000,000 issued and
 outstanding at December 31, 1994 and
 1995, 1,494,353 issued and outstanding
 at March 31, 1996.......................        10           10           15
Additional paid-in capital...............    19,340       19,340       92,898
Unrealized gains.........................     13.00          --           --
Retained earnings........................    68,418       23,538        3,508
                                            -------      -------      -------
  TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.............    87,781       42,888       96,421
                                            -------      -------      -------
                                            $87,781      $42,891      $96,421
                                            =======      =======      =======
</TABLE>    
 
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
 
                              COAST RESORTS, INC.
                             (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
 
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                           THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,         MARCH 31,
                             ----------------------------- -------------------
                               1993      1994      1995      1995      1996
                             --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                          <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Equity interest in income
 from subsidiaries.........  $  17,368 $  14,963 $  13,780 $   3,128 $     854
                             --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income before income taxes.     17,368    14,963    13,780     3,128       854
Income tax provision
 (benefit).................        --        --        --        --       (154)
                             --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
NET INCOME.................  $  17,368 $  14,963 $  13,780 $   3,128 $   1,008
                             ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
Net income per share of
 common stock..............  $     --  $     --  $     --  $     --  $    0.72
                             --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Weighted average common
 shares outstanding........        --        --        --        --  1,407,434
                             --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA
 (reflecting reorganization
 and change in tax status):
Provision for income taxes.      6,117     5,251     4,823     1,095      (154)
                             --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net income.................  $  11,251 $   9,712 $   8,957 $   2,033 $   1,008
                             ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
Net income per share of
 common stock..............  $   11.25 $    9.71 $    8.96 $    2.03 $    0.72
                             ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
Weighted average common
 shares outstanding........  1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,407,434
                             ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
</TABLE>    
 
 
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
 
                              COAST RESORTS, INC.
                             (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
 
                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
            
         AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 (UNAUDITED)     
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                            COMMON STOCK    ADDITIONAL UNREALIZED
                          -----------------  PAID-IN     GAINS    RETAINED
                           SHARES    AMOUNT  CAPITAL    (LOSSES)  EARNINGS   TOTAL
                          ---------  ------ ---------- ---------- --------  --------
<S>                       <C>        <C>    <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
Balances at January 1,
 1993...................  1,000,000   $10    $19,340      $--     $ 73,410  $ 92,760
  Net income............                                            17,368    17,368
  Distributions to
   former partners......                                           (11,500)  (11,500)
                          ---------   ---    -------      ----    --------  --------
Balances at December 31,
 1993...................  1,000,000    10     19,340       --       79,278    98,628
  Adjustments to
   beginning balances
   for change in
   accounting principle
   relating to
   marketable
   securities...........                                    27                    27
                          ---------   ---    -------      ----    --------  --------
Balances at January 1,
 1994...................  1,000,000    10     19,340        27      79,278    98,655
  Net income............                                            14,963    14,963
  Change in unrealized
   gains (losses) on
   marketable securities
   held by subsidiaries.                                   (14)                  (14)
  Distributions to
   former partners......                                           (25,823)  (25,823)
                          ---------   ---    -------      ----    --------  --------
Balances at December 31,
 1994 ..................  1,000,000    10     19,340        13      68,418    87,781
  Net income............                                            13,780    13,780
  Issuance of common
   stock................         20                4
  Cancellation of common
   stock upon
   Reorganization.......        (20)              (4)
  Change in unrealized
   gains (losses) on
   marketable securities
   held by subsidiaries.                                   (13)                  (13)
  Distributions to
   former partners......                                           (58,660)  (58,660)
                          ---------   ---    -------      ----    --------  --------
Balances at December 31,
 1995 ..................  1,000,000   $10    $19,340      $--     $ 23,538  $ 42,888
                          =========   ===    =======      ====    ========  ========
      (Unaudited):
  Exchange of notes
   payable of subsidiary
   for common stock.....    494,353     5     52,520       --          --     52,525
  Reclassification of
   undistributed
   earnings to
   additional paid-in
   capital upon
   termination of
   partnership status
   (net of the impact of
   deferred taxes)......                      21,038               (21,038)      --
  Net income............                                             1,008     1,008
                          ---------   ---    -------      ----    --------  --------
Balances at March 31,
 1996...................  1,494,353   $15    $92,898      $--     $  3,508  $ 96,421
                          =========   ===    =======      ====    ========  ========
</TABLE>    
 
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
 
                              COAST RESORTS, INC.
                             (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                THREE MONTHS
                                                                    ENDED
                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,         MARCH 31,
                                 ----------------------------  ----------------
                                   1993      1994      1995     1995     1996
                                 --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                              <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING AC-
 TIVITIES:
  Net income...................  $ 17,368  $ 14,963  $ 13,780  $ 3,128  $ 1,008
                                 --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
  ADJUSTMENTS TO RECONCILE NET
   INCOME TO NET CASH PROVIDED
   BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
    Equity interest in net in-
     come from subsidiaries....   (17,369)  (14,963)  (13,780)  (3,128)    (854)
    Net increase due from af-
     filiates..................       --        --        --       --      (154)
                                 --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
      TOTAL ADJUSTMENTS........   (17,369)  (14,963)  (13,780)  (3,128)  (1,008)
                                 --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
      NET CASH PROVIDED BY
       OPERATING ACTIVITIES....       --        --        --       --       --
                                 --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING
 ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from issuance of
   common stock................       --        --          4      --       --
  Cash used to purchase
   subsidiaries' stock.........       --        --         (1)     --       --
                                 --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
      NET CASH USED BY
       FINANCING ACTIVITIES....       --        --          3      --       --
                                 --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH
 AND CASH EQUIVALENTS..........       --        --          3      --       --
                                 --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, at
 beginning of year.............       --        --        --       --         3
                                 --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, at
 end of year...................  $    --   $    --   $      3  $   --   $     3
                                 ========  ========  ========  =======  =======
</TABLE>    
 
 
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
 
                              COAST RESORTS, INC.
                             (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1--BACKGROUND INFORMATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
 Background Information
 
  Coast Resorts, Inc. ("Coast Resorts") is a Nevada corporation and serves as
a holding company for Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc. (the "Company") and Coast
West, Inc. ("Coast West"), also Nevada corporations. The Company owns and
operates hotel-casinos in Las Vegas, Nevada which had previously been operated
independently by the following two partnerships:
 
  .  Gold Coast Hotel and Casino, a Nevada limited partnership organized in
     1986 ("Gold Coast"), operated the Gold Coast Hotel and Casino which is
     located approximately one mile west of the Las Vegas Strip. Gold Coast
     also commenced development of the Orleans Hotel and Casino in Las Vegas
     in 1995, which development is being continued by the Company.
 
  .  Barbary Coast Hotel and Casino, a Nevada partnership organized in 1979
     ("Barbary Coast"), operated the Barbary Coast Hotel and Casino which is
     located on the Las Vegas Strip.
 
  On January 1, 1996, the partners of Gold Coast and Barbary Coast (the
"Predecessor Partnerships") completed a reorganization (the "Reorganization")
with Coast Resorts. Coast Resorts was formed in September 1995 for the purpose
of effecting such Reorganization of the Predecessor Partnerships. Coast
Resorts, Gold Coast and Barbary Coast were all related through common
ownership and management control.
 
  In the Reorganization, the partners of the Predecessor Partnerships each
transferred to Coast Resorts, by assignment or through the merger of Gaughan-
Herbst, Inc., a Nevada corporation, the sole general partner of the Gold
Coast, their respective partnership interests in the Predecessor Partnerships
in exchange for an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of common stock, par value
$.01 per share, of Coast Resorts. The partners of the Gold Coast (or their
principals) received in the aggregate 65% of such shares of common stock of
Coast Resorts, and the partners of the Barbary Coast received in the aggregate
35% of such shares. The shares of common stock were issued to the respective
partners (or their principals) of each such Predecessor Partnership based upon
such partners' pro rata interests in such Predecessor Partnership.
 
  Concurrently with the exchange of the partners' interests in the Predecessor
Partnerships and the merger of Gaughan-Herbst, Inc. into Coast Resorts, Coast
Resorts became the sole partner of each of the Predecessor Partnerships, and
each Predecessor Partnership dissolved and terminated. Immediately upon such
dissolution and termination, all of the assets and liabilities of the
Predecessor Partnerships became the assets and liabilities of Coast Resorts.
Coast Resorts immediately contributed to the Company all of the assets of the
Predecessor Partnerships other than those relating to a certain ground lease
(the "Coast West Lease"), which Coast Resorts contributed to Coast West. In
addition, the Company assumed, jointly and severally with Coast Resorts, all
of the liabilities of the Predecessor Partnerships other than (i) obligations
under a portion of the subordinated notes payable to former partners and
$1,500,000 principal amount of demand notes payable to a related party which
were retained by Coast Resorts and were exchanged for shares of Coast Resorts
Common Stock (as defined below), and (ii) those liabilities incident to the
Coast West Lease, and Coast West assumed jointly and severally with Coast
Resorts, all of the liabilities of the Predecessor Partnerships incident to
the Coast West Lease.
 
  Coast Resorts retained the liability for an aggregate principal amount of
$51,025,000 in notes payable to former partners and retained the liability for
$1,500,000 relating to demand notes due to a related party (the "Exchange
Liabilities"). On January 16, 1996, the Exchange Liabilities were exchanged
for 494,353 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of Coast Resorts
(the "Coast Resorts Common Stock"), based upon management's estimate of the
fair market value of such common stock.
 
                                     F-30
<PAGE>
 
                              COAST RESORTS, INC.
                             (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
NOTE 1--BACKGROUND INFORMATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION--(CONTINUED)
 
  As a result of the Reorganization, the former partners of the Predecessor
Partnerships (or their principals) own all of the issued and outstanding
shares of capital stock of Coast Resorts, Coast Resorts owns all of the issued
and outstanding capital stock of the Company and Coast West, and the Company
and Coast West own and have assumed in the aggregate all of the assets and
liabilities of the Predecessor Partnerships (other than the Exchange
Liabilities that were exchanged for Coast Resorts Common Stock). Thereafter,
the Company and Coast West will carry on the prior business operations of the
Predecessor Partnerships.
 
  Coast West plans to hold the Coast West Lease for future development. Coast
West has had no source of income since its inception in September 1995. The
Company has agreed to provide Coast West with advances sufficient to make
payments on the Coast West Lease.
 
 Basis of Presentation
 
  Gold Coast and Barbary Coast have historically operated under a high degree
of common control. The former Managing General Partner of Gold Coast was also
a general partner, and the principal manager, of Barbary Coast. Due to the
common control of Gold Coast and Barbary Coast and the continuation of
ownership by the former partners, the Reorganization was accounted for as a
reorganization of entities under common control. Accordingly, the financial
statements of Coast Resorts for all periods are presented as if the
Reorganization occurred at the beginning of the earliest period presented and
include the accounts of all entities involved on a historical cost basis, in a
manner similar to a pooling of interests.
 
  The accompanying financial statements reflect the Exchange Liabilities as
obligations of the Company at December 31, 1994 and 1995, as the exchange for
Coast Resorts Common Stock had not yet occurred. The exchange was accounted
for subsequent to the completion of the Reorganization, through the issuance
of Coast Resorts Common Stock in the amount of $52,525,000, reflecting the
historical cost basis of the Exchange Liabilities.
 
  The accompanying financial statements present the financial position and
results of operations of Coast Resorts as a parent company only, and thus
include Coast Resort's investment in the Company and Coast West, as well as
Coast Resort's equity interest in their results of operations. Accordingly,
these financial statements should be read in conjunction with the financial
statements of the Company and Coast West.
   
 Interim Financial Statements     
   
  The financial statements as of March 31, 1996 and for the three months ended
March 31, 1995 and 1996 are unaudited. In the opinion of management, all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a
fair presentation of the results for the interim period have been included.
The interim results reflected in the financial statements are not necessarily
indicative of expected results for the full year.     
 
NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
 Cash and cash equivalents
 
  Coast Resorts considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity at
acquisition of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
                                     F-31
<PAGE>
 
                              COAST RESORTS, INC.
                             (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
   
NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED)     
       
 Marketable Securities
 
  During the year ended December 31, 1994, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 115 ("SFAS 115"), "Accounting for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." The adoption of SFAS 115 resulted
in an increase in stockholders' equity of approximately $27,000, to reflect a
net unrealized holding gain at the beginning of the year. In conformity with
the provisions of SFAS 115, the balance sheet at December 31, 1993 was not
restated to give effect to the adoption of this statement.
 
 Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
NOTE 3--CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS
 
  In connection with the Reorganization, Coast Resorts assumed, jointly and
severally with Coast Hotels, all of the liabilities of the Predecessor
Partnerships other than (i) obligations under a portion of the subordinated
notes payable to former partners and $1,500,000 principal amount of demand
notes payable to a related party which were retained by Coast Resorts and were
exchanged for shares of Coast Resorts Common Stock, and (ii) those liabilities
incident to the Coast West Lease, and Coast West assumed jointly and severally
with Coast Resorts, all of the liabilities of the Predecessor Partnerships
incident to the Coast West Lease, as described in Note 1.
 
  Coast Resorts is involved in various legal actions arising in the ordinary
course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of
these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the financial
position, results of operations or cash flows of the Coast Resorts.
 
NOTE 4--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
   
  Effective January 1, 1996, the Predecessor Partnerships were dissolved and
terminated as more fully described in Note 1. In connection therewith, the
Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109
"Accounting for Income Taxes" ("SFAS 109"). Under SFAS 109 deferred tax assets
and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences
attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts
of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred
tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to
apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are
expected to be recovered or settled. Under SFAS 109, the effect on deferred
tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in
the period that includes the enactment date. The adoption of SFAS 109 on
January 1, 1996 resulted in the recognition in the 1996 financial statements
of net deferred tax liabilities and a corresponding charge to earnings through
the income tax provision of approximately $2,500,000. In addition, upon
tcrmination of the partnership tax status on January 1, 1996, all
undistributed earnings of the predecessor partnerships, net of the impact of
the deferred taxes, were reclassified to additional paid-in capital.     
 
  On January 16, 1996, Coast Resorts completed the exchange of Coast Resorts
Common Stock for the Exchange Liabilities, as described in Note 1.
 
                                     F-32
<PAGE>
 
                              COAST RESORTS, INC.
                             (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
   
NOTE 4--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS--(CONTINUED)     
 
  On January 30, 1996, the Company completed a private placement of $175
million principal amount of 13% First Mortgage Notes Due December 15, 2002
(the "First Mortgage Notes"). Interest on the First Mortgage Notes is payable
semi-annually commencing June 15, 1996. The First Mortgage Notes are
unconditionally guaranteed by Coast Resorts, Coast West and certain future
Subsidiaries of the Company. Net proceeds from the offering (after deducting
original issue discount and commissions) were approximately $164.1 million. Of
that amount, (i) approximately $114.8 million was deposited in a construction
disbursement account restricted for use by the Company to finance in part the
cost of developing, constructing, equipping and opening the Orleans, (ii)
approximately $19.3 million was used by the Company to purchase U.S.
Government Obligations which were deposited into an interest escrow account
restricted to fund the interest payable on the First Mortgage Notes through
December 15, 1996 and (iii) approximately $29.2 million was used by the
Company to repay all outstanding indebtedness under the Company's New
Revolving Facility, which facility was terminated. The balance of
approximately $800,000 was used to pay, in part, the estimated offering
expenses of $2.4 million.
   
  The indenture governing the Notes contains covenants that, among other
things, limit the ability of the Company to pay dividends, repay existing
indebtedness, incur additional indebtedness, or sell material assets as
defined in the indenture. Additionally, the indenture provides that, if on the
twentieth day of the month following the first month in which the Orleans
Hotel and Casino has been operating for 18 months, the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio (as defined in the indenture) of the Company for the most recently ended
four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are
available is less than 1.5 to 1, then the Company shall consummate a sale of
the Barbary Coast within one year thereafter. The proceeds from such sale
shall be used by the Company to repurchase Notes at a price equal to 101% of
the principal amount of such Notes.     
 
NOTE 5--UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA
 
  Prior to the Reorganization, the Company operated as individual partnerships
which did not pay federal income taxes. The partners of Gold Coast and Barbary
Coast were taxed on their proportionate share of each of their respective
partnership's taxable income or loss. The pro forma provision for income taxes
and the related pro forma net income are unaudited and reflect adjustments to
income taxes assuming that the change in corporate income tax status occurred
as of January 1, 1993.
   
  The following pro forma statement of income of Coast Resorts gives effect to
(i) the change in income tax status resulting from the Reorganization, (ii)
the issuance of the First Mortgage Notes and subsequent Exchange Offer and
(iii) additional borrowings anticipated to be incurred by the Company in
connection with the development of the Orleans (the "Orleans Equipment
Financing").     
   
  The pro forma statements of income have been presented assuming that the
transactions described above occurred on January 1, 1995. The pro forma
statements of income are unaudited and not necessarily indicative of the
results that will be achieved for future periods. The above-transactions have
no impact on the balance sheet of Coast Resorts assuming that such
transactions occurred on March 31, 1996.     
 
                                     F-33
<PAGE>
 
                               
                            COAST RESORTS, INC.     
                              
                           (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)     
                   
                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
   
NOTE 5--UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA--(CONTINUED)     
   
  For the Year Ended December 31, 1995:     
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                              ACTUAL  ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA
                                              ------- -----------     ----------
<S>                                           <C>     <C>             <C>
Equity interest in income from subsidiaries.  $13,780 $      208 (a)  $  (11,234)
                                              -------                 ----------
                                                           2,749 (b)
                                                         (24,063)(c)
                                                          (3,300)(d)
                                                             463 (e)
                                                          (1,071)(f)
                                                      ----------
Income before income taxes..................   13,780    $25,014)        (11,234)
Pro forma provision (benefit) for income
 taxes......................................    4,823     (4,823)(g)
                                              ------- ----------      ----------
Pro forma net income (loss).................  $ 8,957 $  (20,191)     $  (11,234)
                                              ======= ==========      ==========
Net income (loss) per share of common stock.      --  $   (20.19)     $   (11.23)
                                              ======= ==========      ==========
Weighted average common shares outstanding..      --   1,000,000       1,000,000
                                              ======= ==========      ==========
</TABLE>    
   
  For the three month period ended March 31, 1996:     
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                           ACTUAL    ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA
                                         ----------  -----------     ----------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>             <C>
Equity interest in income from
 subsidiaries........................... $      854  $      159 (b)  $   (1,813)
                                         ----------                  ----------
                                                         (1,912)(c)
                                                           (825)(d)
                                                            (89)(f)
                                                     ----------
Income before income taxes..............        854      (2,667)         (1,813)
Income tax provision (benefit)..........       (154)    $(3,279)(g)      (3,433)
                                         ----------  ----------      ----------
Pro forma net income (loss)............. $    1,008  $      612      $    1,620
                                         ==========  ==========      ==========
Net income (loss) per share of common
 stock.................................. $     0.72  $     0.44      $     1.15
                                         ==========  ==========      ==========
Weighted average common shares
 outstanding............................  1,407,434   1,407,434       1,407,434
                                         ==========  ==========      ==========
</TABLE>    
 
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
 
                              COAST RESORTS, INC.
                             (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
NOTE 5--UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA--(CONTINUED)
   
  The pro forma statements of income reflect the following adjustments:     
   
  (a)  To reflect the elimination of guaranteed payments to former partners
       and inclusion of compensation to be paid to Michael J. Gaughan and
       certain other former partners of the Barbary Coast Partnership who will
       be employees of the Company following the consummation of the
       Reorganization and the Offering. The duties and responsibilities of
       Michael J. Gaughan and the other former partners of the Barbary Coast
       Partnership to be assumed upon the Reorganization and the Offering are
       similar to those previously performed.     
   
  (b)  To reflect a decrease in interest expense relating to the decrease in
       Subordinated Notes payable to stockholders (which bear interest at
       7.5%) resulting from (i) the repayment of $8.0 million principal amount
       repaid by the Gold Coast Partnership prior to the consummation of the
       Reorganization and (ii) the exchange of $51.0 million principal amount
       of notes payable to former partners for Coast Resorts Common Stock.
              
  (c)  To reflect additional interest expense (including amortization of
       original issue discount) to be incurred upon the issuance of the Notes
       using the effective interest method.     
   
  (d)  To reflect an increase in interest expense relating to the Orleans
       Equipment Financing at an assumed rate of 11.0% per annum.     
   
  (e)  To reflect a reduction in interest expense relating to the decrease in
       amounts outstanding under revolving bank lines of credit resulting from
       the use of proceeds from the Offering to repay in full the line of
       credit. Amounts represent actual interest incurred under the lines of
       credit during the respective periods.     
   
  (f)  To reflect the amortization of debt issue costs incurred in connection
       with the issuance of the Notes.     
   
  (g)  To reflect income taxes at the expected effective rate of approximately
       35% beginning on January 1, 1995. The adjustments to income taxes for
       the year ended December 31, 1995 and for the three month period ended
       March 31, 1996 reflect the initial recognition of deferred income taxes
       attributable to temporary differences between financial reporting and
       tax basis of the Company which became recognized due to change in tax
       status from partnerships to a corporation upon completion of the
       Reorganization. Pro forma income tax benefits have been recognized in
       the 1995 and 1996 periods to the extent of available deferred income
       taxes.     
 
                                     F-35
<PAGE>
 
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Directors and Stockholder of
 Coast West, Inc.
 
  We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Coast West, Inc. (a
development stage enterprise and a wholly owned subsidiary of Coast Resorts,
Inc.) as of December 31, 1995, and the related statements of loss incurred
during the development stage, stockholder's equity (deficiency) and cash flows
for the period September 29, 1995 (the date of inception) through December 31,
1995. These financial statements are the responsibility of Coast West, Inc.'s
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.
 
  We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Coast West, Inc. as of
December 31, 1995, and the statement of loss incurred during the development
stage and its cash flows for the period September 29, 1995 (the date of
inception) through December 31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
  As more fully explained in Note 1, Coast West, Inc. has no source of income
during the development stage and is solely dependent on advances from Coast
Hotels and Casinos, Inc. (an affiliated company).
 
COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
Las Vegas, Nevada
February 14, 1996
 
                                     F-36
<PAGE>
 
                                COAST WEST, INC.
                      (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE AND
               A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)
 
                                 BALANCE SHEET
       
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                       DECEMBER 31,  MARCH 31,
                                                           1995        1996
                                                       ------------ -----------
                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
                        ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents.............................    $   1       $     1
                                                          -----       -------
    TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS..............................        1             1
                                                          -----       -------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT................................      143           158
                                                          -----       -------
                                                          $ 144       $   159
                                                          =====       =======
  LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
    TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES                             $ --        $   --
                                                          -----       -------
NONCURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Advances from affiliates............................      496         1,025
  Deferred rent.......................................      593         1,033
                                                          -----       -------
    TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES.....................    1,089         2,058
                                                          -----       -------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY (DEFICIENCY):
Common stock, $1.00 par value, 25,000 shares
 authorized, 1,010 shares issued and outstanding......      --            --
Additional paid-in capital............................        1             1
Deficit accumulated during the development stage......     (946)       (1,900)
                                                          -----       -------
  TOTAL STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY (DEFICIENCY).............     (945)       (1,899)
                                                          -----       -------
                                                          $ 144       $   159
                                                          =====       =======
</TABLE>    
 
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
 
                                COAST WEST, INC.
                      (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE AND
               A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)
 
            STATEMENT OF LOSS INCURRED DURING THE DEVELOPMENT STAGE
       
       
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                              FOR THE PERIOD      FOR THE      FOR THE PERIOD
                            SEPTEMBER 29, 1995, THREE MONTH  SEPTEMBER 29, 1995,
                                THE DATE OF     PERIOD ENDED     THE DATE OF
                            INCEPTION, THROUGH   MARCH 31,   INCEPTION, THROUGH
                             DECEMBER 31, 1995      1996       MARCH 31, 1996
                            ------------------- ------------ -------------------
                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                         <C>                 <C>          <C>
Rent Expense...............        $(946)          $(954)          $(1,900)
                                   -----           -----           -------
  NET LOSS.................        $(946)          $(954)          $(1,900)
                                   =====           =====           =======
</TABLE>    
 
 
 
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>
 
                                COAST WEST, INC.
                      (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE AND
               A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)
 
                 STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
        
     FOR THE PERIOD SEPTEMBER 29, 1995, THE DATE OF INCEPTION, THROUGH     
        
     DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND FOR THE THREE MONTH PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
                                (UNAUDITED)     
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                              DEFICIT
                                                            ACCUMULATED
                                   COMMON STOCK  ADDITIONAL DURING THE
                                   -------------  PAID-IN   DEVELOPMENT
                                   SHARES AMOUNT  CAPITAL      STAGE     TOTAL
                                   ------ ------ ---------- ----------- -------
<S>                                <C>    <C>    <C>        <C>         <C>
Balances at September 29, 1995       --    $--      $--       $   --    $   --
  Issuance of common stock........ 1,010    --         1          --          1
  Net loss for the year...........   --     --       --          (946)     (946)
                                   -----   ----     ----      -------   -------
Balances at December 31, 1995..... 1,010   $--      $  1      $  (946)  $  (945)
                                   =====   ====     ====      =======   =======
 (Unaudited)
  Net loss for the period.........   --     --       --          (954)     (954)
                                   -----   ----     ----      -------   -------
Balances at March 31, 1996........ 1,010   $--      $  1      $(1,900)  $(1,899)
                                   =====   ====     ====      =======   =======
</TABLE>    
 
 
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>
 
                                COAST WEST, INC.
                      (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE AND
               A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                               FOR THE PERIOD      FOR THE      FOR THE PERIOD
                             SEPTEMBER 29, 1995, THREE MONTH  SEPTEMBER 29, 1995
                                 THE DATE OF     PERIOD ENDED    THE DATE OF
                             INCEPTION, THROUGH   MARCH 31,   INCEPTION, THROUGH
                              DECEMBER 31, 1995      1996       MARCH 31, 1996
                             ------------------- ------------ ------------------
                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                          <C>                 <C>          <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM DEVELOPMENT
 STAGE ACTIVITIES:
  Net loss.................         $ 946            $954           $1,900
                                    -----            ----           ------
  ADJUSTMENTS TO RECONCILE
   NET LOSS TO NET CASH
   USED FOR DEVELOPMENT
   STAGE ACTIVITIES:
    Non-cash rent expense..           446             439              885
                                    -----            ----           ------
      TOTAL ADJUSTMENTS....           446             439              885
                                    -----            ----           ------
      NET CASH USED BY
       OPERATING
       ACTIVITIES..........          (500)           (515)           1,015
                                    -----            ----           ------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING
 ACTIVITIES:
  Capital expenditures.....          (143)            (15)            (158)
                                    -----            ----           ------
      NET CASH USED FOR
       INVESTING
       ACTIVITIES:.........          (143)            (15)            (158)
                                    -----            ----           ------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING
 ACTIVITIES:
  Borrowings from
   affiliate...............           643             530            1,173
  Issuance of common stock.             1             --                 1
                                    -----            ----           ------
      NET CASH PROVIDED BY
       FINANCING
       ACTIVITIES..........           644             530            1,174
                                    -----            ----           ------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN
 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS.             1             --                 1
                                    -----            ----           ------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,
 at beginning of period....           --              --               --
                                    -----            ----           ------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,
 at end of period..........         $   1            $--            $    1
                                    =====            ====           ======
</TABLE>    
 
 
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-40
<PAGE>
 
                               COAST WEST, INC.
                      (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE AND
               A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1--BACKGROUND INFORMATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
  Coast West, Inc. ("Coast West") is a Development Stage Nevada corporation,
and a wholly owned subsidiary of Coast Resorts, Inc. ("Coast Resorts"), which
is also a Nevada corporation. Coast West was formed in September 1995 as part
of a reorganization (the "Reorganization") with Coast Resorts, Inc. and the
following two partnerships (collectively, the "Predecessor Partnerships"):
 
  .  Gold Coast Hotel and Casino, a Nevada limited partnership organized in
     1986 ("Gold Coast"), operated the Gold Coast Hotel and Casino, which is
     located approximately one mile west of the Las Vegas Strip. Gold Coast
     also commenced development of the Orleans Hotel and Casino in Las Vegas
     in 1995.
 
  .  Barbary Coast Hotel and Casino, a Nevada partnership organized in 1979
     ("Barbary Coast"), operated the Barbary Coast Hotel and Casino which is
     located on the Las Vegas Strip.
 
  Coast Resorts was formed in September 1995 for the purpose of effecting the
Reorganization of the Predecessor Partnerships. Coast West was initially
capitalized in the amount of $1,000 through the issuance of 10 shares of
common stock to Coast Resorts. Coast Resorts, Gold Coast and Barbary Coast
were all related through common ownership and management control.
 
  In the Reorganization, the partners of the Predecessor Partnerships each
transferred to Coast Resorts, by assignment or through the merger of Gaughan-
Herbst, Inc., a Nevada corporation, the sole general partner of the Gold
Coast, their respective partnership interests in the Predecessor Partnerships
in exchange for an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of common stock, par value
$.01 per share, of Coast Resorts. The partners of the Gold Coast (or their
principals) received in the aggregate 65% of such shares of common stock of
Coast Resorts, and the partners of the Barbary Coast received in the aggregate
35% of such shares. The shares of common stock were issued to the respective
partners (or their principals) of each such Predecessor Partnership based upon
such partners' pro rata interests in such Predecessor Partnership.
 
Concurrently with the exchange of the partners' interests in the Predecessor
Partnerships and the merger of Gaughan-Herbst, Inc. into Coast Resorts, Coast
Resorts became the sole partner of each of the Predecessor Partnerships, and
each Predecessor Partnership dissolved and terminated. Immediately upon such
dissolution and termination, all of the assets and liabilities of the
Predecessor Partnerships became the assets and liabilities of Coast Resorts.
Coast Resorts immediately contributed to Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.,
("CHC") another wholly owned subsidiary of Coast Resorts all of the assets of
the Predecessor Partnerships excluding those relating to a certain ground
lease, (the "Coast West Lease") which Coast Resorts contributed to Coast West
in exchange for 1,000 shares of Coast West common stock. (The Coast West Lease
is an operating lease for accounting purposes and, accordingly, has no value
in the accompanying balance sheet.) In addition, CHC assumed, jointly and
severally with Coast Resorts, all of the liabilities of the Predecessor
Partnerships other than obligations under a portion of the subordinated notes
payable to former partners and $1,500,000 principal amount of demand notes
payable to a related party which were retained by Coast Resorts and were
exchanged for shares of Coast Resorts Common Stock (as defined below) and
those liabilities incident to the Coast West Lease, and Coast West assumed
jointly and severally with Coast Resorts, all of the liabilities of the Gold
Coast Partnership Predecessor Partnerships incident to the Coast West Lease.
 
  Coast Resorts retained the liability for an aggregate principal amount of
$51,025,000 in notes payable to former partners and retained the liability for
$1,500,000 relating to demand notes due to a related party (the "Exchange
Liabilities"). On January 16, 1996, the Exchange Liabilities were exchanged
for 494,353 shares of
 
                                     F-41
<PAGE>
 
                               COAST WEST, INC.
    (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE AND A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST
                                RESORTS, INC.)
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
NOTE 1--BACKGROUND INFORMATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION--(CONTINUED)
 
common stock, par value $.01 per share, of Coast Resorts (the "Coast Resorts
Common Stock"), based upon management's estimate of the fair market value of
such common stock.
 
  As a result of the Reorganization, the former partners of the Predecessor
Partnerships (or their principals) own all of the issued and outstanding
shares of capital stock of Coast Resorts, Coast Resorts owns all of the issued
and outstanding capital stock of the Company and Coast West, and the Company
and Coast West own and have assumed in the aggregate all of the assets and
liabilities of the Predecessor Partnerships (other than the Exchange
Liabilities that will be exchanged for Coast Resorts Common Stock).
Thereafter, the Company and Coast West will carry on the prior business
operations of the Predecessor Partnerships.
 
  Coast West plans to hold the Coast West Lease for future development. Coast
West has had no source of income during its development stage. CHC has agreed
to provide Coast West with advances sufficient to make lease payments on the
Coast West Lease, as more fully explained in Note 3.
 
 Basis of Presentation
 
  Gold Coast and Barbary Coast have historically operated under a high degree
of common control. The former Managing General Partner of Gold Coast was also
a general partner, and the principal manager, of the Barbary Coast. Due to the
common control of Gold Coast and Barbary Coast and the continuation of
ownership by the former partners, the Reorganization was accounted for as a
reorganization of entities under common control. Accordingly, the financial
statements of Coast West are presented as if the Reorganization occurred at
the beginning of the earliest period presented and include the accounts of all
entities involved on a historical cost basis, in a manner similar to a pooling
of interests.
   
 Interim Financial Statements     
   
  The financial statements as of March 31, 1996 and for the three months ended
March 31, 1995 and 1996 are unaudited. In the opinion of management, all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a
fair presentation of the results for the interim period have been included.
The interim results reflected in the financial statements are not necessarily
indicative of expected results for the full year.     
 
NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
 Property, Equipment and Depreciation
 
  Property and equipment are stated at cost. Expenditures for additions,
renewals and betterments are capitalized; expenditures for maintenance and
repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Upon retirement or disposal of
assets, the cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts
and the resulting gain or loss is included in income. Depreciation is computed
by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of property and
equipment.
 
  At December 31, 1995, property and equipment consists primarily of leasehold
improvements and related costs incurred in connection with the execution of
the Coast West Lease. Such costs are not being amortized as the underlying
property is in the development stage.
 
                                     F-42
<PAGE>
 
                               COAST WEST, INC.
    (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE AND A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST
                                RESORTS, INC.)
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
   
NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED)     
 
 Cash and cash equivalents
 
  Coast West considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity at
acquisition of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
 Income taxes
 
  Prior to the Reorganization, Coast Resorts operated as individual
partnerships which did not pay federal income taxes. The Partners of Gold
Coast and Barbary Coast were taxed on their proportionate share of each of
their respective partnership's taxable income or loss. Therefore, these
statements do not include any benefit for corporate income taxes.
 
  Subsequent to the Reorganization, Coast West will be included in the
consolidated federal income tax return filed by Coast Resorts. Coast West's
tax allocation will be based on the amount of tax it would incur if it filed a
separate return. Coast Resorts will pay Coast West an amount equal to the tax
benefit arising from the utilization of net operating losses of Coast West to
the extent that such losses result in a reduction in the amount of tax payable
by Coast Resorts.
 
 Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
NOTE 3--LEASES AND COMMITMENTS
 
  In January 1996, in connection with the Reorganization, Coast Resorts
contributed its rights under the Coast West Lease to Coast West. The Coast
West Lease is for a parcel of land located in the northwest area of Las Vegas
which is to be used for future expansion opportunities. The Coast West Lease
term runs through December 31, 2005, with three 10-year renewal options, with
monthly payments of $166,667 through December 31, 1995. Thereafter the monthly
rent will be increased by the amount of $5,000 in January of each year. The
lease includes a put option exercisable by the landlord requiring the purchase
of the land at fair market value at the end of the 20th through 24th years of
the lease, provided that the purchase price shall not be less than ten times,
nor more than fifteen times, the annual rent at such time. Based on the terms
of the lease, the potential purchase price commitment ranges from
approximately $31 million to approximately $51 million in the years 2014
through 2018. Coast West has no source of income during its development stage
and CHC has agreed to provide advances to Coast West sufficient to make
payments for its lease and other obligations during Coast West's development
stage. Such advances will be collateralized by Coast West's interest in the
Coast West lease and will be non-interest bearing. There can be no assurance
that Coast West will develop a gaming property at the Coast West site, or that
it will be able to repay such advances.
 
                                     F-43
<PAGE>
 
                               COAST WEST, INC.
    (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE AND A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST
                                RESORTS, INC.)
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
   
NOTE 3--LEASES AND COMMITMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
 
FUTURE MINIMUM LEASE PAYMENTS
 
  The following is an annual schedule of future minimum lease payments
required under the Coast West Lease, assuming that the put option is not
exercised:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     MINIMUM
                                                                     PAYMENT
                                                                  --------------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                                         <C>
      1996.......................................................    $  2,060
      1997.......................................................       2,120
      1998.......................................................       2,180
      1999.......................................................       2,240
      2000.......................................................       2,300
      Later years................................................     218,900
                                                                     --------
      Total minimum lease payments...............................    $229,800
                                                                     ========
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 4--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
  On January 16, 1996, CHC completed the exchange of Coast Resorts, Inc.
common stock for the Exchange Liabilities, as described in Note 1.
 
  On January 30, 1996, CHC completed a private placement of $175 million
principal amount of 13% First Mortgage Notes Due December 15, 2002 (the "First
Mortgage Notes"). Interest on the First Mortgage Notes is payable semi-
annually commencing June 15, 1996. The First Mortgage Notes are
unconditionally guaranteed by Coast Resorts, Coast West and certain future
Subsidiaries of CHC. Net proceeds from the offering (after deducting original
issue discount and commissions) were approximately $164.1 million. Of that
amount, (i) approximately $114.8 million was deposited in a construction
disbursement account restricted for use by the Company to finance in part the
cost of developing, constructing, equipping and opening the Orleans, (ii)
approximately $19.3 million was used by the Company to purchase U.S.
Government Obligations which were deposited into an interest escrow account
restricted to fund the interest payable on the First Mortgage Notes through
December 15, 1996 and (iii) approximately $29.2 million was used by the
Company to repay all outstanding indebtedness under the Company's New
Revolving Facility, which facility was terminated. The balance of
approximately $800,000 was used to pay, in part, the estimated offering
expenses of $2.4 million.
 
  The indenture governing the First Mortgage Notes contains covenants that,
among other things, limit the ability of CHC to pay dividends, repay existing
indebtedness, incur additional indebtedness, or sell material assets as
defined in the indenture. Additionally, if on the twentieth day of the month
following the first month in which the Orleans Hotel and Casino has been
operating for 18 months, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the
indenture) of CHC for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters is
less than 1.5 to 1, CHC shall consummate an asset sale of the Barbary Coast
within one year. The proceeds from such asset sale shall be used by CHC to
repurchase First Mortgage Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal
amount of such First Mortgage Notes. Also, under the terms of the indenture,
advances by CHC to Coast West are limited to $8.0 million in aggregate
principal amount at any time outstanding.
 
  The indenture governing the First Mortgage Notes also limits the activities
of Coast West to (i) activities relating to the Coast West Lease including
related borrowings and repayments to CHC, (ii) activities related to the
planning and future development of the property underlying the Coast West
Lease and (iii) other activities incidental or related to those indicated
above.
 
                                     F-44
<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 ALL TENDERED OLD NOTES, EXECUTED LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL AND OTHER RELATED
DOCUMENTS SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT. QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR
ASSISTANCE AND REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS, THE LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL AND OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE EXCHANGE
AGENT AS FOLLOWS:
 
                     BY HAND, REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL
                             OR OVERNIGHT CARRIER:
 
                      AMERICAN BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                             101 EAST FIFTH STREET
                           ST. PAUL, MINNESOTA 55101
 
                                 BY FACSIMILE:
                                (612) 229-6415
                     ATTENTION: CORPORATE TRUST DEPARTMENT
                      
                   CONFIRM BY TELEPHONE (612) 229-2600     
 
 (ORIGINALS OF ALL DOCUMENTS SUBMITTED BY FACSIMILE SHOULD BE SENT PROMPTLY BY
HAND, OVERNIGHT COURIER, OR REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL)
 
                                ---------------
 
 NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY
OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT
CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR
REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE
COMPANY OR BY THE INITIAL PURCHASERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN
OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITY OTHER THAN THE
SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY, NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY TO ANY
PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFER OR
SOLICITATION TO SUCH PERSON. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY
SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCE CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE
DATE HEREOF.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       OFFER TO EXCHANGE ALL OUTSTANDING
   SERIES A 13% FIRST MORTGAGE NOTES DUE 2002 ($175,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
          OUTSTANDING) FOR SERIES B 13% FIRST MORTGAGE NOTES DUE 2002
 
 
                   [LOGO OF COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.]
 
 
                       PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST
                                 GUARANTEED BY
                   COAST RESORTS, INC. AND COAST WEST, INC.
 
 
                                ---------------
 
                                  PROSPECTUS
 
                                ---------------
 
 
                                       , 1996
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II
 
                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
  Section 78.751(1) of the General Corporation Law of Nevada (the "NGCL")
provides that a Nevada corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a
party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative
or investigative (except an action by or in the right of the corporation) by
reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses,
including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement
actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such
action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner
which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was
unlawful.
 
  Section 78.751(2) of the NGCL provides that a Nevada corporation may
indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party
to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of
the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that
such person acted in any of the capacities set forth in subsection (1),
against expenses, including amounts paid in settlement and attorneys' fees
actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense
or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted under the standards
set forth in subsection (1), except that no indemnification may be made in
respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been
adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction, after exhaustion of all appeals
therefrom, to be liable to the corporation or for amounts paid in settlement
to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such
action or suit was brought or other court of competent jurisdiction shall
determine upon application that in view of all the circumstances of the case,
such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses
as the court shall deem proper.
 
  Section 78.751(3) of the NGCL provides that to the extent a director,
officer, employee or agent of a corporation has been successful on the merits
or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in
subsections (1) and (2), or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter
therein, such officer, director, employee or agent must be indemnified by the
corporation against expenses, including attorneys' fees, actually and
reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. Any indemnification
under such subsections, unless ordered by a court or advanced pursuant to
subsection (5) as set forth below, must be made by the corporation only as
authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of
such director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances. The
determination must be made (a) by the stockholders; (b) by the board of
directors by majority vote of quorum consisting of directors who were not
parties to the act, suit or proceeding; (c) if a majority vote of a quorum
consisting of directors who were not parties to the act, suit or proceeding so
orders, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or (d) if a quorum
consisting of directors who were not parties to the act, suit or proceeding
cannot be obtained, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion.
 
  Section 78.751(5) of the NGCL provides that the articles of incorporation,
bylaws or an agreement made by the corporation may provide that the expenses
of officers and directors incurred in defending a civil or criminal action,
suit or proceeding must be paid by the corporation as they are incurred and in
advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon
receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay
the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction
that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation. Such provision
does not affect any rights to advancement of expenses to which corporate
personnel other than directors or officers may be entitled under any contract
or otherwise by law.
 
                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
  Section 78.752 of the NGCL provides that a Nevada corporation may purchase
and maintain insurance or make other financial arrangements on behalf of any
person who acted in any of the capacities set forth above for any liability
asserted against such person for any liability asserted against him or her and
liability and expenses incurred by him or her in any such capacity or arising
out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have
the authority to indemnify him or her against such liabilities and expenses.
 
  The Company's Amended Articles of Incorporation provides that no director or
officer of the Company shall be personally liable to the Company or its
stockholders for damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. However,
such provision does not eliminate or limit the liability of a director or
officer for any act or omission which involves intentional misconduct, fraud
or a knowing violation of law, or the payment of distributions in violation of
Section 78.300 of the NGCL. In addition, the Company Amended Articles of
Incorporation and Amended Bylaws provide for indemnification of its directors
and officers in accordance with the NGCL.
 
ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
(a) Exhibits.
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                         DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 -------                         ----------------------
 <C>      <S>
  3.1     Amended Articles of Incorporation of Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.
  3.2(30) First Amended Bylaws of Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.
  3.3(1)  Articles of Incorporation of Coast Resorts, Inc.
  3.4(30) First Amended Bylaws of Coast Resorts, Inc.
  3.5(30) Articles of Incorporation of Coast West, Inc.
  3.6(30) Bylaws of Coast West, Inc.
  4.1(2)  Indenture dated as of January 30, 1996, among Coast Hotels and
          Casinos, Inc., Coast Resorts, Inc. and Coast West, Inc., as the
          Guarantors, and American Bank National Association, as Trustee.
  4.2(3)  Registration Rights Agreement dated as of January 30, 1996 among
          Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc., Coast Resorts, Inc. and Coast West,
          Inc., as the Guarantors, and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and BA
          Securities, Inc.
  4.3(4)  Form of Note (included in Exhibit 4.1)
  4.4     Form of Letter of Transmittal
  5.1     Opinion of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher
  5.2     Opinion of Leavitt, Sully & Rivers
  8.1     Opinion of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher as to certain federal income tax
          matters
 10.1(5)  Note Guarantee of Coast Resorts, Inc.
 10.2(6)  Note Guarantee of Coast West, Inc.
 10.3(7)  Leasehold Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Leases and Security
          Agreement dated January 30, 1996 of Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.
 10.4(8)  Leasehold Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Leases and Security
          Agreement dated January 30, 1996 of Coast West, Inc.
</TABLE>    
 
 
                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                          DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
  -------                         ----------------------
 <C>       <S>
 10.5(9)   Security Agreement dated January 30, 1996 by and between Coast
           Hotels and Casinos, Inc. and American Bank National Association
 10.6(10)  Security Agreement dated January 30, 1996 by and between Coast West,
           Inc. and American Bank National Association
 10.7(11)  Stock Pledge and Security Agreement dated January 30, 1996 by and
           among Coast Resorts, Inc. and American Bank National Association
 10.8(12)  Disbursement and Escrow Agreement dated January 30, 1996, among
           Nevada Title Company, Nevada Construction Services, Inc., American
           Bank National Association and Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.
 10.9(13)  Pledge and Escrow Agreement dated January 30, 1996 between American
           Bank National Association and Coast Hotel and Casinos, Inc.
 10.10(14) Collateral Assignment of Contracts dated January 30, 1996
 10.11(15) Escrow Agreement dated January 30, 1996 by and among Coast Resorts,
           Inc., American Bank National Association, and Bank of America Nevada
 10.12(16) Unsecured Environmental Indemnification Agreement dated January 30,
           1996 among Coast Hotel and Casinos, Inc. and American Bank National
           Association
 10.13(17) Unsecured Environmental Indemnification Agreement among Coast West,
           Inc. and American Bank National Association
 10.14(18) Tax Sharing Agreement dated as of January 30, 1996 by and among
           Coast Resorts, Inc., Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc., and Coast West,
           Inc.
 10.15(19) Agreement Between Owner and Contractor dated as of January 24, 1996,
           between J.A. Tiberti Construction Co., Inc. and Coast Hotels and
           Casinos, Inc.
 10.16(20) Ground Lease dated as of October 1, 1995, between The Tiberti
           Company, a Nevada general partnership, and Coast Hotels and Casinos,
           Inc. (as successor of Gold Coast Hotel and Casino, a Nevada limited
           partnership)
 10.17(21) Lease Agreement dated May 1, 1992, by and between Empey Enterprises,
           a Nevada general partnership, as lessor, and the Barbary Coast Hotel
           & Casino, a Nevada general partnership, as lessee
 10.18(22) Ground Lease Agreement dated October 28, 1994 by and among 21 Stars,
           Ltd., a Nevada limited liability company, as landlord, Barbary Coast
           Hotel & Casino, a Nevada general partnership, as tenant, Wanda
           Peccole, as successor trustee of the Peccole 1982 Trust dated
           February 15, 1982 ("Trust), and The William Peter and Wanda Ruth
           Peccole Family Limited Partnership, a Nevada limited partnership
           ("Partnership"), and, together with Trust, as owner, as amended
 10.19(23) Form of Subordination Agreement between Coast Hotels and Casinos,
           Inc. and certain former Gold Coast partners holding Subordinated
           Notes
 10.20(24) Lease dated as of November 1, 1982, by and between Nevada Power
           Company, a Nevada Corporation as landlord, and Barbary Coast Hotel
           and Casino, a Nevada general partnership
 10.21(25) Leasehold Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents and Security Agreement
           dated February 13, 1991, by and between the Barbary Coast Hotel and
           Casino, a Nevada general partnership, First American Title Company
           of Nevada, and Exber, Inc., a Nevada corporation
 10.22(26) Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of September 29, 1995,
           among Coast Resorts, Inc.,
           the Gold Coast Hotel and Casino, a Nevada limited partnership, the
           Barbary Coast Hotel and Casino, a Nevada general partnership, and
           Gaughan-Herbst, Inc., a Nevada corporation
 10.23(27) Supplement to Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of
           December 22, 1995, among Coast Resorts, Inc., the Gold Coast Hotel
           and Casino, a Nevada limited partnership, the Barbary Coast Hotel
           and Casino, a Nevada general partnership, and Gaughan-Herbst, Inc.,
           a Nevada corporation
</TABLE>    
 
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                          DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 -------                         ----------------------
 <C>     <S>
 12      Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 16(28)  Letter re Change in Certifying Accountant
 21(29)  List of Subsidiaries of Coast Resorts, Inc.
 23.1    Consent of Independent Accountants
 23.2    Consent of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher (included in the opinions filed as
         Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1 hereto)
 23.3    Consent of Leavitt, Sully & Rivers (included in the opinion filed as
         Exhibit 5.2 hereto)
 24      Powers of Attorney (included on pages II-5, II-6 and II-7 of the
         Registration Statement on Form S-4 as filed on May 2, 1996)
 25(30)  Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of American Bank
         National Association, as Trustee (three copies bound separately)
 27.1    Financial Data Schedule for Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.
 27.2    Financial Data Schedule for Coast Resorts, Inc. (Parent Company only).
 27.3    Financial Data Schedule for Coast West, Inc.
</TABLE>    
- --------
          
(1) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.1 to General Form for Registration
    of Securities on Form 10 of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on October 3, 1995.
           
(2) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to Annual Report on Form 10-K of
    Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(3) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to Annual Report on Form 10-K of
    Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(4) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.3 to Annual Report on Form 10-K of
    Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(5) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.4 to Annual Report on Form 10-K of
    Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(6) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.5 to Annual Report on Form 10-K of
    Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(7) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.6 to Annual Report on Form 10-K of
    Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(8) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.7 to Annual Report on Form 10-K of
    Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(9) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.8 to Annual Report on Form 10-K of
    Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(10) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.9 to Annual Report on Form 10-K of
     Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(11) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.10 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
     of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(12) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.11 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
     of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(13) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.12 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
     of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(14) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.13 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
     of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(15) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.14 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
     of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(16) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.15 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
     of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(17) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.16 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
     of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
 
   
(18) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.17 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
     of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(19) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.18 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
     of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(20) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.12 to Amendment No. 2 to General
     Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10/A of Coast Resorts, Inc.
     filed on January 12, 1996.     
   
(21) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to General Form for
     Registration of Securities on Form 10 of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on
     October 3, 1995.     
   
(22) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to General Form for
     Registration of Securities on Form 10 of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on
     October 3, 1995.     
   
(23) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.22 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
     of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(24) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.6 to General Form for
     Registration of Securities on Form 10 of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on
     October 3, 1995.     
   
(25) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.7 to General Form for
     Registration of Securities on Form 10 of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on
     October 3, 1995.     
   
(26) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 1.1 to Amendment No. 1 to General
     Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10/A of Coast Resorts, Inc.
     filed on November 22, 1995.     
   
(27) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 1.2 to Amendment No. 2 to General
     Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10/A of Coast Resorts, Inc.
     filed on January 12, 1996.     
   
(28) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 16 to Amendment No. 1 to General
     Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10/A of Coast Resorts, Inc.
     filed on November 22, 1995.     
   
(29) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 21 to General Form for Registration
     of Securities on Form 10 of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on October 3, 1995.
            
(30) Previously filed.     
 
(b) Financial Statement Schedules.
   
  The following Financial Statement Schedule was previously filed:     
 
  Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts of Coast Hotels and Casinos,
Inc. for the Years Ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995
 
  Schedules other than those listed above have been omitted because of the
absence of conditions under which they are required or because the information
required is set forth in the financial statements of the notes thereto.
 
ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
  (a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of
the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless
in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
  (b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for
information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to
Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of
such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or
other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of the Registration Statement through
the date of responding to the request.
 
                                     II-5
<PAGE>
 
  (c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a
post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in the Registration Statement when it became effective.
   
  (d) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the
registrant's annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an
employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the
registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such
securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
thereof.     
 
                                     II-6
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES
   
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THE REGISTRANT HAS DULY
CAUSED THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS
BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF LAS
VEGAS, STATE OF NEVADA, ON JUNE 19, 1996.     
 
                                          COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.,
                                          a Nevada corporation
   
                                             
                                          By     
                                                  
                                                  /s/ Gage Parrish          
                                            ___________________________________
                                                        
                                                     Gage Parrish     
                                               
                                            Vice President and Chief Financial
                                                       Officer     
          
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS AMENDMENT
NO. 1 TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BELOW BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS
IN THEIR CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
             SIGNATURE                           TITLE                    DATE
             ---------                           -----                    ----
<S>                                  <C>                           <C>
                *                    Director, Chairman of the       June 19, 1996
____________________________________ Board and Chief Executive
         Michael J. Gaughan          Officer (Principal Executive
                                     Officer)

         /s/ Gage Parrish            Director and Chief Financial    June 19, 1996
____________________________________ Officer (Principal Financial
            Gage Parrish             and Accounting Officer)

                *                    Director                        June 19, 1996
____________________________________
         Harlan D. Braaten

                *                    Director                        June 19, 1996
____________________________________
            Jerry Herbst

                *                    Director                        June 19, 1996
____________________________________
          J. Tito Tiberti

                *                    Director                        June 19, 1996
____________________________________
         Charles Silverman

                *                    Director                        June 19, 1996
____________________________________
         F. Michael Corrigan
</TABLE>    
   
*By     
        
     /s/ Gage Parrish     
  _____________________________
          
       Gage Parrish     
        
     Attorney-in-Fact      
 
                                     II-7
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES
   
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THE REGISTRANT HAS DULY
CAUSED THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS
BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF LAS
VEGAS, STATE OF NEVADA, ON JUNE 19, 1996.     
 
                                          COAST RESORTS, INC.,
                                          a Nevada corporation
   
                                             
                                          By     
                                                   
                                                 /s/ Gage Parrish         
                                            ___________________________________
                                                        
                                                     Gage Parrish     
                                               
                                            Vice President and Chief Financial
                                                       Officer     
          
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS AMENDMENT
NO. 1 TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BELOW BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS
IN THEIR CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
             SIGNATURE                           TITLE                    DATE
             ---------                           -----                    ----
<S>                                  <C>                           <C>
                 *                   Director, Chairman of the       June 19, 1996
____________________________________ Board and Chief Executive
         Michael J. Gaughan          Officer (Principal Executive
                                     Officer)

         /s/ Gage Parrish            Director and Chief Financial    June 19, 1996
____________________________________ Officer (Principal Financial
            Gage Parrish             and Accounting Officer)

                 *                   Director                        June 19, 1996
____________________________________
         Harlan D. Braaten

                 *                   Director                        June 19, 1996
____________________________________
            Jerry Herbst

                 *                   Director                        June 19, 1996
____________________________________
          J. Tito Tiberti

                 *                   Director                        June 19, 1996
____________________________________
         Charles Silverman
    
   
                 *
____________________________________   
        F. Michael Corrigan 
                                    Director                         June 19, 1996
</TABLE>    
                                                                      
*By        
    
     /s/ Gage Parrish     
  _______________________________
          
         Gage Parrish     
          
       Attorney-in-Fact      
 
                                     II-8
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES
   
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THE REGISTRANT HAS DULY
CAUSED THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS
BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF LAS
VEGAS, STATE OF NEVADA, ON JUNE 19, 1996.     
 
                                          COAST WEST, INC.,
                                          a Nevada corporation
 
                                          By   /s/ Michael J. Gaughan
                                          _____________________________________
                                                   Michael J. Gaughan
                                                        President
          
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS AMENDMENT
NO. 1 TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BELOW BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS
IN THEIR CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
             SIGNATURE                           TITLE                    DATE
             ---------                           -----                    ----
<S>                                  <C>                           <C>
     /s/ Michael J. Gaughan          Director and President          June 19, 1996
____________________________________ (Principal Executive
         Michael J. Gaughan          Officer)

                 *                   Director, Vice President,       June 19, 1996
____________________________________ Treasurer and Assistant
            Jerry Herbst             Secretary (Principal
                                     Financial and Accounting
                                     Officer)

                 *                   Director                        June 19, 1996
____________________________________
          J. Tito Tiberti
</TABLE>    
   
*By     
    /s/ Michael J. Gaughan
  _____________________________
       
    Michael J. Gaughan     
        
     Attorney-in-Fact     
 
                                     II-9
<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                   SEQUENTIALLY
 EXHIBIT                                                             NUMBERED
  NUMBER                   DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                      PAGE
 -------                   ----------------------                  ------------
 <C>       <S>                                                     <C>
  3.1      Amended Articles of Incorporation of Coast Hotels and
           Casinos, Inc.
  3.2(30)  First Amended Bylaws of Coast Hotels and Casinos,
           Inc.
  3.3(1)   Articles of Incorporation of Coast Resorts, Inc.
  3.4(30)  First Amended Bylaws of Coast Resorts, Inc.
  3.5(30)  Articles of Incorporation of Coast West, Inc.
  3.6(30)  Bylaws of Coast West, Inc.
  4.1(2)   Indenture dated as of January 30, 1996, among Coast
           Hotels and Casinos, Inc., Coast Resorts, Inc. and
           Coast West, Inc., as the Guarantors, and American
           Bank National Association, as Trustee.
  4.2(3)   Registration Rights Agreement dated as of January 30,
           1996 among Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc., Coast
           Resorts, Inc. and Coast West, Inc., as the
           Guarantors, and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and BA
           Securities, Inc.
  4.3(4)   Form of Note (included in Exhibit 4.1)
  4.4      Form of Letter of Transmittal
  5.1      Opinion of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher
  5.2      Opinion of Leavitt, Sully & Rivers
  8.1      Opinion of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher as to certain
           federal income tax matters
 10.1(5)   Note Guarantee of Coast Resorts, Inc.
 10.2(6)   Note Guarantee of Coast West, Inc.
 10.3(7)   Leasehold Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Leases
           and Security Agreement dated January 30, 1996 of
           Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.
 10.4(8)   Leasehold Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Leases
           and Security Agreement dated January 30, 1996 of
           Coast West, Inc.
 10.5(9)   Security Agreement dated January 30, 1996 by and
           between Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc. and American
           Bank National Association
 10.6(10)  Security Agreement dated January 30, 1996 by and
           between Coast West, Inc. and American Bank National
           Association
 10.7(11)  Stock Pledge and Security Agreement dated January 30,
           1996 by and among Coast Resorts, Inc. and American
           Bank National Association
 10.8(12)  Disbursement and Escrow Agreement dated January 30,
           1996, among Nevada Title Company, Nevada Construction
           Services, Inc., American Bank National Association
           and Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.
 10.9(13)  Pledge and Escrow Agreement dated January 30, 1996
           between American Bank National Association and Coast
           Hotel and Casinos, Inc.
 10.10(14) Collateral Assignment of Contracts dated January 30,
           1996
 10.11(15) Escrow Agreement dated January 30, 1996 by and among
           Coast Resorts, Inc., American Bank National
           Association, and Bank of America Nevada
 10.12(16) Unsecured Environmental Indemnification Agreement
           dated January 30, 1996 among Coast Hotel and Casinos,
           Inc. and American Bank National Association
</TABLE>    
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                   SEQUENTIALLY
  EXHIBIT                                                            NUMBERED
  NUMBER                   DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                      PAGE
  -------                  ----------------------                  ------------
 <C>       <S>                                                     <C>
 10.13(17) Unsecured Environmental Indemnification Agreement
           among Coast West, Inc. and American Bank National
           Association
 10.14(18) Tax Sharing Agreement dated as of January 30, 1996 by
           and among Coast Resorts, Inc., Coast Hotels and
           Casinos, Inc., and Coast West, Inc.
 10.15(19) Agreement Between Owner and Contractor dated as of
           January 24, 1996, between J.A. Tiberti Construction
           Co., Inc. and Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.
 10.16(20) Ground Lease dated as of October 1, 1995, between The
           Tiberti Company, a Nevada general partnership, and
           Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc. (as successor of Gold
           Coast Hotel and Casino, a Nevada limited partnership)
 10.17(21) Lease Agreement dated May 1, 1992, by and between
           Empey Enterprises, a Nevada general partnership, as
           lessor, and the Barbary Coast Hotel & Casino, a
           Nevada general partnership, as lessee
 10.18(22) Ground Lease Agreement dated October 28, 1994 by and
           among 21 Stars, Ltd., a Nevada limited liability
           company, as landlord, Barbary Coast Hotel & Casino, a
           Nevada general partnership, as tenant, Wanda Peccole,
           as successor trustee of the Peccole 1982 Trust dated
           February 15, 1982 ("Trust), and The William Peter and
           Wanda Ruth Peccole Family Limited Partnership, a
           Nevada limited partnership ("Partnership"), and,
           together with Trust, as owner, as amended
 10.19(23) Form of Subordination Agreement between Coast Hotels
           and Casinos, Inc. and certain former Gold Coast
           partners holding Subordinated Notes
 10.20(24) Lease dated as of November 1, 1982, by and between
           Nevada Power Company, a Nevada Corporation as
           landlord, and Barbary Coast Hotel and Casino, a
           Nevada general partnership
 10.21(25) Leasehold Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents and
           Security Agreement dated February 13, 1991, by and
           between the Barbary Coast Hotel and Casino, a Nevada
           general partnership, First American Title Company of
           Nevada, and Exber, Inc., a Nevada corporation
 10.22(26) Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of
           September 29, 1995, among Coast Resorts, Inc., the
           Gold Coast Hotel and Casino, a Nevada limited
           partnership, the Barbary Coast Hotel and Casino, a
           Nevada general partnership, and Gaughan-Herbst, Inc.,
           a Nevada corporation
 10.23(27) Supplement to Agreement and Plan of Reorganization
           dated as of December 22, 1995, among Coast Resorts,
           Inc., the Gold Coast Hotel and Casino, a Nevada
           limited partnership, the Barbary Coast Hotel and
           Casino, a Nevada general partnership, and Gaughan-
           Herbst, Inc., a Nevada corporation
 12        Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 16(28)    Letter re Change in Certifying Accountant
 21(29)    List of Subsidiaries of Coast Resorts, Inc.
 23.1      Consent of Independent Accountants
 23.2      Consent of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher (included in the
           opinions filed as Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1 hereto)
 23.3      Consent of Leavitt, Sully & Rivers (included in the
           opinion filed as Exhibit 5.2 hereto)
</TABLE>    
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                   SEQUENTIALLY
 EXHIBIT                                                             NUMBERED
 NUMBER                   DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                       PAGE
 -------                  ----------------------                   ------------
 <C>     <S>                                                       <C>
 24      Powers of Attorney (included on pages II-5, II-6 and
         II-7 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 as filed
         on May 2, 1996)
 25(30)  Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of
         American Bank National Association, as Trustee (three
         copies bound separately)
 27.1    Financial Data Schedule for Coast Hotels and Casinos,
         Inc.
 27.2    Financial Data Schedule for Coast Resorts, Inc. (Parent
         Company only).
 27.3    Financial Data Schedule for Coast West, Inc.
</TABLE>    
- --------
          
(1) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.1 to General Form for Registration
    of Securities on Form 10 of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on October 3, 1995.
           
(2) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to Annual Report on Form 10-K of
    Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(3) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to Annual Report on Form 10-K of
    Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(4) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.3 to Annual Report on Form 10-K of
    Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(5) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.4 to Annual Report on Form 10-K of
    Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(6) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.5 to Annual Report on Form 10-K of
    Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(7) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.6 to Annual Report on Form 10-K of
    Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(8) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.7 to Annual Report on Form 10-K of
    Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(9) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.8 to Annual Report on Form 10-K of
    Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(10) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.9 to Annual Report on Form 10-K of
     Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(11) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.10 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
     of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(12) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.11 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
     of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(13) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.12 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
     of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(14) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.13 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
     of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(15) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.14 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
     of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(16) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.15 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
     of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(17) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.16 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
     of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(18) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.17 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
     of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
<PAGE>
 
   
(19) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.18 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
     of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(20) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.12 to Amendment No. 2 to General
     Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10/A of Coast Resorts, Inc.
     filed on January 12, 1996.     
   
(21) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to General Form for
     Registration of Securities on Form 10 of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on
     October 3, 1995.     
   
(22) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to General Form for
     Registration of Securities on Form 10 of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on
     October 3, 1995.     
   
(23) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.22 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
     of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on March 27, 1996.     
   
(24) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.6 to General Form for
     Registration of Securities on Form 10 of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on
     October 3, 1995.     
   
(25) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.7 to General Form for
     Registration of Securities on Form 10 of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on
     October 3, 1995.     
   
(26) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 1.1 to Amendment No. 1 to General
     Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10/A of Coast Resorts, Inc.
     filed on November 22, 1995.     
   
(27) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 1.2 to Amendment No. 2 to General
     Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10/A of Coast Resorts, Inc.
     filed on January 12, 1996.     
   
(28) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 16 to Amendment No. 1 to General
     Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10/A of Coast Resorts, Inc.
     filed on November 22, 1995.     
   
(29) Incorporated by reference as Exhibit 21 to General Form for Registration
     of Securities on Form 10 of Coast Resorts, Inc. filed on October 3, 1995.
            
(30) Previously filed.     
       

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     Exhibit 3.1

                           ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                            COAST OPERATING COMPANY

     The undersigned hereby executes and acknowledges the following Articles of
Incorporation for the above-noted corporation.

                                       I.

     The name of the corporation is as follows:

                            COAST OPERATING COMPANY

                                      II.

     The natural person designated as the corporation's resident agent, the
street address of the resident agent where process may be served upon the
corporation and the mailing address of the resident agent are as follows:

                               K. MICHAEL LEAVITT
                               601 East Bridger Avenue
                               Las Vegas, Nevada 89101

                                      III.

     The corporation is authorized to issue one class of stock consisting of
twenty-five thousand (25,000) shares of Common Stock, each share having a par
value of ONE DOLLAR ($1.00).

                                      IV.

     Stockholders of the corporation shall have no preemptive right to acquire
the corporation's unissued shares.

                                       V.

     The members of the governing board of the corporation are styled as
directors.  The governing board of the corporation shall consist of at least
three (3) directors and no more than nine (9) directors.  Subject to the
foregoing minimum and maximum, the number of directors shall be subject to
determination and change from time to time by duly adopted resolutions of the
board of directors.  The first board of directors shall consist of the following
three (3) individuals with the street addresses noted:
<PAGE>
 
NAME                                        STREET ADDRESS
- ----                                        --------------
 
MICHAEL GAUGHAN                             4000 West Flamingo Road
                                            Las Vegas, Nevada 89103

JERRY HERBST                                5195 Las Vegas Boulevard, S.
                                            Las Vegas, Nevada 89119

J. TITO TIBERTI                             1806 South Industrial Road
                                            Las Vegas, Nevada 89102

                                      VI.

     The name and street address of the incorporator executing these Articles of
Incorporation are as follows:

NAME                                        STREET ADDRESS
- ----                                        --------------

KATHRYN A. KESSLER                          601 East Bridger Avenue
                                            Las Vegas, Nevada 89101

                                     VII.

     No director or officer of the corporation shall be personally liable to the
corporation or its stockholders for damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a
director; provided, however, that this Article does not eliminate, nor does it
limit, the liability of a director or officer for any of the following:

     (a) Any act or omission which involves intentional misconduct, fraud or a
knowing violation of law; or

     (b) The payment of distributions in violation of Nevada Revised Statutes
78.300 as it may be amended from time to time.

     Without limiting the foregoing, the limitation of liability provided for in
this Article shall apply to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the
State of Nevada as they may exist at the time of the occurrence of any such
alleged breach of fiduciary duty.  Any repeal or modification of this Article
shall be prospective only and shall not adversely affect any limitation of
personal liability of a director or officer of the corporation for acts or
omissions which occurred prior to such repeal or modification.

                                     VIII.

     A director or former director of the corporation who was or is a party to,
or is threatened to be made a party to, any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit (including any action or suit by or in the right of the corporation
to procure a judgment in its favor) or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of
the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, or as the
corporation's or such other corporation's employee, agent or representative of a
partnership, joint venture, limited-liability company, trust or other
enterprise, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the
fullest extent legally permissible under the laws of the State of Nevada, as
they exist at the time such action, suit or proceeding is first threatened or
commenced, against liabilities, losses, expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, actually and
reasonably incurred or suffered by him in connection with such action, suit or
proceeding.  Any such indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other valid
and enforceable right which such person may have or hereafter acquire,
including, without limiting the foregoing, any valid and enforceable right of
indemnification under any agreement, vote of stockholders or provision of law.

     If authorized by the corporation Bylaws or by resolution of the board of
directors, a person other than a director or former director who was or is a
party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit (including any action or suit by or in the right of the
corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or
was an officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, or as the
corporation's or such other corporation's employee, agent or representative of a
partnership, joint venture, limitedliability company, trust or other enterprise,
may be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent
legally permissible under the laws of the State of Nevada, as they exist at the
time such action, suit or proceeding is first threatened or commenced, against
liabilities, losses, expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and
amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred or
suffered by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding.  Any such
indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other valid and enforceable right
which such person may have or hereafter acquire, including, without limiting the
foregoing, any valid and enforceable right of indemnification under any
agreement, vote of stockholders or provision of law.

     The expenses of the corporation officers and directors incurred in
defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the
corporation as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the
action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the
officer or director to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a
court of competent jurisdiction that the officer or director is not entitled to
be indemnified by the corporation.  The provisions of the foregoing sentence do
not affect any rights to advancement of expenses to which corporate personnel
other than directors or officers may be entitled under any contract or otherwise
by law.

     Any indemnification provided for in this Article, including any
indemnification authorized by the corporation's Bylaws or by resolution of the
board of directors, and the expense advance provided for in this Article shall
continue as to any person whose status as a director, officer, employee, agent
or representative has ceased and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such person.

                                      IX.

     Any amendment of these Articles of Incorporation amending or eliminating
any provision of this Article or Article VII or VIII of these Articles of
Incorporation shall require the affirmative vote or written consent of
stockholders holding not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the issued and
outstanding stock of the corporation.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned incorporator has executed and
acknowledged these Articles of Incorporation on the acknowledgment date noted
below.


                                /s/ Kathryn A. Kessler
                              ---------------------------------------
                              KATHRYN A. KESSLER


STATE OF NEVADA   )
                  ) ss:
COUNTY OF CLARK   )

     This instrument was acknowledged before me on September __, 1995 by KATHRYN
A. KESSLER as incorporator of COAST OPERATING COMPANY, a Nevada corporation.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                       TO

                           ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                            COAST OPERATING COMPANY

                              A Nevada Corporation

                           CHANGING CORPORATION NAME

                                       TO

                         COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.

     The undersigned hereby certifies as follows:

     1.   That she is the sole incorporator of COAST OPERATING COMPANY, a Nevada
corporation.

     2.   That the Articles of Incorporation of that corporation were filed in
the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada on the 28th day of
September, 1995.

     3.   That she affirmatively declares that to the date of this Certificate,
no stock of the corporation has been issued.

     4.   That pursuant to Nevada Revised Statutes 78.380, Article I of the
corporation's Articles of Incorporation is hereby amended to read as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I

          The name of the corporation is as follows:

          COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of
Amendment to Articles of Incorporation this 5th day of October, 1995.

                                       /s/ Kathryn A. Kessler
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       KATHRYN A. KESSLER
                                       Sole Incorporator

STATE OF NEVADA   )
                  ) ss:
COUNTY OF CLARK   )

     This instrument was acknowledged before me on October 5, 1995 by KATHRYN A.
KESSLER as the sole Incorporator of COAST OPERATING COMPANY, a Nevada
corporation.

                                         /s/ Jonna Glenn
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       NOTARY PUBLIC
<PAGE>
 
                          CERTIFICATION OF AMENDMENT

                                      TO

                           ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                      OF

                        COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.

                       (formerly COAST OPERATING COMPANY)

                             A Nevada Corporation

     The undersigned hereby certifies as follows:

     1.   That she is the sole incorporator of COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC. 
(formerly COAST OPERATING COMPANY), a Nevada corporation.

     2.   That the Articles of Incorporation of said corporation were filed in 
the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada on the 28th day of 
September, 1995.

     3.   That she affirmatively declares that to the date of this Certificate, 
no stock of the corporation has been issued.

     4.   That pursuant to Nevada Revised Statutes 78.380 and Nevada Gaming 
Commission Regulation 15.5000.1, Article III of the corporations Articles of 
Incorporation is hereby amended to read as follows, and the following Article X 
is hereby added to the corporation's Articles of Incorporation:


                                  ARTICLE III

          The corporation is authorized to issue one class of stock consisting 
     of twenty-five thousand (25,000) shares of Common Stock, each share having
     a par value of ONE DOLLAR ($1.00).

          The corporation shall not issue any stock or securities except in 
     accordance with the provisions of the Nevada Gaming Control Act and the
     regulations thereunder. The issuance of any stock or securities in
     violation
<PAGE>
 
     thereof shall be ineffective and such stock or-securities shall be deemed
     not to be issued and outstanding until (1) the corporation shall cease to
     be subject to the jurisdiction of the Nevada Gaming Commission or (2) the
     Nevada Gaming Commission shall, be affirmative action, validate said
     issuance or waive any defect in said issuance.

          No stock or securities issued by the corporation and no interest, 
     claim or charge therein or thereto shall be transferred in any manner
     whatsoever except in accordance with the provisions of the Nevada Gaming
     Control Act and the regulations thereunder. Any transfer in violation
     thereof shall be ineffective until (1) the corporation shall cease to be
     subject to the jurisdiction of the Nevada Gaming Commission or (2) the
     Nevada Gaming Commission shall, be affirmative action, validate said
     transfer or waive any defect in said transfer.

          If the Commission at any time determines that a holder of stock or 
     other securities of this corporation is unsuitable to hold such securities,
     then until such securities are owned by persons found by the Commission to
     be suitable to own them, (a) the corporation shall not be required or
     permitted to pay any dividend or interest with regard to the securities,
     (b) the holder of such securities shall not be entitled to vote on any
     matter as the holder of such securities and such securities shall not for
     any purposes be included in the securities of the corporation entitled to
     vote and (c) the corporation shall not pay any remuneration in any form to
     the holder of the securities.

                                   ARTICLE X

          The nature of the business and objects and purposes proposed to be 
     transacted, promoted or carried on by the corporation are as follows:

               (a)  To conduct gaming in the State of Nevada in accordance with 
          the laws of the State of Nevada and of the United States of America.

               (b)  To engage in any lawful activity.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certification of 
Amendment to Articles of Incorporation this 9th day of October, 1995.


                                         /s/ Kathryn A. Kessler
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       KATHRYN A. KESSLER
                                       Sole Incorporator

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
STATE OF NEVADA    )
                   ) ss:
COUNTY OF CLARK    )

     This instrument was acknowledged before me on October 9, 1995 by KATHRYN A.
KESSLER, as the sole Incorporator of COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC. (formerly 
COAST OPERATING COMPANY), a Nevada corporation.


                                         /s/ Jonna Glenn
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       NOTARY PUBLIC

                                       3

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.4

                             LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

                        COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.

                                   OFFER TO
                                   EXCHANGE
                                  ALL OF ITS
                       13% FIRST MORTGAGE NOTES DUE 2002

                                    FOR ITS
                       13% FIRST MORTGAGE NOTES DUE 2002
               
               PURSUANT TO THE PROSPECTUS DATED __________, 1996
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT _____ P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME,
             ON __________, _____________, 1996, UNLESS EXTENDED.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
To:                            EXCHANGE AGENT
                      AMERICAN BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                   By Mail/Hand Delivery/Overnight Express:

                             101 East Fifth Street
                           St. Paul, Minnesota  55101
                    Attention.:  Corporate Trust Department

                            Facsimile Transmission:
                                 (612) 229-6415

                              To confirm receipt:
                              Tel. (612) 229-2600

     DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR
TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONE LISTED
ABOVE, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.  THE INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN
SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.

     The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated __________,
1996 ("Exchange Offer"), of Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation
(the "Company"), relating to the offer by the Company, upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in the Exchange Offer and in this Letter of
Transmittal and the instructions hereto (which together with the Exchange Offer
and the instructions hereto constitute the "Offer"), to exchange its 13% First
Mortgage Notes due 2002 ("New Notes") for any and all of its outstanding 13%
First Mortgage Notes due 2002 ("Old Notes"), at the rate of $1,000 principal
amount of the New Notes for each $1,000 principal amount of the Old Notes.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in
the Exchange Offer.

     The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes below and signed this
Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take
with respect to the Offer.

     This Letter of Transmittal is to be used whether the Old Notes are to be
physically delivered herewith, or whether guaranteed delivery procedures or
book-entry delivery procedures are being used, pursuant to the procedures set
forth under "The Exchange Offer" in the Exchange Offer.  If delivery of Old
Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the
Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), this Letter of
Transmittal need not be manually executed, provided, however, that tenders of
Old Notes must be effected in accordance with the procedures mandated by DTC and
the procedures set forth in the Exchange Offer under the caption "The Exchange
Offer-Procedures for Tendering Old Notes--Book-Entry Delivery."  If a Registered
Holder desires to tender Old Notes and such Old Notes are not immediately
available or time will not permit all documents required by the Offer to reach
the Exchange Agent (or such Registered Holder is unable to complete the
procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis) prior to the Expiration
Date, a tender may be effected in accordance with the guaranteed delivery
procedures set forth in the Exchange Offer under the caption "The Exchange
Offer--Procedures for Tendering Old Notes--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."  See
Instruction 1.

              PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
<PAGE>
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:

     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer, the undersigned
hereby tenders to the Company the principal amount of the Old Notes indicated
below.  Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the Old
Notes tendered hereby, the undersigned hereby irrevocably sells, assigns and
transfers to or upon the order of the Company all right, title and interest in
and to such Old Notes, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the
Exchange Agent the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned
(with full knowledge that said Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the
Company) with respect to such Old Notes, with full power of substitution (such
power of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an
interest), to take such further action as may be required in connection with the
delivery, tender and exchange of the Old Notes.

     The undersigned acknowledges that this Offer is being made in reliance on
an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC") that the New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for
the Old Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by
holders thereof (other than (i) a broker-dealer who purchased Old Notes directly
from the Company for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), or (ii) a person that is an "affiliate"
of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without
compliance with the registration and, except for broker-dealers that have
acquired the Old Notes as a result of market-making or other trading activities,
prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act provided that such New
Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders' business and such
holders have no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution
of such New Notes.  See Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, SEC No-Action Letter
(available June 5, 1991); The Exchange Offer under the caption "The Exchange
Offer--Resales of the New Notes."

     THE UNDERSIGNED UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT
NOT TO ACCEPT TENDERED OLD NOTES FROM ANY TENDERING HOLDER IF THE COMPANY
DETERMINES, IN ITS SOLE AND ABSOLUTE DISCRETION, THAT SUCH ACCEPTANCE COULD
RESULT IN A VIOLATION OF APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS.

     The undersigned, if the undersigned is a beneficial holder, represents, or,
if the undersigned is a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other
nominee, represents that it has received representations from the beneficial
owners of the Old Notes stating (as defined in the Exchange Offer) that (i) the
New Notes to be acquired in connection with the Exchange Offer by the Eligible
Holder and each Beneficial Owner of the Old Notes are being acquired by the
Eligible Holder (as defined in the Exchange Offer) and each Beneficial Owner in
the ordinary course of business of the Eligible Holder and each Beneficial
Owner, (ii) the Eligible Holder and each Beneficial Owner are not participating,
do not intend to participate, and have no arrangement or understanding with any
person to participate, in the distribution of the New Notes, (iii) the Eligible
Holder and each Beneficial Owner acknowledge and agree that any person
participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the New
Notes must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of
the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the New
Notes acquired by such person and cannot rely on the position of the staff of
the Commission set forth in no-action letters that are discussed in the Exchange
Offer  under the caption "The Exchange Offer--Resales of the New Notes," (iv)
that if the Eligible Holder is a broker-dealer that acquired Old Notes as a
result of market making or other trading activities, it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of New Notes acquired in the Exchange
Offer, (v) the Eligible Holder and each Beneficial Owner understand that a
secondary resale transaction described in clause (iii) above should be covered
by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder
information required by Item 507 of Regulations S-K of the Securities Act and
(vi) neither the Eligible Holder nor any Beneficial Owner is an "affiliate," as
defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company except as otherwise
disclosed to the Company in writing.

     In addition, if the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned
represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a
distribution of New Notes.  If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will
receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, it represents
that the Old Notes to be exchanged for New Notes were acquired by it as a result
of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes;
however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned
will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of
the Securities Act.

     The undersigned understands and acknowledges that the Company reserves the
right in its sole discretion to purchase or make offers for any Old Notes that
remain outstanding subsequent to the Expiration Date or, as set forth in the
Exchange Offer under the caption "The Exchange Offer--Conditions of the Exchange
Offer," to terminate the Exchange Offer and, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, purchase Old Notes in the open market, in privately negotiated
transactions or otherwise.  The term of any such purchases or offers could
differ from the terms of the Exchange Offer.

     The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned accepts
the terms and conditions of the Offer, has full power and authority to tender,
exchange, assign and transfer the Old Notes tendered hereby, and that when the
same are accepted for exchange by the Company, the Company will acquire good and
unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges
and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim or right.  The undersigned
will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the
Exchange Agent or the Company to be reasonably necessary or desirable to
complete the sale, assignment and transfer the Old Notes tendered hereby.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
     The undersigned agrees that all authority conferred or agreed to be
conferred by this Letter of Transmittal and every obligation of the undersigned
hereunder shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, executors,
administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal representatives of the
undersigned and shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or
incapacity of the undersigned.

     The undersigned understands that tenders of the Old Notes pursuant to any
one of the procedures described under "The Exchange Offer-Procedures for
Tendering Old Notes" in the Exchange Offer and in the instructions hereto will
constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Company in
accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer.

     The undersigned understands that by tendering Old Notes pursuant to one of
the procedures described in the Exchange Offer and the instructions thereto, the
tendering holder will be deemed to have waived the right to receive any payment
in respect of interest on the Old Notes accrued up to the date of issuance of
the New Notes.

     The undersigned recognizes that, under certain circumstances set forth in
the Exchange Offer, the Company may not be required to accept for exchange any
of the Old Notes tendered.  Old Notes not accepted for exchange or withdrawn
will be returned to the undersigned at the address set forth below unless
otherwise indicated under "Special Delivery Instructions" below.

     Unless otherwise indicated herein under the box entitled "Special Exchange
Instructions" below, please deliver New Notes in the name of the undersigned.
Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under the box entitled "Special Delivery
Instructions" below, please send New Notes to the undersigned at the address
shown below the signature of the undersigned.  The undersigned recognizes that
the Company has no obligation pursuant to the "Special Exchange Instructions" to
transfer any Old Notes from the name of the Registered Holder thereof if the
Company does not accept for exchange any of the principal amount of such Old
Notes so tendered.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
THE UNDERSIGNED BY COMPLETING THE BOX "DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES" BELOW AND
SIGNING THIS LETTER, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE TENDERED THE OLD NOTES AND MADE
CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS DESCRIBED HEREIN AND IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER.
         
      ===================================================================
                                PLEASE SIGN HERE
                  (TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS)
            (See Instructions 1 and 3 and the following paragraph)
      (IMPORTANT: ALSO COMPLETE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 ON THE REVERSE SIDE)

      ...................................................................
      ...................................................................
                           SIGNATURE(S) OF OWNER(S)

      Dated: ......................................................, 1996

      If the holder(s) is/are tendering any Old Notes, this Letter of 
      Transmittal must be signed by the Registered Holder(s) as the name(s)
      appear(s) on the Old Notes or on a security position listing or by 
      person(s) authorized to become Registered Holder(s) by endorsements 
      and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by a trustee, 
      executor, administrator, guardian, officer or other person acting in
      a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth full title. 
      See Instruction 3.

      Name(s) ............................................................
      ....................................................................
                            (PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)

      Capacity: .......................................................... 
      Address:  ..........................................................
      ....................................................................
                              (INCLUDE ZIP CODE)

      Area Code and Telephone Number .....................................
      Tax Identification or
      Social Security No(s): .............................................
             (SEE INSTRUCTION 12 AND COMPLETE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
                             ON THE REVERSE SIDE)

                              Signature Guarantee
                        (If required by Instruction 3)

      Signature(s) Guaranteed by
        an Eligible Institution:

      Authorized Signature: .............................................. 
      Printed Name: ...................................................... 
      Title: .............................................................
      Name of Firm: ......................................................
      Address: ...........................................................
      ....................................................................
                              (Include Zip Code)

      Area Code and Telephone Number .....................................

      Dated: ......................................................., 1996

      IMPORTANT:  THIS LETTER OR A FACSIMILE HEREOF (TOGETHER WITH THE OLD 
      NOTES OR A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED 
      DOCUMENTS) MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO _____
      P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

      ====================================================================
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
     List below the Old Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates. If
the space provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and principal
amounts should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed thereto. See
Instruction 7. The minimum permitted tender is $1,000 principal amount of Old
Notes; all other tenders must be in integral multiples of $1,000.

=============================================================================== 
                           DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES
===============================================================================
             (i)                    (ii)               (iii)           (iv)
                                                     Aggregate
  Name(s) and Address(es)                            Principal      Principal
        of Holders               Certificate          Amount         Amount
(Please fill in, if blank)        Number(s)         Represented     Tendered
_______________________________________________________________________________

                             __________________________________________________

                             __________________________________________________

                             __________________________________________________

                             __________________________________________________

                             Total ............................................
_______________________________________________________________________________ 
 
*   Unless otherwise indicated in the column labeled "Principal Amount
    Tendered" and subject to the terms and conditions of the Offer, the
    undersigned will be deemed to have tendered the entire aggregate principal
    amount represented by the Old Notes indicated in the column labeled
    "Aggregate Principal Amount Represented."  See Instruction 8.
===============================================================================
[_] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE ENCLOSED HEREWITH.

[_] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE
    OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY DELIVERED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND 
    COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (See Instructions 1 and 3):

    Name(s) of Registered Holder(s): ..........................................

    Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery: .......................

    Name of Eligible Institution that Guaranteed Delivery: ....................

[_] CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL
    COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS 
    THERETO.

    Name: .....................................................................

    Address: ..................................................................

         ......................................................................

     If delivery of Old Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the
account maintained by the Exchange Agent at DTC, then tenders of Old Notes must
be effected in accordance with the procedures mandated by DTC and the procedures
set forth in the Exchange Offer under the caption "The Exchange Offer--
Procedures for Tendering Old Notes--Book-Entry Delivery."

                                       5
<PAGE>

========================================================== 
             SPECIAL EXCHANGE INSTRUCTIONS   
             (See Instructions 4 and 5) 

To be completed ONLY if Old Notes in a principal amount
not exchanged and/or New Notes are to be registered in the 
name of or issued to someone other than the person or 
persons whose signature(s) appear(s) on this Letter of 
Transmittal above.          

Issue and mail:  (check appropriate box(es)):                          

[_]  New Notes to:      [_]  Old Notes to:                   

Name(s)...................................................                    
                (Please Type or Print)                                  

 ..........................................................                  
                (Please Type or Print)                                

Address...................................................                    

 ..........................................................                    
                      Zip Code                                                

 ..........................................................                   
Employer Identification or Social Security Number
        (Complete the Substitute Form W-9)                     
========================================================== 


========================================================== 
             SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS   
             (See Instructions 4 and 5) 

To be completed ONLY if Old Notes in a principal amount
not exchanged and/or New Notes are to be sent to someone  
other than the person or persons whose signature(s) 
appear(s) on this Letter of Transmittal above or to such
person or persons at an address other than that shown in
the box entitled "Description of Old Notes" on this
Letter of Transmittal above.

Mail or deliver:  (check appropriate box(es)):                          

[_]  New Notes to:      [_]  Old Notes to:                   

Name(s)...................................................                    
                (Please Type or Print)                                  

 ..........................................................                  
                (Please Type or Print)                                

Address...................................................                    

 ..........................................................                    
                      Zip Code                                                

 ..........................................................                   
Employer Identification or Social Security Number
========================================================== 

                   TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL EXCHANGING HOLDERS
                              (See Instruction 5)
            PAYER'S NAME: _______________________________________ 

============================================================================== 
SUBSTITUTE                            Part 1--PLEASE    SOCIAL SECURITY
Form W-9                              PROVIDE YOUR      NUMBER
Department of the Treasury            TIN IN THE BOX    OR ___________________
Internal Revenue Service              AT RIGHT AND      EMPLOYER
Payer's Request for Taxpayer          CERTIFY BY        IDENTIFICATION
Identification Number (TIN)           SIGNING AND       NUMBER
                                      DATING BELOW.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
 
 PART 2--CERTIFICATION--Under penalties of perjury, I certify that: (1) The
 number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am
 waiting for a number to be issued to me) and (2) I am not subject to backup
 withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not
 been notified by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") that I am subject to
 backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or
 dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup
 withholding.

 CERTIFICATION INSTRUCTIONS--You must cross out Item (2) above if you have been
 notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding
 because of under-reporting interest or dividends on your tax return. However,
 if after being notified by the IRS that you were subject to backup withholding
 you received another notification from the IRS that you are no longer subject
 to backup withholding, do not cross out such Item (2)
                                                                Part 3 --
SIGNATURE _____________________ DATE ___________________ 1996   Awaiting TIN [_]

================================================================================
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 MAY RESULT IN
      BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 31% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE 
      EXCHANGE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION
      OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.

     YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECKED THE BOX IN PART
     3 OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

             CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

     I certify under penalties of perjury that a Taxpayer Identification Number
has not been issued to me, and either (1) I have mailed or delivered an
application to receive a Taxpayer Identification Number to the appropriate
Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office, or (2)
I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future.  I understanding
that if I do not provide a Taxpayer Identification Number within sixty days, 31%
of all reportable payments made to me thereafter will be withheld until I
provide a Taxpayer Identification Number.

SIGNATURE _________________________________  DATE ________________________ 1996

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                                  INSTRUCTIONS

             Forming part of the Terms and Conditions of the Offer

     1.  Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Old Notes: Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures.  To be effectively tendered pursuant to the Offer, the Old
Notes, together with a properly completed Letter of Transmittal (or manually
signed facsimile hereof) duly executed by the Registered Holder thereof, and any
other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the
Exchange Agent at one of its addresses set forth on the front page of this
Letter of Transmittal and tendered Old Notes must be received by the Exchange
Agent at one of such addresses on or prior to the Expiration Date; provided,
however, that book-entry transfers of Old Notes may be affected in accordance
with the procedures set forth in the Exchange Offer under the caption "The
Exchange Offer--Procedures For Tendering Old Notes--Book-Entry Delivery."  If
the Beneficial Owner of any Old Notes is not the Registered Holder, then such
person may validly tender such person's Old Notes only by obtaining and
submitting to the Exchange Agent a properly completed Letter of Transmittal from
the Registered Holder.  LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL OF OLD NOTES SHOULD BE DELIVERED
ONLY BY HAND OR BY COURIER, OR TRANSMITTED BY MAIL, AND ONLY TO THE EXCHANGE
AGENT AND NOT TO THE COMPANY OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON.

     THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE
EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE HOLDER, AND IF SUCH DELIVERY
IS BY MAIL, IT IS SUGGESTED THAT THE HOLDER USE PROPERLY INSURED, REGISTERED
MAIL WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED.  IF OLD NOTES ARE SENT BY MAIL, IT IS
SUGGESTED THAT THE MAILING BE MADE SUFFICIENTLY IN ADVANCE OF THE EXPIRATION
DATE TO PERMIT DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO _____ P.M., NEW YORK CITY
TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

     If a holder desires to tender Old Notes and such holder's Old Notes are not
immediately available or time will not permit such holder to complete the
procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis or time will not permit
such holder's Letter of Transmittal and other required documents to reach the
Exchange Agent on or before the Expiration Date, such holder's tender may be
effected if:
          (a) such tender is made by or through an Eligible Institution (as
     defined below);
          (b) on or prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent has
     received a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter from such Eligible
     Institution setting forth the name and address of the holder of such Old
     Notes, the certificate number(s) of such Old Notes (except in the case of
     book-entry tenders) and the principal amount of Old Notes tendered and
     stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within
     three business days after the Expiration Date, a duly executed Letter of
     Transmittal, or facsimile thereof, together with the Old Notes, and any
     other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal and Instructions,
     will be deposited by such Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and
          (c) this Letter of Transmittal, or a manually signed facsimile hereof,
     and Old Notes, in proper form for transfer (or a book-entry confirmation
     with respect to such Old Notes), and all other required documents are
     received by the Exchange Agent within three business days after the
     Expiration Date.

     2.  Withdrawal of Tenders.  Tendered Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time
prior to _____ p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

     To be effective, a written, telegraphic or facsimile transmission notice of
withdrawal must (i) be timely received by the Exchange Agent at one of its
addresses set forth on the first page of this Letter of Transmittal before the
Exchange Agent receives notice of acceptance from the Company, (ii) specify the
name of the person who tendered the Old Notes, (iii) contain the description of
the Old Notes to be withdrawn, the certificate number(s) of such Old Notes
(except in the case of book-entry tenders) and the aggregate principal amount
represented by such Old Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation with respect to such
Old Notes, and (iv) be signed by the holder of such Old Notes in the same manner
as the original signature appears on this Letter of Transmittal (including any
required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the
Company that the person withdrawing the tender has succeeded to the beneficial
ownership of the Old Notes.  The signature(s) on the notice of withdrawal must
be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution unless such Old Notes have been
tendered (i) by a Registered Holder (which term for purposes of this document
shall include any participant tendering by book-entry transfer) of Old Notes who
has not completed either the box entitled "Special Exchange Instructions" or the
box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" on this Letter of Transmittal or
(ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution.  If the Old Notes have been
tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry tender set forth in the
Exchange Offer under the caption "Exchanging Book Entry Old Notes," a notice of
withdrawal is effective immediately upon receipt by the Exchange Agent of a
written, telegraphic or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal even if
physical release is not yet effected.  In addition, such notice must specify, in
the case of Old Notes tendered by delivery of such Old Notes, the name of the
Registered Holder (if different from that of the tendering holder) to be
credited with the withdrawn Old Notes.  Withdrawals may not be rescinded, and
any Old Notes withdrawn will thereafter be deemed not validly tendered for
purposes of the Offer.  However, properly withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered
by following one of the procedures described under "The Exchange Offer--
Procedures for Tendering Old Notes" in the Exchange Offer at any time on or
prior to the applicable Expiration Date.

     3.  Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal, Bond Powers and Endorsements;
Guarantee of Signatures.  If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the
Registered Holder of the Old Notes tendered hereby, the signature must
correspond exactly with the name as written on the face of the Old Notes without
any change whatsoever.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
     If any Old Notes tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more joint
owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

     If any Old Notes tendered hereby are registered in different names, it will
be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter
of Transmittal as there are different registrations of Old Notes.

     When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the Registered Holder or
Holders specified herein and tendered hereby, no endorsements of such Old Notes
or separate bond powers are required.  If, however, New Notes are to be issued,
or any untendered principal amount of Old Notes are to be reissued to a person
other than the Registered Holder, then endorsements of any Old Notes transmitted
hereby or separate bond powers are required.

     If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the
Registered Holder or Holders, such old Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by
appropriate bond powers, in either case signed exactly as the name or names of
the Registered Holder or holders appear(s) on the Old Notes.

     If this Letter of Transmittal or a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or any Old
Notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators,
guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a
fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when
signing, and, unless waived by the Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the
Company of their authority so to act must be submitted.

     Except as described in this paragraph, signatures on this Letter of
Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by
an Eligible Institution which is a firm which is a member of a registered
national securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in
the United States or otherwise be an "eligible guarantor institution" within the
meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (each an "Eligible Institution").
Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case
may be, need not be guaranteed if the Old Notes tendered pursuant hereto are
tendered (i) by a Registered Holder of Old Notes who has not completed either
the box entitled "Special Exchange Instructions" or the box entitled "Special
Delivery Instructions" on this Letter of Transmittal or (ii) for the account of
an Eligible Institution.

     Endorsement on Old Notes or signatures on bond forms required by this
Instruction 3 must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

     4.  Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions.  Tendering holders should
indicate in the applicable box the name and address to which New Notes and/or
substitute Old Notes for the principal amounts not exchanged are to be issued or
sent, if different from the name and address of the person signing this Letter
of Transmittal.  In the case of issuance in a different name, the employer
identification or social security number of the person named must also be
indicated.  If no such instructions are given, such Old Notes not exchanged will
be returned to the name and address of the person signing this Letter of
Transmittal.

     5.  Tax Identification Number and Backup Withholding.  Federal income tax
law of the United States requires that a holder of Old Notes whose Old Notes are
accepted for exchange provide the Company with such holder's correct taxpayer
identification number, which, in the case of a holder who is an individual, is
the holder's social security number, or otherwise establish an exemption from
backup withholding.  If the Company is not provided with the holder's correct
taxpayer identification number, the exchanging holder of Old Notes may be
subject to a penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service.  In addition,
interest on the New Notes acquired pursuant to the Offer may be subject to
backup withholding in an amount equal to 31 percent of any interest payment.  If
withholding occurs and results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be
obtained from the Internal Revenue Service upon filing of a return.

     To prevent backup withholding, each exchanging holder of Old Notes subject
to backup withholding must provide his correct taxpayer identification number by
completing the Substitute Form W-9 provided in this Letter of Transmittal,
certifying that the taxpayer identification number provided is correct (or that
the exchanging holder of Old Notes is awaiting a taxpayer identification number)
and that either (a) the exchanging holder has not been notified by the Internal
Revenue Service that he is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure
to report all interest or dividends or (b) the Internal Revenue Service has
notified the exchanging holder that he is no longer subject to backup
withholding.

     Certain exchanging holders of Old Notes (including, among others, all
corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup
withholding requirements.  A foreign individual and other exempt holders (e.g.,
corporations) should certify, in accordance with the enclosed Guidelines for
Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9, to such
exempt status on the Substitute Form W-9 provided in this Letter of Transmittal.

     6.  Transfer Taxes.  Holders tendering pursuant to the Offer will not be
obligated to pay brokerage commissions or fees or to pay transfer taxes with
respect to their exchange under the Offer unless the box entitled "Special
Issuance Instructions" in this Letter of Transmittal has been completed, or
unless the securities to be received upon exchange are to be issued to any
person other than the holder of the Old Notes tendered for exchange.  The
Company will pay all other charges or expenses in connection with the Offer.  If
holders tender Old Notes for exchange and the Offer is not consummated, such Old
Notes will be returned to the holders at the Company's expense.

     Except as provided in this Instruction 6, it will not be necessary for
transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Old Notes specified in this Letter of
Transmittal.

     7.  Inadequate Space.  If the space provided herein is inadequate, the
aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes being tendered and the security
numbers (if available) should be listed on a separate schedule attached hereto
and separately signed by all parties required to sign this Letter of
Transmittal.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
     8.  Partial Tenders.  Tenders of Old Notes will be accepted only in
integral multiples of $1,000.  If tenders are to be made with respect to less
than the entire principal amount of any Old Notes, fill in the principal amount
of Old Notes which are tendered in column (iv) of the "Description of Old
Notes."  In the case of partial tenders, the Old Notes in fully registered form
for the remainder of the principal amount of the Old Notes will be sent to the
person(s) signing this Letter of Transmittal, unless otherwise indicated in the
appropriate place on this Letter of Transmittal, as promptly as practicable
after the expiration or termination of the Offer.

     Unless otherwise indicated in column (iv) in the box labeled "Description
of Old Notes," and subject to the terms and conditions of the Offer, tenders
made pursuant to this Letter of Transmittal will be deemed to have been made
with respect to the entire aggregate principal amount represented by the Old
Notes indicated in column (iii) of such box.

     9.  Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Old Notes.  Any holder whose Old
Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange
Agent at the address indicated above for further instructions.

     10.  Validity and Acceptance of Tenders.  All questions as to the validity,
form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of Old
Notes tendered for exchange will be determined by the Company in its sole
discretion, which determination shall be final and binding.  The Company
reserves the absolute right to reject any and all Old Notes not properly
tendered and to reject any Old Notes the Company's acceptance of which might, in
the judgment of the Company or its counsel, be unlawful.  The Company also
reserves the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities or conditions
of the Exchange Offer as to particular Old Notes either before or after the
Expiration Date (including the right to waive the ineligibility of any holder
who seeks to tender Old Notes in the Exchange Offer).  The interpretation of the
terms and Conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the Letter of Transmittal
and the instructions thereto) by the Company shall be final and binding on all
parties.  Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with
tenders of Old Notes for exchange must be cured within such period of time as
the Company shall determine.  The Company will use reasonable efforts to give
notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Old Notes
for exchange but shall not incur any liability for failure to give such
notification.  Tenders of the Old Notes will not be deemed to have been made
until such irregularities have been cured or waived.

     11.  Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.  American Bank National
Association is the Exchange Agent.  All tendered Old Notes, executed Letters of
Transmittal and other related documents should be directed to the Exchange Agent
at the addresses or facsimile number set forth on the first page of this Letter
of Transmittal.  Questions and requests for assistance and requests for
additional copies of the Prospectus, the Letter of Transmittal and other related
documents should be addressed to the Exchange Agent as follows:

                       American Bank National Association
                             101 East Fifth Street
                           St. Paul, Minnesota  55101

                    Attention.:  Corporate Trust Department

                            Facsimile Transmission:

                                 (612) 229-6415

                              To confirm receipt:

                              Tel. (612) 229-2600

                                       10

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT 5.1


                                 June 18, 1996
 
 
 
 
                                                                   C 18514-00003
 

Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.
Coast Resorts, Inc.
Coast West, Inc.
4000 West Flamingo Road
Las Vegas, Nevada  89103

          Re:  Exchange of Series A 13% First Mortgage Notes due 2002
               ------------------------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          We have acted as special counsel for Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc., a
Nevada corporation (the "Company"), Coast Resorts, Inc., a Nevada corporation
("Coast Resorts"), and Coast West, Inc., a Nevada corporation ("Coast West" and,
together with the Company and Coast Resorts, the "Registrants"), in connection
with the Company's proposed offer to exchange (the "Exchange Offer")
$175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Series B 13% First Mortgage Notes due
2002 (the "Series B Notes") of the Company for a like amount of the Company's
privately placed Series A 13% First Mortgage Notes due 2002 (the "Series A
Notes").  The Series B Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed on a senior
secured basis under the Note Guarantees dated as of January 30, 1996 (the "Note
Guarantees") of Coast Resorts and Coast West (collectively, the "Guarantors").
In addition, the Series B Notes will be secured by, among other things, a first
priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Company, a
pledge of funds deposited and held as Collateral in the Construction
Disbursement Account and a pledge of the Pledged Securities.  The Series B Notes
will be issued under the Indenture dated as of January 30, 1996 (the
"Indenture"), by and among the Company, the Guarantors and American Bank
National Association, as trustee (in such capacity, the "Trustee").  Capitalized
terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the
Indenture.
<PAGE>
 
Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.
Coast Resorts, Inc.
Coast West, Inc.
June 18, 1996
Page 2


          As such counsel, we have examined, among other things, (i) the
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-4356) filed by the Registrants
with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("Commission") to register under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the issuance of the Series B Notes and the
Note Guarantees; (ii) the Indenture; (iii) the form of the Series B Notes to be
issued in the Exchange Offer; and (iv) the Note Guarantees. The Series B Notes
and the Note Guarantees are sometimes referred to herein collectively as the
"Operative Documents." We have also made such other inquiries and examined,
among other things, originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to
our satisfaction, of such records, agreements, certificates, instruments and
other documents as we have considered necessary or appropriate for the purposes
of this opinion.

          In rendering this opinion, we have assumed:

          (a) Each of the Company and the Guarantors is duly organized and is
     validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the
     State of Nevada, with all requisite corporate power and authority to
     execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Indenture, the
     Series B Notes and the Note Guarantees, as the case may be;

          (b) The issuance, execution and delivery by the Company of the Series
     B Notes, and the performance of its obligations thereunder, have been duly
     and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action;

          (c) The Note Guarantees have been duly and validly authorized,
     executed and delivered by each of the Guarantors; and

          (d) The genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all
     natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as
     originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted
     to us as certified or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the
     originals of such latter documents.

          Based upon the foregoing and in reliance thereon, and subject to the
exceptions, qualifications and limitations contained herein, we are of the
opinion that:

          1.  The Series B Notes, when duly executed by the Company,
     authenticated by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture
     and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for the Series A Notes in the
     manner described in the Registration Statement, will be duly issued and
     delivered and will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of
     the Company.

          2.  The Note Guarantee of each Guarantor constitutes the legal, valid
     and binding obligation of such Guarantor.
<PAGE>
 
Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.
Coast Resorts, Inc.
Coast West, Inc.
June 18, 1996
Page 3


          The foregoing opinions are subject to the following exceptions,
qualifications and limitations:

          A.  Our opinions are subject to (i) the effect of any bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, arrangement or similar laws affecting
the enforcement of creditors' rights generally (including, without limitation,
the effect of statutory or other laws regarding fraudulent transfers or
preferential transfers or distributions by corporations to stockholders) and
(ii) general principles of equity, including, without limitation, the concepts
of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing and the possible
unavailability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable
remedies, regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in
equity or at law.

          B.  We express no opinion with respect to the legality, validity,
binding nature or enforceability of any provision to the effect that rights or
remedies are not exclusive, that every right or remedy is cumulative and may be
exercised in addition to any other right or remedy, that the election of some
particular remedy does not preclude recourse to one or more others or that
failure to exercise or delay in exercising rights or remedies will not operate
as a waiver of any such right or remedy.

          C.  We express no opinion as to the legality, validity, binding nature
or enforceability (i) of any provision relating to indemnification or
contribution to the extent such indemnification or contribution relates to any
claims under the Federal securities laws or state securities or Blue Sky laws,
or any other provisions in the Operative Documents indemnifying or exculpating a
party, to the extent such provisions may be held unenforceable as contrary to
public policy, (ii) of any provision insofar as it provides for the payment or
reimbursement of costs and expenses or for claims, losses or liabilities in
excess of a reasonable amount determined by any court or other tribunal or (iii)
regarding any party's ability to collect attorneys' fees and costs in an action
if the party is not the prevailing party in such action.

          D.  We express no opinion with respect to the legality, validity,
binding nature or enforceability of (i) any waiver of unknown future rights or
any waiver of rights existing, or duties owed, that is broadly or vaguely stated
or does not describe the right or duty purportedly waived with reasonable
specificity, (ii) any waivers or consents (whether or not characterized as such)
relating to the rights of the Company or any Guarantor or duties owing to it
existing as a matter of law, (iii) any waivers of any statute of limitations or
right to jury trial, (iv) provisions that may be construed as imposing penalties
or forfeitures, late payment charges or an increase in interest rate, upon
delinquency in payment or the occurrence of a default, (v) covenants (other than
covenants relating to the payment of principal, interest, indemnities and
expenses) to the extent they are construed to be independent requirements as
distinguished from conditions to the declaration or occurrence of a default or
an event of default, (vi) any power of attorney, (vii) any rights of setoff
(other than such as are provided by Section 151 of the Debtor and Creditor Law
of the State of New York, as interpreted by applicable judicial decisions), or
(viii) any choice of law or choice of forum provision.
<PAGE>
 
Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.
Coast Resorts, Inc.
Coast West, Inc.
June 18, 1996
Page 4


          E.  We express no opinion as to any provision requiring written
amendments or waivers insofar as it suggests that oral or other modifications,
amendments or waivers could not be effectively agreed upon by the parties or
that the doctrine of promissory estoppel might not apply.

          F.  We express no opinion regarding the effect on the enforceability
of the Note Guarantees against any Guarantor of any facts or circumstances
occurring after the Series B Notes are issued and sold that would constitute a
defense to the obligation of a surety, unless such defense has been waived
effectively by such Guarantor.

          G.  We express no opinion as to the applicability or effect of the
Trustee's compliance with any state or federal laws applicable to the
transactions contemplated by the Indenture because of the nature of its
business.

          We are admitted to practice in the State of New York.  This opinion is
limited to the present laws of the United States of America and the State of New
York and the present judicial interpretations thereof, and we express no opinion
as to the laws of any other jurisdiction.  We undertake no obligation to advise
you as a result of developments occurring after the date hereof or as a result
of facts or circumstances brought to our attention after the date hereof.

          This opinion is rendered solely for your benefit and the benefit of
those persons participating in the Exchange Offer.  We hereby consent to the
filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we
further consent to the use of our name under the caption "Legal Matters" in the
Prospectus forming a part of said Registration Statement.  Except as stated
above, without our prior consent, this opinion may not be furnished or quoted
to, or relied upon by, and other person or entity for any purpose.

                              Very truly yours,



                              GIBSON, DUNN & CRUTCHER LLP

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT 5.2

                                         [LETTERHEAD OF LEAVITT, SULLY & RIVERS]


June 18, 1996




Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.
Coast Resorts, Inc.
Coast West, Inc.
4000 West Flamingo Road
Las Vegas, Nevada  89103

            Re:  COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC. EXCHANGE
                 OF SERIES A NOTES FOR SERIES B NOTES
                 ---------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     This firm has served as counsel to Coast Resorts, Inc. ("Coast Resorts") 
and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc. (the 
"Company") and Coast West, Inc. ("Coast West") (each and both of Coast Resorts 
and Coast West being sometimes referred to in this letter singularly as 
"Guarantor" and collectively as "Guarantors") in connection with the Company's 
proposed offer to exchange (the "Exchange Offer") $175,000,000 aggregate 
principal amount of Series B 13% First Mortgage Notes due 2002 (the "Series B 
Notes") of the Company for a like amount of the Company's privately-placed 
Series A 13% First Mortgage Notes due 2002 (the "Series A Notes") which were the
subject of this firm's opinion letter addressed to Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc. 
and BA Securities, Inc. dated January 30, 1996. You have asked that we provide
you with certain opinions as more fully set forth below.

     DEFINED TERMS. Except to the extent otherwise specifically defined in this 
letter, capitalized terms shall have the same meanings that are ascribed to such
terms in that certain Indenture dated as of January 30, 1996 (the "Indenture") 
by and among the Company, the Guarantors and American Bank National Association 
("Trustee") as Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Series A Notes and 
the Series B Notes.

     EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS. For purposes of and to enable us to render the 
opinions set forth herein, we have re-examined copies of documents identified in
our January 30, 1996 opinion letter.  We have also examined and relied upon such
certificates of public officials, organizational documents and records 
(including those certain Actions by Unanimous Written Consent of the respective 
boards of directors of the Company and the Guarantors
<PAGE>
 
June 18, 1996
Page 2

dated January 22, 1996) and such other certificates and instruments of 
governmental authorities as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of the 
opinions herein expressed, without investigation or analysis of any of the 
underlined data supporting the information contained therein.

     ASSUMPTIONS AND QUALIFICATIONS.  For the purposes of this opinion, 
generally, we have assumed and our opinions are subject to the following:

     (A) The genuineness, authenticity and acknowledgment (if applicable) of all
signatures.

     (B) The legal capacity of all natural persons.

     (C) Each document submitted to us for review is accurate and complete, each
such document that is an original is authentic, and each such document that is a
copy conforms to an authentic original.

     (D) The filing or recordation of each document required to be filed or 
recorded.

     (E) Each document of each governmental authority is accurate, complete and 
authentic, and all official records and proper indexing and filing are accurate 
and complete.

     OPINIONS LIMITED TO NEVADA LAW. We are admitted to the State Bar of Nevada.
Notwithstanding any choice of law, jurisdiction, or venue provisions contained
in any documents which are the subject of the Exchange Offer (about which we
express no opinion), the opinions expressed herein are limited to the
application of the substantive laws of the State of Nevada (other than laws
pertaining to gaming about which we express no opinion) as those laws presently
exist and as they have been implied and interpreted by state and federal courts
having jurisdiction in the State of Nevada.

     NO INDEPENDENT INVESTIGATION. Except to the extent expressly set forth 
herein, we have not undertaken any independent investigation to determine the 
existence or absence of facts and no inference with respect to our knowledge of 
the existence or absence of facts should be drawn from the opinions expressed.

     NO DUTY TO UPDATE. The opinions expressed are effective as of the date of
this letter, based upon the law and interpretation of law in effect on such
date. We have not assumed and will not undertake any obligation to revise or
supplement this opinion letter, notwithstanding any change in law, by
legislative or regulatory action, judicial decision or otherwise.
<PAGE>
 
June 18, 1996
Page 3



     NO EXTENSION.  We express no opinions other than those expressly set forth 
herein; and no extensions of any opinion expressed may be made by implication or
otherwise.  Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, we offer 
no opinion regarding the priority of liens.

     EXCLUSIVE USE OF OPINION.  The opinions expressed are intended for the 
exclusive use of the Company, the Guarantors and those persons participating in 
the Exchange Offer in connection with the Exchange Offer and may not be relied 
upon by any person other than the Company, the Guarantors, those persons 
participating in the Exchange Offer and their respective legal counsel.  Our 
opinions may not be quoted, in whole or in part, or otherwise used without the 
express, written consent of this firm.

     OPINIONS.

     1.  Each of the Company and the Guarantors (a) has been duly organized and 
is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the 
State of Nevada, and (b) has all requisite corporate power and authority to 
execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Indenture, the Series B 
Notes and the Note Guarantees, as the case may be.

     2.  The issuance, execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the
Notes (including the Series B Notes) were duly and validly authorized by all 
necessary corporate action.

     3.  The Note Guarantees were duly and validly authorized, executed and 
delivered by each of the Guarantors.

      We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the 
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-4356) filed by the Company and 
the Guarantors with the Securities and Exchange Commission to register under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the issuance of the Series B Notes and the 
Note Guarantees, and we further consent to the use of our name under the caption
"Legal Matters" in the Prospectus forming a part of said Registration Statement.


                                                 Respectfully submitted,

                                                 /s/ LEAVITT, SULLY & RIVERS 

                                                 LEAVITT, SULLY & RIVERS

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT 8.1




                                 June 18, 1996
 
 
 
 
                                                                   C 18514-00003
 


Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.
Coast Resorts, Inc.
Coast West, Inc.
4000 West Flamingo Road
Las Vegas, Nevada  89103

          Re:  Exchange of Series A 13% First Mortgage Notes due 2002
               ------------------------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          We have acted as special counsel for Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc., a
Nevada corporation (the "Company"), Coast Resorts, Inc., a Nevada corporation
("Coast Resorts"), and Coast West, Inc., a Nevada corporation ("Coast West" and,
together with the Company and Coast Resorts, the "Registrants"), in connection
with the Company's proposed offer to exchange $175,000,000 aggregate principal
amount of Series B 13% First Mortgage Notes due 2002 of the Company for a like
amount of the Company's privately placed Series A 13% First Mortgage Notes due
2002.  The Notes are the subject of a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the
"Registration Statement") (File No. 333-4356) filed by the Registrants with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined
herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Registration Statement.

          On the basis of the statements and representations contained in the
foregoing materials, we hereby confirm our opinions as set forth in the
Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement under the caption
"Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences."  This opinion expresses our views
only as to federal income tax laws in effect as of the date hereof, including
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, applicable Treasury Regulations
(including proposed Regulations), published rulings and administrative practice
of the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") and court decisions.  This opinion
represents our best legal judgment as to the matters addressed herein, but is
not binding on the IRS or the courts.  Accordingly, no assurance can be given
that the legal conclusions expressed 
<PAGE>
 
Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.
Coast Resorts, Inc.
Coast West, Inc.
June 18, 1996
Page 2


herein, if contested, would be sustained by a court. Furthermore, the
authorities upon which we rely are subject to change either prospectively or
retroactively, and any variation or difference in the facts and representations
as set forth in the Registration Statement might affect the conclusions stated
herein.

          This opinion is rendered solely for your benefit and the benefit of
holders of Series B Notes in connection with the Exchange Offer.  We hereby
consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement, and we further consent to the use of our name under the caption
"Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the Prospectus forming a part of
said Registration Statement.  Except as stated above, without our prior consent,
this opinion may not be furnished or quoted to, or relied upon by, and other
person or entity for any purpose.

                              Very truly yours,



                              GIBSON, DUNN & CRUTCHER LLP

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    
                                                                 EXHIBIT 12     
                         
                      COAST HOTELS AND CASINOS, INC.     
               
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF COAST RESORTS, INC.)     
                
             COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                              HISTORICAL                                      PRO FORMA
                         -----------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------
                                                                      THREE MONTHS
                                                                          ENDED                     THREE MONTHS
                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                MARCH 31,      YEAR ENDED      ENDED
                         -------------------------------------------  --------------  DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,
                          1991     1992     1993     1994     1995     1995    1996       1995          1996
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------  ------------  ------------
                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>           <C>
Income before income
 taxes.................. $18,109  $20,946  $17,368  $14,963  $14,226  $3,128  $5,837    $(10,788)      $3,170
Interest capitalized....     --       --       --       --      (235)    (57)   (701)       (235)        (701)
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------    --------       ------
Adjusted income before
 income taxes...........  18,109   20,946   17,368   14,963   13,991   3,071   5,136     (11,023)       2,469
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------    --------       ------
Fixed charges
 Interest expense.......   4,081    1,909      889      345    3,886     379   4,306      29,108        6,973
 Interest portion of
  rentals...............     164      151      139      155      187      47      47          47           47
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------    --------       ------
  Total fixed charges...   4,245    2,060    1,028      500    4,073     426   4,353      29,155        7,020
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------    --------       ------
Earnings before income
 taxes and fixed
 charges................ $22,354  $23,006  $18,396  $15,463  $18,064  $3,497  $9,489    $ 18,132       $9,489
                         =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  ======  ======    ========       ======
Ratio of earnings to
 fixed charges..........     5.3x    11.2x    17.9x    30.9x     4.4x    8.2x    2.2x        -- (1)       1.4x
                         =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  ======  ======    ========       ======
</TABLE>    
- --------
   
(1) The pro-forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the year ended
    December 31, 1995 has not been computed since earnings were not sufficient
    to cover fixed charges. The coverage deficiency for the year ended December
    31, 1995 was approximately $11,023,000.     

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

     We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of
our report, which includes an explanatory paragraph for changes in accounting
methods, dated February 14, 1996 on our audits of the financial statements of
Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc. as of December 31, 1995 and for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 1995; our report, which includes an
explanatory paragraph for changes in accounting methods, dated February 14, 1996
on our audits of the financial statements of Coast Resorts, Inc. (parent company
only); our report, which includes an explanatory paragraph related to Coast
West's reliance on advances from Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc., dated February
14, 1996 on our audit of the financial statements of Coast West, Inc. as of
December 31, 1995 and for the period September 29, 1995 (the date of inception)
through December 31, 1995; and our report dated February 14, 1996 on the
financial statement schedule of Coast Hotels and Casinos, Inc.  We also consent
to the reference to our firm under the captions "Selected Financial And
Operating Data" and "Experts."

COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.

Las Vegas, Nevada

June 18, 1996

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
 
<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR                   3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995             DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1995             JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1995             MAR-31-1996
<CASH>                                      14,539,000              37,318,000
<SECURITIES>                                         0                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                                1,990,000               3,818,000
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0                       0
<INVENTORY>                                  4,079,000               3,902,000
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                            23,035,000              47,954,000
<PP&E>                                     187,721,000             201,756,000
<DEPRECIATION>                              62,709,000              64,280,000
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                             152,216,000             299,070,000
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                       24,406,000              26,117,000
<BONDS>                                     83,003,000             171,525,000
                                0                       0
                                          0                       0
<COMMON>                                         1,000                   1,000
<OTHER-SE>                                  43,333,000              97,152,000
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>               152,216,000             299,070,000
<SALES>                                              0                       0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                           174,756,000              47,412,000
<CGS>                                                0                       0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                              114,253,000              27,894,000
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                            42,824,000              11,039,000
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                           3,886,000               4,306,000
<INCOME-PRETAX>                             14,226,000               5,837,000
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0               4,543,000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                         14,226,000               1,294,000
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                14,226,000               1,294,000
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.00                    0.00
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.00                    0.00
        

</TABLE>

Top Judgements:
Saskatoon Co-operative Association Limited v United Food and Commercial Workers | Aug 15, 2022
Old Lakeshore Inc. v City of Burlington | Sep 2, 2022
Tietz v. Affinor Growers Inc. | Sep 13, 2022
Efficiencyone (E1) | Sep 6, 2022
President's Choice Bank v. The Queen | Jul 19, 2022
First Global Data Ltd | Sep 15, 2022
Rayonier v Unifor, Locals 256 and 89 | Aug 11, 2022
Alberta Workers’ Compensation Appeals Commission | Decision No. 2021-0334 | Jul 14, 2022
Metrowest Developments Ltd v Flynn Canada Ltd | Sep 14, 2022
R. v. Cameron | Jul 15, 2022
Functional Servicing and Stormwater Management | Jul 28, 2022
101034761 Saskatchewan Ltd. v Mossing | Aug 24, 2022
Waste Control Services Inc. v International Union of Operating Engineers, Local No. 115 | Aug 12, 2022
RJM56 Holdings Inc. c. Bazinet | Aug 17, 2022
Sherwood v The Owners, Strata Plan VIS 1549 | Aug 9, 2022
WCAT Decision A2001487 | Aug 8, 2022
City of Hamilton v Ontario Water Employees’ Association | Sep 12, 2022
Century Services Corp. v. LeRoy | Jul 8, 2022
United Food and Commercial Workers, Local 175 v Metro Ontario Inc. | Jul 4, 2022
Langmaid’s Island Corporation v Lake of Bays | Sep 12, 2022
WCAT Decision A2102416 | Jul 22, 2022
Inquiry about McAbee Fossil beds | Jul 14, 2022
1088558 Ontario Inc. v. Musial | Sep 16, 2022
Biogen Canada Inc. v. Pharmascience Inc. | Aug 8, 2022
CIC Management Services Inc. v City of Toronto | Jul 21, 2022
Bonterra Energy Corp v Rosells’ Enterprises Ltd | Aug 31, 2022
WCAT Decision A2100606 | Aug 17, 2022
Leffler v Aaron Behiel Legal Professional Corporation | Jun 30, 2022
Espartel Investments v. MTCC No. 993 | Aug 19, 2022
Onespace Unlimited Inc. v. Plus Development Group Corp. | Sep 19, 2022
Professional Institute of the Public Service of Canada v. Canada Revenue Agency | Jun 23, 2022
Community Savings Credit Union v. Bodnar | Jul 29, 2022
Galperti SRL v F.I.A.L. Finanziaria Industrie Alto Lario S.P.A | Jun 30, 2022
WCAT Decision A2102352 | Jul 6, 2022
WCAT Decision A2102306 | Jul 25, 2022
Thrive Capital Management Ltd. v. Noble 1324 Queen Inc. | Jul 12, 2022
Questor Technology Inc v Stagg | Sep 8, 2022
MediPharm v. Hexo and Hwang | Jul 25, 2022
Immunization rates & vaccine hesitancy | Aug 17, 2022
Morabito v. British Columbia Securities Commission | Aug 12, 2022
Killeleagh v Mountain View County (Development Authority) | Aug 24, 2022
Quality Control Council v Stanley Inspection Canada Ltd. | Sep 9, 2022
British Columbia Investment Management Corporation | Aug 17, 2022
Abbeylawn Manor Living Inc. v Sevice Employees International Union, Local 1 Canada | Jul 5, 2022
Windrift Adventures Inc. et al. v. Chief Animal Welfare Inspector | Aug 18, 2022
Irani and Khan v. Registrar, Motor Vehicle Dealers Act | Jul 14, 2022
CP REIT Ontario Properties Limited v City of Toronto | Aug 12, 2022
Potash Corporation of Saskatchewan Inc. v. The Queen | Jul 7, 2022
Wong v. Pretium Resources Inc. | Jul 22, 2022
Labourers' International Union of North America, Local 183, Union v Mulmer Services Ltd. | Aug 5, 2022
City of Mississauga v. Hung | Sep 22, 2022
Secretary of the Ministry of Health v The New South Wales Nurses and Midwives' Association (28 September 2022)
Orewa Community Church v Minister for Covid-19 Response (16 August 2022)
Yeshiva College Bondi Limited v NSW Education Standards Authority (15 August 2022)
Moreland Planning Scheme Amendment C208more | Heritage Nominations Study | Panel Report | 15 July 2022
New Zealand Tegel Growers Association Incorporated | 2 August 2022
Farrow-Smith and Comcare (Compensation) | 26 September 2022
Evolution Fleet Services Pty Ltd v Allroads Plant Pty Ltd | 14 September 2022
656621 B.C. Ltd. v David Moerman Painting Ltd. | Sep 27, 2022
Fraser Valley Packers Inc. v Raiwal Holdings Ltd | Sep 26, 2022
Parmar v Tribe Management Inc. | Sep 26, 2022
DES Studio inc. c. Shuchat | Sep 26, 2022
Van-Kam Freightways Ltd. v Teamsters Local Union No. 31 | Sep 28, 2022
Rogers Communication Inc. v British Columbia | Sep 28, 2022
Alderbridge Way GP Ltd. | Sep 28, 2022

© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission